Document:

EX-10.29

  		Exhibit 10.29

   

  LEASE AGREEMENT

  THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Lease”) is made this ___22__ day of February, 2022, between ARE-WINTER STREET PROPERTY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and INTELLIA THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

  Building:	That certain to-be-renovated 3-story building located at 840 Winter Street, Waltham, Massachusetts.

  Premises:	Those portions of the first, second and third floors of the Building, commonly known as Suite 100, containing approximately 139,984 rentable square feet, subject to re-measurement as set forth in Section 5 below, as shown on Exhibit A. 

  Project:	The real property on which the Building in which the Premises are located, together with all improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto as described on Exhibit B.

  Base Rent:	Initially, $73.50 per rentable square foot of the Premises per year, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

  Rentable Area of Premises:  139,984 sq. ft. 

  Rentable Area of Building and Project:  168,214 sq. ft.

  Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses:  83.22%

  Security Deposit:  $6,001,814.00, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 6.

  Target Commencement Date:  April 19, 2024

  Rent Adjustment Percentage:  3%

  Base Term:	Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending 144 months from the first day of the first full month following the Commencement Date.  For clarity, if the Commencement Date occurs on the first day of a month, the expiration of the Base Term shall be measured from that date.  If the Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a month, the expiration of the Base Term shall be measured from the first day of the following month.

  Permitted Use: 	Life sciences research and development laboratory, manufacturing, general office, related mechanical space and other ancillary uses consistent with the character of the Project and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof.

  Address for Rent Payment:	Landlord’s Notice Address:

  ARE-Winter Street Property, LLC	26 North Euclid Avenue

  P.O. Box 22547	Pasadena, CA 91101

  New York, NY 10087-2547	Attention: Corporate Secretary

  Tenant’s Notice Address

  40 Erie Street

  Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139

  Attention: Chief Financial Officer	

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 2

  With a copy to:

   

  Intellia Therapeutics, Inc.

  20 Erie Street

  Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139

  Attention: Legal Department

  As a courtesy, copies of notices provided by Landlord to Tenant under this Lease shall be sent to Glenn.Goddard@intelliatx.com and to ntlanotice@intelliatx.com.

  The following Exhibits are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:

  [X]  EXHIBIT A - PREMISES DESCRIPTION	[X]  EXHIBIT B - DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

  [X]  EXHIBIT C - WORK LETTER	[X]  EXHIBIT D - COMMENCEMENT DATE

  [X]  EXHIBIT E - RULES AND REGULATIONS	[X]  EXHIBIT F - TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

  [X]  EXHIBIT G - BUILDING SIGN LOCATION	

  
   1.
   
    Lease of Premises.  Upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord.  The portions of the Project which are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas.”  The Common Areas shall include, without limitation, any amenities now or hereafter located in, on or otherwise serving the Project, if any, as may exist from time to time (as determined by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion) and made available, except for temporary interruptions and/or Force Majeure (as defined in Section 34), for use by Tenant and/or one or more other tenants of the Project and/or third parties (each, a “Project Amenity” and collectively, the “Project Amenities”).  Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right during the Term to the Common Areas along with others having the right to use the Common Areas.  The Common Areas shall include, without limitation, (i) public or common lobbies, hallways, stairways, elevators, walkways, corridors and elevator lobbies, (ii) common chases and conduits, (iii) common mechanical and utility rooms, (iv) common bathrooms, (v) common driveways, parking areas and loading areas, (vi) pedestrian sidewalks, (vii) landscaped areas, and (viii) trash enclosures.  Landlord reserves the right to modify Common Areas, provided that such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use.  From and after the Commencement Date through the expiration of the Term, Tenant shall have access to the Building and the Premises 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, except in the case of emergencies, as the result of Legal Requirements, the performance by Landlord of any installation, maintenance or repairs, or any other temporary interruptions, and otherwise subject to the terms of this Lease.  
   

  

  In addition, if the Premises ever consists of the entire rentable area of the Building pursuant to Section 39 and/or Section 40, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant (and Tenant shall, promptly after Landlord’s request to do so) execute an amendment to the Lease in a commercially reasonable form reasonably acceptable to Tenant and Landlord, and prepared by Landlord to address, among other things, matters associated with converting the Building from a multi-tenant building to a single-tenant building, including, without limitation, (i) Common Areas, (ii) maintenance and repair responsibilities, (iii) Operating Expenses, (iv) the Building signage (which may be exclusive), (v) allocation of parking and reserved parking spaces, and (vi) rules and regulations.

  
   2.
   
    Delivery; Acceptance of Premises; Commencement Date.  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before the Target Commencement Date, which shall be free and clear of all tenants and occupants and their possessions, with Landlord’s Work Substantially Completed (“Delivery” or “Deliver”).  If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and this Lease shall not be void or voidable except as provided herein.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Landlord fails to Deliver the Premises to Tenant within 30 days after the Target Commencement Date (as such date may be extended by Force Majeure delays and Tenant Delays, the “Abatement Date”), Base Rent payable with respect to the Premises shall be abated 1 day for each day after the Abatement Date that Landlord fails to Deliver the 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 3

  
   
    Premises to Tenant.  If Landlord does not Deliver the Premises within 180 days of the Target Commencement Date for any reason other than Force Majeure and Tenant Delays, this Lease may be terminated by Tenant by written notice to Landlord, and if so terminated:  (a) the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant, and (b) neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under this Lease, except with respect to provisions which expressly survive termination of this Lease.  As used herein, the terms “Landlord’s Work,” “Tenant Delays” and “Substantially Completed” shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Work Letter.  If Tenant does not elect to void this Lease within 5 business days of the lapse of such 180 day period, such right to void this Lease shall be waived and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.  
   

  

  The “Commencement Date” shall be the earlier of:  (i) the date Landlord Delivers the Premises to Tenant with Landlord’s Work Substantially Completed; or (ii) the date Landlord could have Delivered the Premises but for Tenant Delays.  Upon request of either party, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Commencement Date and the expiration date of the Term when such are established in the form of the “Acknowledgement of Commencement Date” attached to this Lease as Exhibit D; provided, however, either party’s failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect the other party’s rights hereunder.  The “Term” of this Lease shall be the Base Term, as defined above on the first page of this Lease and any Extension Terms which Tenant may elect pursuant to Section 41 hereof.

  Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that (w) as of the date of this Lease there exist significant global supply chain delays and shortages of construction materials, supplies and equipment (collectively, “Supply Chain Delays”), (x) the availability of fixtures, equipment and/or materials required for the performance and/or Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work (collectively, “Required Materials”), may be subject to longer lead times than normally anticipated due to such Supply Chain Delays, (y) the unavailability or delayed delivery of Required Materials may result in disruption to progress of the construction of Landlord’s Work in the ordinary course, and (z) the Target Commencement Date shall be delayed for a period equal to the delay in the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work resulting directly or indirectly from the unavailability or delayed delivery of Required Materials.

  Tenant has requested the right to occupy that certain portion of the Premises (the “Phase 1 Space”) prior to the Commencement Date by the date set forth on the construction schedule attached to the Work Letter as Schedule 1, and Landlord has agreed, subject to the terms of the Work Letter, to use reasonable efforts to accelerate the work of the Tenant Improvements in the Phase 1 Space to accommodate Tenant’s request.  The location of the Phase 1 Space shall be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant following completion of the Space Plans (as defined in the Work Letter) for the Tenant Improvements.  Landlord shall deliver to Phase 1 Space to Tenant upon the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Phase 1 Space (the “Delivery Date”).  Commencing on the Delivery Date, Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent at the rate of $73.50 per rentable square foot per year plus Operating Expenses with respect to the Phase 1 Space.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord will continue to perform Landlord’s Work in the balance of the Premises while Tenant is occupying Phase 1 Space, that Landlord’s completion of Landlord’s Work in the balance of the Premises may adversely affect Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Phase 1 Space, and that prior to the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work in the balance of the Premises, there will continue to be construction noise, vibrations and dust associated with Landlord’s construction of Landlord’s Work in the balance of the Premises; provided however, in the event Tenant reasonably believes that Landlord’s Work in the balance of the Premises while Tenant would be occupying Phase 1 Space, would materially and adversely affect Tenant’s intended use of the Phase 1 Space, Tenant shall have the right to delay the Delivery Date until such time as the Landlord’s Work in the balance of the Premises no longer materially and adversely affects Tenant’s intended use of the Phase 1 Space as reasonably determined by Tenant.

  In addition to Tenant’s early occupancy of the Phase 1 Space pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, to the extent that Landlord’s Work is Substantially Completed in any portion of the Premises other than the Phase 1 Space (each, a “Completed Area”) and Tenant’s occupancy of such Completed Area will not materially interfere 

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 4

  with Landlord’s construction of Landlord’s Work in the balance of the Premises, Tenant may elect, by delivery of written notice to Landlord, to occupy such Completed Area prior to the Commencement Date.  Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent at the rate of $73.50 per rentable square foot per year plus Operating Expenses with respect to any such Completed Area that Tenant elects to occupy pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence on the date that Landlord delivers such Completed Area to Tenant for Tenant’s early occupancy.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord will continue to perform Landlord’s Work in the balance of the Premises while Tenant is occupying such Completed Area(s), that Landlord’s completion of Landlord’s Work in the balance of the Premises may adversely affect Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Completed Area(s), and that prior to the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work in the balance of the Premises, there will continue to be construction noise, vibrations and dust associated with Landlord’s construction of Landlord’s Work in the balance of the Premises.

  Except as set forth in the Work Letter (including Landlord’s obligation thereunder to perform Landlord’s Work) or as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease:  (A) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their condition as of the Commencement Date; (B) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises; and (C) Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises and that the Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken.  Any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant before the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, excluding, so long as Tenant is not operating its business in any portion of the Premises, the obligation to pay Base Rent and Operating Expenses.

  For the period of 365 consecutive days after the Commencement Date, Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense), be responsible for any repairs that are required to be made to the Building Systems (as defined in Section 13), unless Tenant or any Tenant Party was responsible for the cause of such repair, in which case Tenant shall pay the cost.

  Tenant agrees and acknowledges that, except as expressly set forth in this Lease, neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Premises or the Project, and/or the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises or the Project are suitable for the Permitted Use.  This Lease constitutes the complete agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior representations, inducements, promises, agreements, understandings and negotiations which are not contained herein.  Landlord in executing this Lease does so in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements contained herein.

  
   3.
   
    Rent.
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Base Rent.  The first full calendar month’s Base Rent shall be due and payable concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, abatement, deduction or set-off, equal monthly installments of Base Rent (i.e., 1/12 of the annual Base Rent amount then in effect) on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term hereof, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the office of Landlord for payment of Rent set forth above, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, or via federally insured wire transfer (including ACH) pursuant to the wire instructions provided by Landlord.  Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.  The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations.  Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any Rent (as defined in Section 5) due hereunder except for any abatement as may be expressly provided for in this Lease.  
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    Additional Rent.  In addition to Base Rent, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent (“Additional Rent”):  (i) commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant’s Share of “Operating Expenses” (as defined in Section 5), and (ii) any and all other amounts Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, any and all other sums that may become 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 5

  
   
    due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after any applicable notice and cure period.
   

  

  
   4.
   
    Base Rent Adjustments.  
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Annual Adjustments.  Base Rent shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the Commencement Date (provided, however, that if the Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then Base Rent shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the first day of the first full calendar month immediately following the Commencement Date) (each an “Adjustment Date”) by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date.  Base Rent, as so adjusted, shall thereafter be due as provided herein.  Base Rent adjustments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.  
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    Additional TI Allowance.  In addition to the Tenant Improvement Allowance (as defined in the Work Letter), Landlord shall, subject to the terms of the Work Letter, make available to Tenant the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance (as defined in the Work Letter).  Commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing thereafter on the first day of each month during the Base Term, Tenant shall pay the amount necessary to fully amortize the portion of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance actually funded by Landlord, if any, in equal monthly payments with interest at a rate of 8% per annum over the Base Term, which interest shall begin to accrue on the Commencement Date (“TI Rent”).  Any TI Rent remaining unpaid as of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall be paid to Landlord in a lump sum at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
   

  

  
   (c)
   
    Alterations Allowance.  To the extent that following the completion of the Tenant Improvements and the payment of all sums due in connection therewith there remains any undisbursed portion of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance, Landlord shall, subject to the terms of the Work Letter, make available to Tenant the Alterations Allowance (as defined in the Work Letter).  Commencing on the later of (i) the Commencement Date, or (ii) the first day of the month after the disbursement of all or any portion of the Alterations Allowance and continuing thereafter on the first day of each month during the Base Term, Tenant shall pay the amount necessary to fully amortize the portion of the Alterations Allowance actually funded by Landlord, if any, in equal monthly payments with interest at a rate of 8% per annum over the remaining Base Term, which interest shall begin to accrue on the later of (i) the Commencement Date, or (ii) the date that Landlord first disburses such Alterations Allowance or any portion(s) thereof (“Alterations Allowance Rent”).  Because the Alterations Allowance may be disbursed in multiple installments, the amount of Alterations Allowance Rent shall be subject to adjustment following the disbursement of each such installment.  Any Alterations Allowance Rent remaining unpaid as of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall be paid to Landlord in a lump sum at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
   

  

  
   5.
   
    Operating Expense Payments.  Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written estimate of Operating Expenses for each calendar year during the Term (the “Annual Estimate”), which may be revised by Landlord from time to time during such calendar year.  Commencing on the Commencement Date, and continuing thereafter on the first day of each month during the Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 1/12th of Tenant’s Share of the Annual Estimate.  Payments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable effort to deliver the Annual Estimate at least 30 days prior to the commencement of the calendar year to which such Annual Estimate applies.
   

  

  The term “Operating Expenses” means all costs and expenses of any kind or description whatsoever incurred or accrued each calendar year by Landlord with respect to the Project including, without duplication, (i) Taxes (as defined in Section 9), (ii) Utilities (as defined in Section 11), (iii) insurance costs, (iv) the cost of upgrades to the Building or Project or enhanced services provided at the Building and/or Project which are intended to encourage social distancing, promote and protect health and physical well-being and/or intended to limit the spread of communicable diseases and/or viruses of any kind or nature (collectively, “Infectious Conditions”), (v) subject to Section 44(o), transportation services 

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 6

  (including the Shuttle Service Costs (as defined in Section 44(o))), (vi) the cost of the Project Amenities (including, without limitation, reimbursement by Landlord to affiliates of Landlord for market rent paid by such affiliates to Landlord for Project Amenities space, commercially reasonable reduced rent, commercially reasonable subsidies or other commercially reasonable concessions which Landlord may provide in connection with the Project Amenities), (vii) Permitted Capital Expenditures (as defined below) amortized, to the extent applicable as determined by Landlord, over the useful life of such Permitted Capital Expenditures, as reasonably determined by Landlord taking into account all reasonable factors taking into account the 24/7 operation of the Building, (viii) the costs of landscaping and snow removal, and (ix) the costs of Landlord’s third party property manager or, if there is no third party property manager, administration rent in the amount of 3% of Base Rent, excluding only:

  
   (a)
   
    the original construction costs of the Project including, without limitation, renovation of the Must-Take Premises (as herein defined) prior to Landlord’s delivery of such spaces to Tenant or the ROFO Space (as herein defined) and costs of correcting defects in such original construction or renovation, and costs and expenses incurred with respect to Landlord’s Work and any work performed by Landlord with respect to the Must-Take Premises or the ROFO Space prior to the delivery of those spaces to Tenant;
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    capital expenditures except for those capital repairs, improvements and replacements that are: (1) required in order to comply with Legal Requirements; (2) intended to reduce Operating Expenses, (3) maintain or improve the utility, efficiency, capacity, safety or security of the Building or any Building Systems, or (4) are incurred to extend the life of any capital items (collectively, “Permitted Capital Expenditures”);
   

  

  
   (c)
   
    interest, principal payments of Mortgage (as defined in Section 27) debts of Landlord, financing costs and amortization of funds borrowed by Landlord, whether secured or unsecured;
   

  

  
   (d)
   
    depreciation of the Project (except for capital improvements, the cost of which are includable in Operating Expenses);
   

  

  
   (e)
   
    advertising, legal and space planning expenses and leasing commissions and other costs and expenses incurred in procuring and leasing space to tenants for the Project, including any leasing office maintained in the Project, free rent and construction allowances for tenants;
   

  

  
   (f)
   
    legal and other expenses incurred in the negotiation or enforcement of leases;
   

  

  
   (g)
   
    completing, fixturing, improving, renovating, painting, redecorating or other work, which Landlord pays for or performs for other tenants within their premises, and costs of correcting defects in such work;
   

  

  
   (h)
   
    costs to be reimbursed by other tenants of the Project or Taxes to be paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Project, whether or not actually paid;
   

  

  
   (i)
   
    to the extent the same are paid directly or separately by Tenant to the applicable provider or to Landlord, the cost of all utilities provided to other tenants, including, without limitation, the cost of water and power, electrical utilities, sewage, heating, lighting, air conditioning and ventilation (in which case the equivalent costs attributable to any other tenant shall be excluded so that, for example, if Tenant pays separately for electricity used in the Premises, there shall be excluded from Operating Expenses, the cost of electricity furnished to all other tenant space);
   

  

  
   (j)
   
    salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation paid to (i) personnel of Landlord or its agents or contractors above the position of the person, regardless of title, who has day-to-day management responsibility for the Project or (ii) officers and employees of Landlord or its affiliates who are not assigned in whole or in part to the operation, management, maintenance or repair of the Project; provided, however, that with respect to any such person who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project, the salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation of such person shall be prorated to reflect 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 7

  
   
    time spent on matters related to operating, managing, maintaining or repairing the Project in comparison to the time spent on matters unrelated to operating, managing, maintaining or repairing the Project;
   

  

  
   (k)
   
    costs incurred for off-site offices or facilities maintained in connection with the management, operation, engineering and/or security services provided to the Project and other properties owned by Landlord or affiliates of Landlord, in excess of the Project’s share of such costs as proportionately allocated among the Project and such other properties owned by Landlord or affiliates of Landlord;
   

  

  
   (l)
   
    general organizational, administrative and overhead costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity, including general corporate, legal and accounting expenses;
   

  

  
   (m)
   
    costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants, and costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Building;
   

  

  
   (n)
   
    costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any Legal Requirement (as defined in Section 7);
   

  

  
   (o)
   
    costs arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, and employees; 
   

  

  
   (p)
   
    penalties, fines or interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s inability or failure to make payment of Taxes and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due, or from Landlord’s failure to make any payment of Taxes required to be made by Landlord hereunder before delinquency;
   

  

  
   (q)
   
    overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;
   

  

  
   (r)
   
    costs of Landlord’s charitable or political contributions, or of fine art maintained at the Project;
   

  

  
   (s)
   
    costs in connection with services (including electricity), items or other benefits of a type which are not standard for the Project and which are not available to Tenant without specific charges therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord;
   

  

  
   (t)
   
    costs incurred in the sale or refinancing of the Project;
   

  

  
   (u)
   
    net income taxes of Landlord or the owner of any interest in the Project, franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance taxes or any federal, state or local documentary taxes imposed against the Project or any portion thereof or interest therein; 
   

  

  
   (v)
   
    any expenses otherwise includable within Operating Expenses to the extent actually reimbursed by persons other than tenants of the Project under leases for space in the Project;
   

  

  
   (w)
   
    costs of repairs or other work necessitated by fire, windstorm or other casualty; provided such costs of repairs or other work shall be paid by the parties in accordance with the provisions of Section 18;
   

  

  
   (x)
   
    costs or expenses occasioned by condemnation;
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 8

  
   (y)
   
    any costs incurred to remove, study, test or remediate Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project for which Tenant is not responsible under Section 30 hereof;
   

  

  
   (z)
   
    Operating Expense reserves (other than reserves for Taxes for the then-current year);
   

  

  
   (aa)
   
    any expenses applicable to applying and reporting for the Building or the Project solely for the purpose of seeking or maintaining a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED), WELL Building Standard, or other similar “green” certification rating above a gold standard or its equivalent;
   

  

  
   (bb)
   
    Shuttle Service Costs if Tenant elects, subject to the terms of Section 44(o), not to participate in the Shuttle Service in accordance with the provisions of Section 44(o); and
   

  

  
   (cc)
   
    costs to construct the Reservoir Woods Amenities (as defined in Section 42), and any cost or expense related to the operation, maintenance, repair or replacement of the Reservoir Woods Amenities (the parties acknowledge that any such costs, to the extent chargeable to Tenant pursuant to the terms of Section 42, will be separately charged to Tenant as an “Amenities Fee” pursuant to Section 42 and not as an Operating Expense).  
   

  

  	In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Operating Expenses incurred or accrued by Landlord with respect to any capital improvements which are reasonably expected by Landlord to reduce overall Operating Expenses (for example, without limitation, by reducing energy usage at the Project) (the “Energy Savings Costs”) shall be amortized over a period of years equal to the least of (A) 10 years, (B) the useful life of such capital items, or (C) the quotient of (i) the Energy Savings Costs, divided by (ii) the annual amount of Operating Expenses reasonably expected by Landlord to be saved as a result of such capital improvements.

  Within 90 days after the end of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (an “Annual Statement”) showing in reasonable detail:  (a) the total and Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, and (b) the total of Tenant’s payments in respect of Operating Expenses for such year.  If Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year exceeds Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year, the excess shall be due and payable by Tenant as Rent within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement to Tenant.  If Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year exceed Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement, except that after the expiration, or earlier termination of the Term or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord.  Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations to pay any overpayments or deficiencies due pursuant to this paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

  The Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within 180 days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein or wishes to verify the accuracy of the Annual Statement by giving written notice to Landlord.  If, during such 180 day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or wishes to verify the accuracy of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord will provide Tenant with access to Landlord’s books and records relating to the operation of the Project and such information as Landlord reasonably determines to be responsive to Tenant’s questions (the “Expense Information”).  If after Tenant’s review of such Expense Information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have a regionally or nationally recognized independent public accounting firm selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), working pursuant to a fee arrangement other than a contingent fee (the “Independent Review”).  The results of any such Independent Review shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.  If the Independent Review shows that the payments actually made by Tenant with respect to Operating Expenses for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year, Landlord shall at Landlord’s option either (i) credit the excess amount to the next succeeding installments of estimated Operating Expenses or (ii) pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such 

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 9

  statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord.  If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s payments with respect to Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after delivery of such statement.  If the Independent Review shows that Tenant has overpaid with respect to Operating Expenses by more than 5% then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all costs incurred by Tenant for the Independent Review.  Operating Expenses for the calendar years in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein begins and ends shall be prorated.  Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, if the Project is not at least 95% occupied on average during any year of the Term, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such year shall be computed as though the Project had been 95% occupied on average during such year. 

  “Tenant’s Share” shall be the percentage set forth on the first page of this Lease as Tenant’s Share as reasonably adjusted by Landlord for changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Project occurring thereafter.  The rentable square footage of the Premises and the Building shall be calculated by Dimella Schaefer or Stevenson Systems, as determined by Landlord, prior to the date that is within 90 days after the Commencement Date using the Office Buildings: Standard Methods of Measurement ANSI/BOMA Z65.1-2017 Method A as a guideline for a Multi-Occupant Building (the “Measurement Standard”).  A copy of the letter or report from Dimella Schaefer or Stevenson Systems, as applicable, setting forth its calculation using the Measurement Standard, together with all documentary support therefor, shall be furnished to Landlord and Tenant and shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant (the “Notice of Re-determination of RSF”).  If the actual rentable square footage of the Premises and the Building as set forth in the Notice of Re-Determination of RSF deviate from the amount specified in the definitions of “Premises,” “Rentable Area of Premises,” and “Rentable Area of Building and Project” on page 1 of this Lease, then this Lease shall be amended to reflect the results as set forth in the Notice of Re-determination of RSF in the definitions of “Premises,” “Rentable Area of Premises,” “Rentable Area of Building and Project,” and “Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses” shall be adjusted.  Landlord may equitably increase Tenant’s Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Project that includes the Premises or that varies with occupancy or use.  Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder are collectively referred to herein as “Rent.” 

  
   6.
   
    Security Deposit.  As an essential condition of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord pursuant to the terms of the immediately following paragraph, a security deposit (the “Security Deposit”) for the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in the amount set forth on page 1 of this Lease (which amount is subject to reduction as set forth below in this Section 6), which Security Deposit shall be in the form of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”):  (i) in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, (ii) naming Landlord as beneficiary, (iii) expressly allowing Landlord to draw upon it at any time from time to time by delivering to the issuer notice that Landlord is entitled to draw thereunder, (iv) issued by an FDIC-insured financial institution satisfactory to Landlord (it being acknowledged and agreed that Silicon Valley Bank shall be deemed to be an acceptable initial issuer of the Letter of Credit), and (v) redeemable by presentation of a sight draft in the State of California, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or such other state of Landlord’s choice.  If Tenant does not provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements hereof at least 10 days before the stated expiration date of any then current Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right to draw the full amount of the current Letter of Credit and hold the funds drawn in cash without obligation for interest thereon as the Security Deposit.  The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.  The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default.  Upon each occurrence of a Default (as defined in Section 20), Landlord may use all or any part of the Security Deposit to pay delinquent payments due under this Lease, future rent damages, and the cost of any damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such Default, without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law.  Landlord’s right to use the Security Deposit under this Section 6 includes the right to use the Security Deposit to pay future rent damages following the termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 21(c) below.  Upon any use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay Landlord within 5 days of written demand the amount that will restore the Security Deposit to the amount set forth on Page 1 of this Lease.  
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 10

  
   
    Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law, now or hereafter in force, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant.  Upon bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for periods prior to the filing of such proceedings.  If Tenant shall fully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within 90 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
   

  

  Within 10 business days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease by the parties, Tenant shall deliver a Letter of Credit for a portion of the Security Deposit in the amount of $2,572,206.00.  On or before January 1, 2023, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord either an amended Letter of Credit increasing the Security Deposit to $6,001,814.00 or a replacement Letter of Credit in the amount of $6,001,814.00.  If Tenant delivers a replacement letter of credit pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall return the original Letter of Credit to Tenant within a reasonable period thereafter.

  If, as of the expiration of the 36 months after the Commencement Date (x) Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease, and (y) Tenant has not been in Default under this Lease during the 6 month period immediately preceding Tenant’s request for reduction of the Security Deposit (collectively, the “Reduction Requirements” and each a “Reduction Requirement”), then the Security Deposit shall be reduced to an amount equal to $3,429,608.00 (the “Reduced Security Deposit”).  If Tenant delivers a written request to Landlord for such reduction of the Security Deposit then, so long as the Reduction Requirements have been satisfied, Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant, at no cost, expense or liability to Landlord, to reduce the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord to the amount of the Reduced Security Deposit.  If the Security Deposit is reduced as provided in this paragraph, then from and after the date of such reduction, the “Security Deposit” shall be deemed to be the Reduced Security Deposit, for all purposes of this Lease.

  If Landlord transfers its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord shall either (a) transfer any Security Deposit then held by Landlord to a person or entity assuming Landlord’s obligations under this Section 6, or (b) return to Tenant any Security Deposit then held by Landlord and remaining after the deductions permitted herein.  Upon such transfer to such transferee or the return of the Security Deposit to Tenant, Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to the Security Deposit, and Tenant’s right to the return of the Security Deposit shall apply solely against Landlord’s transferee.  Landlord’s obligation respecting the Security Deposit is that of a debtor, not a trustee, and no interest shall accrue thereon.

  
   7.
   
    Use.  The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the basic lease provisions on page 1 of this Lease, and in compliance with all laws, orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, and to the use and occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, “ADA”) (collectively, “Legal Requirements” and each, a “Legal Requirement”).  Tenant shall, upon 5 days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any Governmental Authority (as defined in Section 9) having jurisdiction to be a violation of a Legal Requirement.  Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would void Tenant’s or Landlord’s insurance, increase the insurance risk, or cause the disallowance of any sprinkler or other credits.  Tenant shall not permit any part of the Premises to be used as a “place of public accommodation”, as defined in the ADA or any similar legal requirement.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for any additional premium charged for any such insurance policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section or otherwise caused by Tenant’s use and/or occupancy of the Premises.  Tenant will use the Premises in a careful, safe and proper manner and will not commit or permit waste, overload the floor or structure of the Premises, subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises or obstruct or interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Project, 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 11

  
   
    including conducting or giving notice of any auction, liquidation, or going out of business sale on the Premises, or using or allowing the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose.  Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations from the Premises from extending into Common Areas, or other space in the Project.  Tenant shall not place any machinery or equipment which would overload the floor in or upon the Premises or transport or move such items through the Common Areas of the Project or in the Project elevators without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Except as may be provided under the Work Letter, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use the Premises in any manner which will require ventilation, air exchange, heating, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the capacity of the Project as of the Commencement Date, as proportionately allocated to the Premises based upon Tenant’s Share as usually furnished for the Permitted Use.
   

  

  Landlord shall be responsible, (i) subject to the terms of the Work Letter, for the compliance of the Premises with Legal Requirements (including the ADA) as of the Commencement Date, and (ii) at Landlord’s cost, for the compliance of the Common Areas of the Project with Legal Requirements (including the ADA) as of the Commencement Date.  Following the Commencement Date, Landlord shall, as an Operating Expense (to the extent such Legal Requirement is generally applicable to similar buildings in the area in which the Project is located) or at Tenant’s expense (to the extent such Legal Requirement is triggered by reason of Tenant’s, as compared to other tenants of the Project, particular use of the Premises or Tenant’s Alterations) make any alterations or modifications to the Common Areas or the exterior of the Building that are required by Legal Requirements.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in the 2 immediately preceding sentences, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall make any alterations or modifications to the interior of the Premises that are required by Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, compliance of the Premises with the ADA) related to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.  Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses incurred in investigating or resisting the same (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit) (collectively, “Claims”) arising out of or in connection with Legal Requirements related to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or Tenant’s Alterations, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of or in connection with any failure of the Premises to comply with any Legal Requirement related to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises or Tenant’s Alterations. 

  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, seek to obtain Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED), WELL Building Standard, or other similar “green” certification with respect to the Project and/or the Premises, and Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord, at no material cost to Tenant, and to provide such information and/or documentation as Landlord may reasonably request, in connection therewith.  For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the costs incurred by Landlord to obtain any LEED, WELL Building Standard or similar “green” certification be included as part of Operating Expenses.

  
   8.
   
    Holding Over.  If, with Landlord’s express written consent, Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the termination of the Term, (i) unless otherwise agreed in such written consent, such possession shall be subject to immediate termination by Landlord at any time, (ii) all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the adjustment of Base Rent pursuant to Section 4 hereof) shall remain in full force and effect (excluding any expansion or renewal option or other similar right or option) during such holdover period, (iii) Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent in the amount payable upon the date of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or such other amount as Landlord may indicate, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, in such written consent, and (iv) all other payments shall continue under the terms of this Lease.  If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, (A) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon the terms of this Lease except that the monthly rental shall be equal to 150% of Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term, and (B) if such occupancy shall continue for more than 30 days, Tenant shall be responsible for all damages suffered by Landlord resulting from or occasioned by Tenant’s holding over, including consequential damages; provided, however, that if Tenant delivers a written inquiry to Landlord within 30 days prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 12

  
   
    Landlord will notify Tenant whether the potential exists for consequential damages.  No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Section 8 shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises.  Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not result in a renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.
   

  

  
   9.
   
    Taxes.  
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Landlord shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, all taxes, levies, fees, assessments and governmental charges of any kind, existing as of the Commencement Date or thereafter enacted (collectively referred to as “Taxes”), imposed by any federal, state, regional, municipal, local or other governmental authority or agency, including, without limitation, quasi-public agencies (collectively, “Governmental Authority”) during the Term, including, without limitation, all Taxes:  (i) imposed on or measured by or based, in whole or in part, on rent payable to (or gross receipts received by) Landlord under this Lease and/or from the rental by Landlord of the Project or any portion thereof, or (ii) based on the square footage, assessed value or other measure or evaluation of any kind of the Premises or the Project, or (iii) assessed or imposed by or on the operation or maintenance of any portion of the Premises or the Project, including parking, or (iv) assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Legal Requirements, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority, or (v) imposed as a license or other fee, charge, tax, or assessment on Landlord’s business or occupation of leasing space in the Project.  Landlord may contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of any Taxes or liens securing Taxes.  If Landlord secures an abatement or refund for the Project for a period during the Term, Tenant shall receive Tenant’s Share of such abatement or refund (i.e., the net amount after paying all reasonable costs and expenses of securing the abatement or refund, including reasonable attorneys’ fees) as credit to be applied by Landlord against Operating Expenses next coming due (or, if no further Operating Expenses are due from Tenant under this Lease and Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, a cash payment to Tenant).  Taxes shall not include any net income taxes imposed on Landlord except to the extent such net income taxes are in substitution for any Taxes payable hereunder.  If any such Tax is levied or assessed directly against Tenant, then Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay the same at such times and in such manner as the taxing authority shall require.  Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all Taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, whether levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant.  If any Taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property, or if the assessed valuation of the Project is increased by a value attributable to improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, higher than the base valuation on which Landlord from time-to-time allocates Taxes to all tenants in the Project, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such Taxes.  Landlord’s determination of any excess assessed valuation shall be binding and conclusive, absent manifest error.  The amount of any such payment by Landlord shall constitute Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord immediately upon demand.
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    If Tenant disputes in good faith any taxes or assessments levied against the Building or Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures or improvements or alterations in the Premises for tax assessment purposes, then Tenant may request in writing (a “Tax Dispute Notice”) that Landlord contest the same.  A Tax Dispute Notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the particular matters which Tenant disputes and Tenant’s basis for such dispute.  Upon receipt of a Tax Dispute Notice, provided that no Default exists hereunder, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to contest those matters set forth in the applicable Tax Dispute Notice.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within 30 days of invoice for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord in contesting such matters.  Failure of Tenant to timely pay the foregoing amounts shall permit Landlord to suspend or terminate any such contest.  Tenant shall be entitled to Tenant’s Share of any refund obtained by reason of any such contest or otherwise whether obtained during or after the expiration of the Term, except that if the refund shall relate to the year in which the Term commences or expires, Tenant’s Share of the refund shall be apportioned between Landlord and Tenant according to the number of days within the Term provided Tenant paid Taxes for the year relating to such refund.  If Landlord fails to commence to contest those matters set forth in a Tax Dispute Notice within 30 days after delivery of such Tax Dispute Notice, then Tenant may deliver a second written notice requesting 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 13

  
   
    that Landlord contest those matters set forth in the applicable Tax Dispute Notice.  If within 20 days following receipt of such second written notice, Landlord fails to commence to contest those matters set forth in the applicable Tax Dispute Notice, then, so long as Tenant is not in Default, Tenant shall have the right to contest or review, at Tenant’s expense, by appropriate proceedings (which may be instituted during the Term, and if instituted shall be with the reasonable cooperation of Landlord if requested) those matters set forth in the applicable Tax Dispute Notice.  Upon reasonable request from Tenant, Landlord shall furnish, on a timely basis, such data, documents, information and assistance and make such appearances as may be reasonably required by Tenant.  Landlord shall, at no cost or liability to Landlord, reasonably cooperate with Tenant in connection with any such protest, appeal or other proceedings.  Tenant shall not abandon any appeal without first offering to Landlord the right to prosecute such appeal.  In no event may Tenant reach any agreement with any Governmental Authorities with respect to Taxes for any future tax year(s) or any other property which may be binding on Landlord
   

  

  
   10.
   
    Parking and TDMP.  
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Parking.  Subject to all applicable Legal Requirements, Force Majeure, a Taking (as defined in Section 19 below) and the exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder, Tenant shall have the right at no additional cost during the Term, to use 2.3 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, which parking spaces shall be located in those areas designated for non-reserved parking, subject in each case to Landlord’s rules and regulations.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, 8 of the parking spaces allocated to Tenant pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 10, near the main entrance of the Building and otherwise in locations designated by Landlord, will be designated as reserved for use by Tenant.  Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties, including other tenants of the Project, or for enforcing any such reservation of parking spaces.  At the request of Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Landlord shall install mutually acceptable signage identifying Tenant’s reserved spaces, the cost of which may be paid with the TI Fund.  Landlord hereby agrees that it shall not grant parking rights to other tenants of the Project in excess of a number of parking spaces equal to 2.3 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of such other tenant’s leased premises, or, subject to all applicable Legal Requirements, Force Majeure, and a Taking, reduce the total number of available parking spaces for the Project below 2.3 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Building and Project.  
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    Transportation Demand Management Program.  If a transportation demand management program (“TDMP”) setting forth requirements relating to parking and transportation demand management is implemented with respect to the Project at any time during the Term, Tenant shall comply with such TDMP. 
   

  

  
   11.
   
    Utilities, Services.  Landlord shall provide, subject to the terms of this Section 11, water, electricity, heat, light, power, sewer, and other utilities (including gas and fire sprinklers to the extent the Project is plumbed for such services as of the Commencement Date), and with respect to the Common Areas only, refuse and trash collection and janitorial services (collectively, “Utilities”).  Landlord shall pay, as Operating Expenses or subject to Tenant’s reimbursement obligation, for all Utilities used on the Premises, all maintenance charges for Utilities, and any storm sewer charges or other similar charges for Utilities imposed by any Governmental Authority or Utility provider, and any taxes, penalties, surcharges or similar charges thereon.  The Premises shall be separately check-metered to measure Tenant’s usage of electricity.  Landlord may cause, at Landlord’s expense (except to the extent necessary as a result of Tenant’s disproportionate usage of Utilities in which case it shall be a Tenant expense), any other Utilities to be separately metered or charged directly to Tenant by the provider.  Tenant shall pay directly to the Utility provider, prior to delinquency, any separately metered Utilities and services which may be furnished to Tenant or the Premises during the Term.  Tenant shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, its share of all charges for jointly metered Utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord.  No interruption or failure of Utilities from any cause whatsoever shall result in eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant, termination of this Lease or, except as expressly provided in the immediately following paragraph, the abatement of Rent.  Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s cost, for the installation of all communication and data wiring serving the Premises.  Tenant shall be responsible, using vendors reasonably acceptable to Landlord, for obtaining and paying for its own janitorial and waste disposal 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 14

  
   
    services for the Premises including, without limitation services for the disposal of manufacturing waste and Hazardous Materials waste generated from the Premises. Tenant may use the passenger elevator and freight elevator serving the Building during the Term in common with others entitled thereto at no additional charge, subject to downtime for maintenance and repairs.
   

  

  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if (i) a stoppage of an Essential Service (as defined below) to the Premises shall occur and such stoppage is due solely to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and not due in any part to any act or omission on the part of Tenant or any Tenant Party or any matter beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (any such stoppage of an Essential Service being hereinafter referred to as a “Service Interruption”), and (ii) such Service Interruption continues for more than 5 consecutive business days after Landlord shall have received written notice thereof from Tenant, and (iii) as a result of such Service Interruption, the conduct of Tenant’s normal operations in the Premises are materially and adversely affected, then, there shall be an abatement of one day’s Base Rent for each day during which such Service Interruption continues after such 5 business day period; provided, however, that if any part of the Premises is reasonably useable for Tenant’s normal business operations or if Tenant conducts all or any part of its operations in any portion of the Premises notwithstanding such Service Interruption, then the amount of each daily abatement of Base Rent shall only be proportionate to the nature and extent of the interruption of Tenant’s normal operations or ability to use the Premises.  The rights granted to Tenant under this paragraph shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy resulting from a failure of Landlord to provide services, and Landlord shall not otherwise be liable for any loss or damage suffered or sustained by Tenant resulting from any failure or cessation of services.  For purposes hereof, the term “Essential Services” shall mean the following services:  HVAC service, water, sewer and electricity, but in each case only to the extent that Landlord has an obligation to provide same to Tenant under this Lease.  

   Landlord’s sole obligation for either providing emergency generators or providing emergency back-up power to Tenant shall be: (i) to provide emergency generator with not less than the capacity of the emergency generator located in the Building as of the Commencement Date, and (ii) to contract with a third party to maintain the emergency generator as per the manufacturer’s standard maintenance guidelines.  Except as otherwise provided in the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an operational emergency generator or back-up power or to supervise, oversee or confirm that the third party maintaining the emergency generator is maintaining the generators as per the manufacturer’s standard guidelines or otherwise.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall, at least once per month as part of the maintenance of the Building, run the emergency generator for a period reasonably determined by Landlord for the purpose of determining whether it operates when started.  Landlord shall, upon written request from Tenant (not more frequently than once per calendar year), make available for Tenant’s inspection the maintenance contract and maintenance records for the emergency generators for the 12 month period immediately preceding Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written request.  During any period of replacement, repair or maintenance of the emergency generator when the emergency generator is not operational, including any delays thereto due to the inability to obtain parts or replacement equipment, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an alternative back-up generator or alternative sources of back-up power.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (x) in connection with the proper verification of loads and maintenance of the emergency generator, that power will need to be transferred during routine testing, and (y) Tenant is responsible for cooperating with Landlord or Landlord’s third party contractor with respect to scheduling such routine tests and checking its own equipment loads as it operates during load transfer periods.  Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord does not guaranty that such emergency generator will be operational at all times or that emergency power will be available to the Premises when needed.  

  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall have the right to install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, an emergency generator serving the Premises, relates fixtures, and related screening of a design and type reasonably acceptable to Landlord (collectively, the “Dedicated Generator”) in a portion of the Project reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant (collectively the “Generator Area”).  Commencing on the date that Tenant installs such Dedicated Generator, Tenant shall have all of the obligations under this Lease with respect to the Generator Area as though the Generator Area were part of the Premises.  The number of parking spaces available to Tenant under this Lease may be reduced by the number of parking spaces impacted by the Generator Area, if any.  Tenant shall remove Dedicated 

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 15

  Generator from the Generator Area at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore the Generator Area to substantially its condition prior to the installation of the Dedicated Generator and shall otherwise surrender the Generator Area free of any debris and trash and free of any Hazardous Materials.  Landlord shall have no obligation to make any repairs or improvements to the Dedicated Generator or the Generator Area and Tenant shall maintain the Dedicated Generator and the Generator Area, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in good repair and condition during the Term.

  Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with access to Tenant’s water and energy usage data on a monthly basis, either by providing Tenant’s applicable utility login credentials to Landlord’s designated online portal, or by another delivery method reasonably agreed to by Landlord and Tenant.  The costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with receiving and analyzing such water and energy usage data (including, without limitation, as may be required pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements) shall be included as part of Operating Expenses.

  
   12.
   
    Alterations and Tenant’s Property.  Any alterations, additions, or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, including additional locks or bolts of any kind or nature upon any doors or windows in the Premises, but excluding installation, removal or realignment of furniture systems (other than removal of furniture systems owned or paid for by Landlord) not involving any modifications to the structure or connections (other than by ordinary plugs or jacks) to Building Systems (“Alterations”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if any such Alteration affects the structure or Building Systems and shall not be otherwise unreasonably withheld.  Tenant may construct nonstructural, cosmetic Alterations in the Premises without Landlord’s prior approval if the aggregate cost of all such work in any 12 month period does not exceed $500,000.00 (a “Notice-Only Alteration”), provided Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of such intended Notice-Only Alteration, and such notice shall be accompanied by plans, specifications, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Notice-Only Alteration as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, which notice and accompanying materials shall be delivered to Landlord not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction.  If Landlord approves any Alterations, Landlord may impose such conditions on Tenant in connection with the commencement, performance and completion of such Alterations as Landlord may deem appropriate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.  Any request for approval shall be in writing, delivered not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction, and accompanied by plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the alterations as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, including the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials.  Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to ensure that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable Legal Requirements.  Tenant shall cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with insurance requirements and with Legal Requirements and shall implement at its sole cost and expense any alteration or modification required by Legal Requirements as a result of any Alterations.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, on demand, an amount equal to the reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord with respect to each Alteration.  Before Tenant begins any Alteration, Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for, and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, any expense incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, delays caused by such work, or inadequate cleanup.  
   

  

  Tenant shall furnish security or make other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment for the completion of all Alterations work free and clear of liens, and shall provide (and cause each contractor or subcontractor to provide) certificates of insurance for workers’ compensation and other coverage in amounts and from an insurance company satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for personal injury or property damage during construction.  Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord:  (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did the work and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors; and (ii) “as built” plans for any such Alteration.

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 16

  Except for Removable Installations (as hereinafter defined), all Installations (as hereinafter defined) shall be and shall remain the property of Landlord during the Term and following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall, if requested in writing by Tenant at the time its approval of any such Installation is requested or at the time it receives notice of a Notice-Only Alteration, notify Tenant whether Landlord requires that Tenant remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. If removal of an installation is required, Tenant shall remove such Installation in accordance with the immediately succeeding sentence.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove (i) all wires, cables or similar equipment which Tenant has installed in the Premises or in the risers or plenums of the Building, (ii) any Installations for which Landlord has given Tenant notice of removal in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, and (iii) all of Tenant’s Property (as hereinafter defined), and Tenant shall restore and repair any damage caused by or occasioned as a result of such removal, including, without limitation, capping off all such connections behind the walls of the Premises and repairing any holes.  During any restoration period beyond the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant.  If Landlord is requested by Tenant or any lender, lessor or other person or entity claiming an interest in any of Tenant’s Property to waive any lien Landlord may have against any of Tenant’s Property, and Landlord consents to such waiver, then Landlord shall be entitled to reimbursement from Tenant for its actual, reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with the preparation and negotiation of each such waiver of lien.  

  	For purposes of this Lease, (x) “Removable Installations” means any items listed on Exhibit F attached hereto and any items agreed by Landlord in writing to be included on Exhibit F in the future, (y) ”Tenant’s Property” means Removable Installations and, other than Installations, any personal property or equipment of Tenant that may be removed without material damage to the Premises, and (z) ”Installations” means all property of any kind paid for with the TI Fund, all Alterations, all fixtures, and all partitions, hardware, built-in machinery, built-in casework and cabinets and other similar additions, equipment, property and improvements built into the Premises so as to become an integral part of the Premises, including, without limitation, fume hoods which penetrate the roof or plenum area, built-in cold rooms, built-in warm rooms, walk-in cold rooms, walk-in warm rooms, deionized water systems, glass washing equipment, autoclaves, chillers, built-in plumbing, electrical and mechanical equipment and systems, and any power generator and transfer switch.

  	Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall notify Tenant at the time the Space Plans for the Tenant Improvements are finalized whether Landlord will require Tenant to remove or restore the Tenant Improvements constructed pursuant to the Work Letter at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

  
   13.
   
    Landlord’s Repairs.  Landlord, as an Operating Expense, shall maintain all of the structural, exterior, parking and other Common Areas of the Project, including HVAC, plumbing, fire sprinklers, elevators and all other building systems serving the Premises and other portions of the Project (“Building Systems”), in good operating order and repair, reasonable wear and tear and uninsured losses and damages caused by Tenant, or by any of Tenant’s assignees, sublessees, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors (or any of Tenant’s assignees, sublessees and/or licensees respective agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors) (collectively, “Tenant Parties”) excluded.  Losses and damages caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party shall be repaired by Landlord, to the extent not covered by insurance required to be maintained by Landlord or Tenant hereunder pursuant to Section 17, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  Landlord reserves the right to stop Building Systems services when necessary (i) by reason of accident or emergency, or (ii) for planned repairs, alterations or improvements, which are, in the judgment of Landlord, desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed.  Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply Building Systems services during any such period of interruption; provided, however, that Landlord shall, except in case of emergency, give Tenant not less than 10 business days’ advance notice of any planned stoppage of Building Systems services for routine maintenance, repairs, alterations or improvements.  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s operations in the Premises during such planned stoppages of Building Systems and shall coordinate in good faith such 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 17

  
   
    planned stoppages in advance (except in the case of an emergency) with Tenant to minimize interference with Tenant’s operations in the laboratory portions of the Premises.  Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this Section, after which Landlord shall make a commercially reasonable effort to effect such repair.  Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant’s written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance.  Tenant waives its rights under any state or local law to terminate this Lease or to make such repairs at Landlord’s expense and agrees that the parties’ respective rights with respect to such matters shall be solely as set forth herein.  Repairs required as the result of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, or similar cause of damage or destruction shall be controlled by Section 18.
   

  

  
   14.
   
    Tenant’s Repairs.  Subject to the terms of Section 13 hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in good condition all portions of the Premises, including, without limitation, entries, doors, ceilings, interior windows, interior walls, and the interior side of demising walls.  Should Tenant fail to make any such repair or replacement or fail to maintain the Premises, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such failure.  If Tenant fails to commence cure of such failure within 30 days of Landlord’s notice, and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, Landlord may perform such work and shall be reimbursed by Tenant within 30 business days after demand therefor; provided, however, that if such failure by Tenant creates or could create an emergency, Landlord may immediately commence cure of such failure and shall thereafter be entitled to recover the costs of such cure from Tenant.  Subject to Sections 17 and 18, Tenant shall bear the full uninsured cost (provided that such unavailability of insurance proceeds is not the result of Landlord’s failure to maintain the insurance policies required to be maintained by Landlord under Section 17) of any repair or replacement to any part of the Project that results from damage caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party.
   

  

  
   15.
   
    Mechanic’s Liens.  Tenant shall discharge, by bond or otherwise, any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Project for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant within 10 business days after Tenant receives notice of the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and shall otherwise keep the Premises and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant.  Should Tenant fail to discharge any lien described herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title to the Project and the cost thereof shall be immediately due from Tenant as Additional Rent.  If Tenant shall lease or finance the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings, or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement filed as a matter of public record by any lessor or creditor of Tenant will upon its face or by exhibit thereto indicate that such Financing Statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises.  In no event shall the address of the Project be furnished on the statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property, located in an identified suite held by Tenant.
   

  

  
   16.
   
    Indemnification.  Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, sub-agents, constituent entities and lease signators (collectively, “Landlord Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against any and all Claims for injury or death to persons or damage to property occurring within or about the Premises or the Project arising directly or indirectly out of use or occupancy of the Premises or the Project by Tenant or any Tenant Parties (including, without limitation, any act, omission or neglect by Tenant or any Tenant’s Parties in or about the Premises or at the Project) or a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord Indemnified Parties.  Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of damage to, personal property (including, without limitation, loss of records kept within the Premises).  Tenant further waives any and all Claims for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property (including, without limitation, any loss of records).  Landlord Indemnified Parties shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any tenant in the Project or of any other third party or Tenant Parties.  
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 18

  Subject to all of the other provisions of this Lease including, without limitation, the waivers provided in Sections 17 and 36, Landlord hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all third party Claims for injury or death to persons or damage to property occurring at the Project (outside of the Premises) caused by Landlord’s willful misconduct or gross negligence, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or negligence of Tenant or its employees or agents.

  
   17.
   
    Insurance.  Landlord shall maintain all risk property and, if applicable, sprinkler damage insurance covering the full replacement cost of the Project.  Landlord shall further procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance with a single loss limit of not less than $5,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Project.  Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary, including, but not limited to, flood, environmental hazard and earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, errors and omissions, rental loss during the period of repair or rebuilding, workers’ compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services and insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or which are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord without regard to whether or not such are made a part of the Project.  All such insurance shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses.  The Project may be included in a blanket policy (in which case the cost of such insurance allocable to the Project will be determined by Landlord based upon the insurer’s cost calculations).  Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for any increased premiums or additional insurance which Landlord reasonably deems necessary as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises.  
   

  

  Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain during the Term:  all risk property insurance with business interruption and extra expense coverage, covering the full replacement cost of all property and improvements installed or placed in the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s expense; workers’ compensation insurance with no less than the minimum limits required by law; employer’s liability insurance with employers liability limits of $1,000,000 bodily injury by accident – each accident, $1,000,000 bodily injury by disease – policy limit, and $1,000,000 bodily injury by disease – each employee; and commercial general liability insurance, with a minimum limit of not less than $5,000,000 per occurrence/$5,000,000 aggregate for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Premises.  Liability limits can be satisfied through a combination of primary and excess policies.  The commercial general liability insurance maintained by Tenant shall name Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., and Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, sub-agents, constituent entities, joint venture partners and lease signators (collectively, “Landlord Insured Parties”), as additional insureds; insure on an occurrence and not a claims-made basis; be issued by insurance companies which have a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A and financial category rating of at least Class X in “Best’s Insurance Guide”; not contain a hostile fire exclusion; contain a contractual liability endorsement; and provide primary coverage to Landlord Insured Parties (any policy issued to Landlord Insured Parties providing duplicate or similar coverage shall be deemed excess over Tenant’s policies, regardless of limits).  Tenant shall provide Landlord with 30 days advance written notice of cancellation of such commercial general liability policy.  Certificates of insurance showing the limits of coverage required hereunder and showing Landlord as an additional insured shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant (i) concurrent with Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of a copy of this Lease executed by Tenant, and (ii) prior to each renewal of said insurance.  Tenant’s policy may be a “blanket policy” with an aggregate per location endorsement which specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy.  Tenant shall, at least 5 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates.

  In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord as an additional insured, Tenant shall upon written request of Landlord also designate and furnish certificates so evidencing Landlord as additional insured to:  (i) any lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Project or any portion thereof, (ii) the landlord under any lease wherein Landlord is tenant of the real property on which the Project is located, if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground or other underlying lease rather than that of a fee owner, and/or (iii) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

  The property insurance obtained by Landlord and Tenant shall include a waiver of subrogation by the insurers and all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord or Tenant, and their 

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 19

  respective officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (“Related Parties”), in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against.  Neither party nor its respective Related Parties shall be liable to the other for loss or damage caused by any risk insured against under property insurance required to be maintained hereunder, and each party waives any claims against the other party, and its respective Related Parties, for such loss or damage.  The failure of a party to insure its property shall not void this waiver.  Landlord and its respective Related Parties shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for, business interruption and losses occasioned thereby sustained by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever.  If the foregoing waivers shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other’s insurer.

  Landlord may require insurance policy limits to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s lender and/or to bring coverage limits to levels then being generally required of new tenants within the Project; provided, however, that the increased amount of coverage is consistent with coverage amounts then being required by institutional owners of similar projects with tenants occupying similar size premises in the geographical area in which the Project is located.

  
   18.
   
    Restoration.  If, at any time during the Term, the Project or the Premises are damaged or destroyed by a fire or other casualty, Landlord shall notify Tenant within 60 days after discovery of such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it will take to restore the Project or the Premises, as applicable (the “Restoration Period”).  If the Restoration Period is estimated to exceed 12 months (the “Maximum Restoration Period”), Landlord may, in such notice, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date that is 75 days after the date of discovery of such damage or destruction; provided, however, that notwithstanding Landlord’s election to restore, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within 10 days of receipt of a notice from Landlord estimating a Restoration Period for the Premises longer than the Maximum Restoration Period.  Unless either Landlord or Tenant so elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds (with any deductible to be treated as a current Operating Expense), promptly restore the Premises (excluding the improvements installed by Tenant or by Landlord and paid for by Tenant), subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or as needed to obtain any license, clearance or other authorization of any kind required to enter into and restore the Premises issued by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release, disposal, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 30) in, on or about the Premises (collectively referred to herein as “Hazardous Materials Clearances”); provided, however, that if repair or restoration of the Premises is not substantially complete as of the end of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, Tenant may by written notice to Landlord delivered within 10 days of the expiration of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, elect to terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs or restoration and this Lease shall terminate as of the date that is 75 days after the later of:  (i) discovery of such damage or destruction, or (ii) the date all required Hazardous Materials Clearances are obtained, but Landlord shall retain any Rent paid and the right to any Rent payable by Tenant prior to such election by Landlord or Tenant.
   

  

  Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly perform, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or to obtain Hazardous Material Clearances, all repairs or restoration not required to be done by Landlord and shall promptly re-enter the Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease upon written notice to the other if the Premises are damaged during the last year of the Term and Landlord reasonably estimates that it will take more than 2 months to repair such damage; provided, however, that such notice is delivered within 10 business days after the date that Landlord provides Tenant with written notice of the estimated Restoration Period.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if insurance proceeds are not available for such restoration.  Rent shall be abated from the date all required Hazardous Material Clearances are obtained until the Premises are repaired and restored, in the proportion which the area of the Premises, if any, which is not usable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises, unless Landlord 

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 20

  provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business.  In the event that no Hazardous Material Clearances are required to be obtained by Tenant with respect to the Premises, rent abatement shall commence on the date of discovery of the damage or destruction.  Such abatement shall be the sole remedy of Tenant, and except as provided in this Section 18, Tenant waives any right to terminate this Lease by reason of damage or casualty loss.

  The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 18, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation which is now or may hereafter be in effect shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises or any other portion of the Project, the parties hereto expressly agreeing that this Section 18 sets forth their entire understanding and agreement with respect to such matters.

  
   19.
   
    Condemnation.  If the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance, or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “Taking” or “Taken”), and the Taking would in Landlord’s reasonable judgment materially interfere with or impair Landlord’s ownership or operation of the Project, or would in the reasonable judgment of Landlord and Tenant either prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises (as resolved, if the parties are unable to agree, by arbitration by a single arbitrator with the qualifications and experience appropriate to resolve the matter and appointed pursuant to and acting in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association), then upon written notice by Landlord or Tenant to the other this Lease shall terminate and Rent shall be apportioned as of said date.  If part of the Premises shall be Taken, and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises and the Project as nearly as is commercially reasonable under the circumstances to their condition prior to such partial Taking and the rentable square footage of the Building, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired Term shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances.  Upon any such Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire price or award from any such Taking without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award.  Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that same shall not diminish Landlord’s award, to make a separate claim against the condemning authority (but not Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for moving expenses and damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant.  Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to any provision of state law to terminate this Lease upon a partial Taking of the Premises or the Project.
   

  

  
   20.
   
    Events of Default.  Each of the following events shall be a default (“Default”) by Tenant under this Lease:
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Payment Defaults.  Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Rent or any other payment hereunder when due; provided, however, that Landlord will give Tenant notice and an opportunity to cure any failure to pay Rent within 5 days of any such notice not more than twice in any 12 month period and Tenant agrees that such notice shall be in lieu of and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required by law.
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    Insurance.  Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed, or Landlord shall receive a notice of nonrenewal of any such insurance and Tenant shall fail to obtain replacement insurance at least 5 days before the expiration of the current coverage.
   

  

  
   (c)
   
    Abandonment.  Tenant shall abandon the Premises.  Tenant shall not be deemed to have abandoned the Premises if Tenant provides Landlord with reasonable advance notice prior to vacating and, at the time of vacating the Premises, (i) Tenant completes Tenant’s obligations under the Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan in compliance with Section 28, (ii) Tenant has obtained the release of the Premises of all Hazardous Materials Clearances and the Premises are free from any residual impact from 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 21

  
   
    the Tenant HazMat Operations and provides reasonably detailed documentation to Landlord confirming such matters, (iii) Tenant has made reasonable arrangements with Landlord for the security of the Premises for the balance of the Term, and (iv) Tenant continues during the balance of the Term to satisfy and perform all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease as they come due.
   

  

  
   (d)
   
    Improper Transfer.  Tenant shall assign, sublease or otherwise transfer or attempt to transfer all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises except as expressly permitted herein, or Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within 90 days of the action.
   

  

  
   (e)
   
    Liens.  Tenant shall fail to discharge or otherwise obtain the release of any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of this Lease within the time period required pursuant to Section 15 of this Lease.
   

  

  
   (f)
   
    Insolvency Events.  Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall:  (A) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a “Proceeding for Relief”); (C) become the subject of any Proceeding for Relief which is not dismissed within 90 days of its filing or entry; or (D) die or suffer a legal disability (if Tenant, guarantor, or surety is an individual) or be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence (if Tenant, guarantor or surety is a corporation, partnership or other entity).
   

  

  
   (g)
   
    Estoppel Certificate or Subordination Agreement.  Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under Sections 23 or 27 within 5 days after a second notice requesting such document.
   

  

  
   (h)
   
    Other Defaults.  Tenant shall fail to comply with any provision of this Lease other than those specifically referred to in this Section 20, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such failure shall continue for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.
   

  

  Any notice given under Section 20(h) hereof shall:  (i) specify the alleged default, (ii) demand that Tenant cure such default, (iii) be in lieu of, and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required under any provision of applicable law, and (iv) not be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice; provided that if the nature of Tenant’s default pursuant to Section 20(h) is such that it cannot be cured by the payment of money and reasonably requires more than 30 days to cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; provided, however, that, upon request by Landlord from time to time, Tenant shall provide Landlord with detailed written status reports regarding the status of such cure and the actions being taken by Tenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such cure affects any other tenant(s) of the Building or the Project, then such cure must be completed as soon as reasonably possible after the date of Landlord’s notice.

  
   21.
   
    Landlord’s Remedies.
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Payment By Landlord; Interest.  Upon a Default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Tenant hereunder, make such payment or perform such act.  All sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to 12% per annum or the highest rate permitted by law (the “Default Rate”), whichever is less, shall be payable to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent.  Nothing herein shall be construed to create or impose a duty on Landlord to mitigate any damages resulting from Tenant’s Default hereunder. 
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Late Payment Rent.  Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 22

  
   
    extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain.  Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord under any Mortgage covering the Premises.  Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within 5 days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum of 6% of the overdue Rent as a late charge.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, before assessing a late charge the first time in any calendar year, Landlord shall provide Tenant written notice of the delinquency and will waive the right if Tenant pays such delinquency within 5 days thereafter.  The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant.  In addition to the late charge, Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the 5th day after the date due until paid.
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    Remedies.  Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord, at its option, without further notice or demand to Tenant, shall have in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever (except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 21(c)(v) with respect to Landlord’s Lump Sum Election).  No cure in whole or in part of such Default by Tenant after Landlord has taken any action beyond giving Tenant notice of such Default to pursue any remedy provided for herein (including retaining counsel to file an action or otherwise pursue any remedies) shall in any way affect Landlord’s right to pursue such remedy or any other remedy provided Landlord herein or under law or in equity, unless Landlord, in its sole discretion, elects to waive such Default.
   

  

  
   (i)
   
    This Lease and the Term and estate hereby granted are subject to the limitation that whenever a Default shall have happened and be continuing, Landlord shall have the right, at its election, then or thereafter while any such Default shall continue and notwithstanding the fact that Landlord may have some other remedy hereunder or at law or in equity, to give Tenant written notice of Landlord’s intention to terminate this Lease on a date specified in such notice, which date shall be not less than 5 days after the giving of such notice, and upon the date so specified, this Lease and the estate hereby granted shall expire and terminate with the same force and effect as if the date specified in such notice were the date hereinbefore fixed for the expiration of this Lease, and all rights of Tenant hereunder shall expire and terminate, and Tenant shall be liable as hereinafter in this Section 21(c) provided.  If any such notice is given, Landlord shall have, on such date so specified, the right of re-entry and possession of the Premises and the right to remove all persons and property therefrom and to store such property in a warehouse or elsewhere at the risk and expense, and for the account, of Tenant.  Should Landlord elect to re-enter as herein provided or should Landlord take possession pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant to any notice provided for by law, Landlord may, subject to Section 21(c)(ii) from time to time re-let the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms and at such rental or rentals and upon such terms and conditions as Landlord may deem advisable, with the right to make commercially reasonable alterations in and repairs to the Premises.
   

  

  
   (ii)
   
    Landlord shall be deemed to have satisfied any obligation to mitigate its damages by hiring an experienced commercial real estate broker to market the Premises and directing such broker to advertise and show the Premises to prospective tenants.
   

  

  
   (iii)
   
    In the event of any termination of this Lease as in this Section 21 provided or as required or permitted by law or in equity, Tenant shall forthwith quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, and Landlord may, without further notice, enter upon, re-enter, possess and repossess the same by summary proceedings, ejectment or otherwise, and again have, repossess and enjoy the same free of any rights of Tenant, and in any such event Tenant and no person claiming through or under Tenant by virtue of any law or an order of any court shall be entitled to possession or to remain in possession of the Premises.  
   

  

  
   (iv)
   
    If this Lease is terminated or if Landlord shall re-enter the Premises as aforesaid, or in the event of the termination of this Lease, or of re-entry, by or under any proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of a Default by Tenant, Tenant covenants and agrees forthwith to pay 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 23

  
   
    and be liable for, on the days originally fixed in this Lease for the payment thereof, amounts equal to the installments of Base Rent and all Additional Rent as they would, under the terms of this Lease become due if this Lease had not been terminated or if Landlord had not entered or re-entered, as aforesaid, and whether the Premises be relet or remain vacant, in whole or in part, or for a period less than the remainder of the Term, or for the whole thereof, but in the event that the Premises be relet by Landlord, Tenant shall be entitled to a credit in the net amount of rent and other charges received by Landlord in reletting, after deduction of all of Landlord’s expenses incurred in reletting the Premises (including, without limitation, tenant improvement, demising and remodeling costs, brokerage fees and the like), and in collecting the rent in connection therewith, in the following manner:  Amounts received by Landlord after reletting, if any, shall first be applied against such Landlord’s expenses, until the same are recovered, and until such recovery, Tenant shall pay, as of each day when a payment would fall due under this Lease, the amount which Tenant is obligated to pay under the terms of this Lease (Tenant’s liability prior to any such reletting and such recovery by Landlord no in any way to be diminished as a result of the fact that such reletting might be for a rent higher than the rent provided for in this Lease); when and if such expenses have been completely recovered by Landlord, the amounts received from reletting by Landlord as have not previously been applied shall be credited against Tenant’s obligations as of each day when a payment would fall due under this Lease, and only the net amount thereof shall be payable by Tenant.  Further, Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit of any kind for any period after the date when the Term of this Lease is scheduled to expire according to its terms.
   

  

  Actions, proceedings or suits for the recovery of damages, whether liquidated or other damages, under this Lease, or any installments thereof, may be brought by Landlord from time to time at its election, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to postpone suit until the date when the Term of this Lease would have expired if it had not been terminated hereunder.

  
   (v)
   
    In addition, Landlord, at its election, notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, by written notice to Tenant (the “Lump Sum Election”), shall be entitled to recover from Tenant, as and for liquidated damages, at any time following any termination of this Lease, a lump sum payment representing, at the time of Landlord’s written notice of its Lump Sum Election, the sum of:
   

  

  
   (A)
   
    the then present value (calculated in accordance with accepted financial practice using as the discount rate the yield to maturity on United States Treasury Notes as set forth below) of the amount of unpaid Base Rent and Additional Rent that would have been payable pursuant to this Lease for the remainder of the Term following Landlord’s Lump Sum Election if this Lease had not been terminated, and
   

  

  
   (B)
   
    all other damages and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), if any, which Landlord shall have sustained by reason of the breach of any provision of this Lease; less 
   

  

  
   (C)
   
    the then present value (calculated in accordance with accepted financial practice using as the discount rate the yield to maturity on United States Treasury Notes as set forth below) of the aggregate net fair market rent plus additional charges payable for the Premises (if less than the then present value of Base Rent and Additional Rent that would have been payable pursuant to this Lease) for the remainder of the Term following Landlord’s Lump Sum Election, calculated as of the date of Landlord’s Lump Sum Election, and taking into account reasonable estimates of the future costs to relet any then vacant portions of the Premises (except to the extent that Tenant has actually paid such costs pursuant to this Section 21) in order to calculate the net rental revenue that Landlord may expect to obtain for the Premises for the balance of the Term.  
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 24

  Landlord’s recovery under its Lump Sum Election shall be in addition to Tenant’s obligations to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent due and costs incurred prior to the date of Landlord’s Lump Sum Election, and in lieu of any Base Rent and Additional Rent which would otherwise have been due under this Section from and after the date of Landlord’s Lump Sum Election.  The yield to maturity on United States Treasury Notes having a maturity date that is nearest the date that would have been the last day of the Term of this Lease, as reported in the Wall Street Journal or a comparable publication if it ceases to publish such yields, shall be used in calculating present values for purposes of Landlord’s Lump Sum Election.  For the purposes of this Section, if Landlord makes the Lump Sum Election to recover liquidated damages in accordance with this Section, the total Additional Rent shall be computed based upon Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and other Additional Rent for each 12-month period in what would have been the remainder of the Term of this Lease and any part thereof at the end of such remainder of the Term, but in no event less than the amounts therefor payable for the twelve (12) calendar months (or if less than twelve (12) calendar months have elapsed since the date hereof, the partial year) immediately preceding the date of Landlord’s Lump Sum Election.  Amounts of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and any other Additional Rent for any partial year at the beginning of the Term or at the end of what would have been the remainder of the Term shall be prorated.

  
   (vi)
   
    Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such termination an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, or to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law, whether such amount shall be greater or less than the excess referred to above.
   

  

  
   (vii)
   
    Nothing in this Section 21 shall be deemed to affect the right of either party to indemnifications pursuant to this Lease.
   

  

  
   (viii)
   
    If Landlord terminates this Lease upon the occurrence of a Default, Tenant will quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord or its agents, and Landlord may, without further notice, enter upon, re-enter and repossess the Premises by summary proceedings, ejectment or otherwise.  The words “enter”, “re-enter”, and “re-entry” are not restricted to their technical legal meanings.
   

  

  
   (ix)
   
    If Tenant shall be in default in the observance or performance of any provision of this Lease, and an action shall be brought for the enforcement thereof in which it shall be determined that Tenant was in default, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all reasonable, out of pocket fees, costs and other expenses which may become payable as a result thereof or in connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses.
   

  

  
   (x)
   
    If default by Tenant shall occur in the keeping, observance or performance of any covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition herein contained, Landlord, without thereby waiving such default, may perform the same for the account and at the expense of Tenant (a) immediately or at any time thereafter and with only such notice, if any, as may be practicable under the circumstances in the case of an emergency or in case such default will result in a violation of any legal or insurance requirements, or in the imposition of any lien against all or any portion of the Premises or the Project not discharged, released or bonded over to Landlord’s satisfaction by Tenant within the time period required pursuant to Section 15 of this Lease, and (b) in any other case if such default continues after any applicable notice and cure period provided in Section 20.  All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such performance by it for the account of Tenant and also all reasonable costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred by Landlord in any action or proceeding (including any summary dispossess proceeding) brought by Landlord to enforce any obligation of Tenant under this Lease and/or right of Landlord in or to the Premises, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 10 days after demand.
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 25

  
   (xi)
   
    Independent of the exercise of any other remedy of Landlord hereunder or under applicable law, Landlord may conduct an environmental test of the Premises as generally described in Section 30(d).
   

  

  
   (xii)
   
    In the event that Tenant is in breach or Default under this Lease, whether or not Landlord exercises its right to terminate or any other remedy, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any out of pocket costs and expenses that Landlord may incur in connection with any such breach or Default, as provided in this Section 21(c).  Such costs shall include reasonable legal fees and costs incurred for the negotiation of a settlement, enforcement of rights or otherwise.  Tenant shall also indemnify Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, expenses, demands and liability, including without limitation, reasonable legal fees and costs Landlord shall incur if Landlord shall become or be made a party to any claim or action instituted by Tenant against any third party, by any third party against Tenant or by or against any person holding any interest under or using the Premises by license of or agreement with Tenant.
   

  

  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 21, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Landlord is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other legal or equitable right or remedy given hereunder, or now or hereafter existing.  No waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressly so made in writing by Landlord expressly waiving such provision.  Landlord shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by law, to seek injunctive relief in case of the violation, or attempted or threatened violation, of any provision of this Lease, or to seek a decree compelling observance or performance of any provision of this Lease, or to seek any other legal or equitable remedy.

  
   22.
   
    Assignment and Subletting.
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    General Prohibition.  Without Landlord’s prior written consent (which shall be granted or withheld pursuant to the terms Section 22(b) below) subject to and on the conditions described in this Section 22, Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign this Lease or sublease the Premises or any part thereof or mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate its leasehold interest or grant any concession or license within the Premises, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void and of no effect.  If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, the shares or other ownership interests thereof which are not actively traded upon a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market, a transfer or series of transfers whereby 50% or more of the issued and outstanding shares or other ownership interests of such corporation are, or voting control is, transferred (but excepting transfers upon deaths of individual owners) from a person or persons or entity or entities which were owners thereof at time of execution of this Lease to persons or entities who were not owners of shares or other ownership interests of the corporation, partnership or limited liability company at time of execution of this Lease, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease requiring the consent of Landlord as provided in this Section 22.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any public offering of shares or other ownership interest in Tenant shall not be deemed an assignment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any public offering of shares or other ownership interest in Tenant shall not be deemed an assignment.
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    Permitted Transfers.  If Tenant desires to assign, sublease, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease or sublet the Premises other than pursuant to a Permitted Assignment (as defined below), then at least 15 business days, but not more than 60 business days, before the date Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the “Assignment Date”), Tenant shall give Landlord a notice (the “Assignment Notice”) containing such information about the proposed assignee or sublessee, including the proposed use of the Premises and any Hazardous Materials proposed to be used, stored handled, treated, generated in or released or disposed of from the Premises, the Assignment Date, any relationship between Tenant and the proposed assignee or sublessee, and all material terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, including a copy of any proposed assignment or sublease in its final form, and such other information as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to its consideration whether to grant its consent.  Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 15 business days after receipt of the Assignment Notice:  (i) grant such consent (provided that Landlord shall 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 26

  
   
    further have the right to review and approve or disapprove the proposed form of sublease prior to the effective date of any such subletting), (ii) refuse such consent, in its reasonable discretion; or (iii) with respect to any proposed assignment or transfer of this Lease, or with respect to any proposed subletting for substantially the remainder of the Term of more than 50% of the Premises, terminate this Lease with respect to the space described in the Assignment Notice as of the Assignment Date (an “Assignment Termination”).  Among other reasons, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent in any of these instances:  (1) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a governmental agency; (2) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant would entail any alterations that would lessen the value of the leasehold improvements in the Premises, or would require increased services by Landlord; (3) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in areas of scientific research or other business concerns that are controversial; (4) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed assignee or subtenant lacks the creditworthiness to support the financial obligations it will incur under the proposed assignment or sublease; (5) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the character, reputation, or business of the proposed assignee or subtenant is inconsistent with the desired tenant-mix or the quality of other tenancies in the Project or is inconsistent with the type and quality of the nature of the Building; (6) Landlord has experienced previous defaults by or is in litigation with the proposed assignee or subtenant; (7) the use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or subtenant will violate any applicable Legal Requirement; (8) the proposed assignee or subtenant is an entity with whom Landlord is negotiating to lease space in the Project; or (9) the assignment or sublease is prohibited by Landlord’s lender.  If Landlord delivers notice of its election to exercise an Assignment Termination, Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Assignment Notice by written notice to Landlord of such election within 5 business days after Landlord’s notice electing to exercise the Assignment Termination.  If Tenant withdraws such Assignment Notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  If Tenant does not withdraw such Assignment Notice, this Lease, and the term and estate herein granted, shall terminate as of the Assignment Date with respect to the space described in such Assignment Notice.  No failure of Landlord to exercise any such option to terminate this Lease, or to deliver a timely notice in response to the Assignment Notice, shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000) in connection with its consideration of any Assignment Notice and/or its preparation or review of any consent documents.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent to an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of any portion of the Premises to any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant (a “Control Permitted Assignment”) shall not be required, provided that Tenant and any assignee or sublessee shall execute a reasonable form of acknowledgment of assignment or sublease, as applicable, reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  In addition, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease, upon 30 days prior written notice to Landlord but without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, to a corporation or other entity which is a successor-in-interest to Tenant, by way of merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization, or by the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or the ownership interests of Tenant provided that (i) such merger or consolidation, or such acquisition or assumption, as the case may be, is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring this Lease, and (ii) the net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)) of the assignee is not less than the greater of the net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of Tenant as of (A) the Commencement Date, or (B) as of the date of Tenant’s most current quarterly or annual financial statements, and (iii) such assignee shall agree in writing to assume all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease (a “Corporate Permitted Assignment”).  Control Permitted Assignments and Corporate Permitted Assignments are hereinafter referred to as “Permitted Assignments.”  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Landlord have the right to exercise an Assignment Termination in connection with a Permitted Assignment.
   

  

  
   (c)
   
    Additional Conditions.  As a condition to any such assignment or subletting, whether or not Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord may require:
   

  

  
   (i)
   
    that any assignee or subtenant agree, in writing at the time of such assignment or subletting, that if Landlord gives such party notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such party shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments will be received by Landlord without any liability except to credit such payment against those due under this Lease, and any such third party shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 27

  
   
    assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; and
   

  

  
   (ii)
   
    A list of Hazardous Materials, certified by the proposed assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, which the proposed assignee or sublessee intends to use, store, handle, treat, generate in or release or dispose of from the Premises, together with copies of all documents relating to such use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials by the proposed assignee or subtenant in the Premises or on the Project, prior to the proposed assignment or subletting, including, without limitation:  permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks.  Neither Tenant nor any such proposed assignee or subtenant is required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the such documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities.
   

  

  
   (d)
   
    No Release of Tenant, Sharing of Excess Rents.  Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease.  Except in connection with a Permitted Assignment, if the rent due and payable by a sublessee or assignee (or a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or assignment plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto in any form) exceeds the sum of Base Rent and Operating Expenses payable under this Lease with respect to the applicable portion of the Premises after deducting the reasonable and customary brokerage fees/commissions, legal costs and the cost of design and construction of improvements directly related to and required pursuant to the terms of any such sublease (“Excess Rent”), then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder 50% of such Excess Rent within 10 days following receipt thereof by Tenant.  If Tenant shall sublet the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and Landlord as assignee and as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; except that, until the occurrence of a Default, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.
   

  

  
   (e)
   
    No Waiver.  The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant or any assignees of this Lease or any sublessees of the Premises from obtaining the consent of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting nor shall it release Tenant or any assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under this Lease.  The acceptance of Rent hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant, or condition thereof, from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any subletting, assignment or other transfer of the Premises.
   

  

  
   (f)
   
    Prior Conduct of Proposed Transferee.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 22, if (i) the proposed assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property, where the contamination resulted from such party’s action or use of the property in question, (ii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority), or (iii) because of the existence of a pre-existing environmental condition in the vicinity of or underlying the Project, the risk that Landlord would be targeted as a responsible party in connection with the remediation of such pre-existing environmental condition would be materially increased or exacerbated by the proposed use of Hazardous Materials by such proposed assignee or 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 28

  
   
    sublessee, Landlord shall have the absolute right to refuse to consent to any assignment or subletting to any such party. 
   

  

  
   23.
   
    Estoppel Certificate.  Tenant shall, within 10 business days of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing in any form reasonably requested by a proposed lender or purchaser, (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (ii) acknowledging that there are not any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (iii) setting forth such further information with respect to the status of this Lease or the Premises as may be reasonably requested thereon.  Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part.  Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within 5 days after Tenant’s receipt of a second written notice from Landlord shall, at the option of Landlord, constitute a Default under this Lease, and, in any event, shall be conclusive upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.  
   

  

  
   24.
   
    Quiet Enjoyment.  So long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the Term, have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.
   

  

  
   25.
   
    Prorations.  All prorations required or permitted to be made hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and 30 day months.
   

  

  
   26.
   
    Rules and Regulations.  Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and the Project of which Tenant has been provided written notice.  Such rules and regulations may include, without limitation, rules and regulations relating to the use of the Project Amenities and/or rules and regulations which are intended to encourage social distancing, promote and protect health and physical well-being within the Building and the Project and/or intended to limit the spread of Infectious Conditions.  The current rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit E.  If there is any conflict between said rules and regulations and other provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control.  Landlord shall not have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants in the Project and shall not enforce such rules and regulations in a discriminatory manner.
   

  

  
   27.
   
    Subordination.  This Lease and Tenant’s interest and rights hereunder are hereby made and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any Mortgage now existing or hereafter created on or against the Project or the Premises, and all amendments, restatements, renewals, modifications, consolidations, refinancing, assignments and extensions thereof, without the necessity of any further instrument or act on the part of Tenant; provided, however that so long as there is no Default hereunder, Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed by the Holder of any such Mortgage.  Tenant agrees, at the election of the Holder of any such Mortgage, to attorn to any such Holder.  Tenant agrees upon demand to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, confirming such subordination, and such instruments of attornment as shall be requested by any such Holder, provided any such instruments contain appropriate non-disturbance provisions assuring Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises as set forth in Section 24 hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Holder may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery or recording and in that event such Holder shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution, delivery and recording of such Mortgage and had been assigned to such Holder.  The term “Mortgage” whenever used in this Lease shall be deemed to include deeds of trust, security assignments and any other encumbrances, and any reference to the “Holder” of a Mortgage shall be deemed to include the beneficiary under a deed of trust.  As of the date of this Lease, there is no existing Mortgage encumbering the Project.
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 29

  Upon written request from Tenant, Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to cause the Holder of any future Mortgage to enter into a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“SNDA”) with Tenant with respect to this Lease.  The SNDA shall be on the form proscribed by the Holder and Tenant shall pay the Holder’s fees and costs in connection with obtaining such SNDA; provided, however, that Landlord shall request that Holder make any reasonable changes to the SNDA requested by Tenant.  Landlord’s failure to cause the Holder to enter into the SNDA with Tenant (or make any of the changes requested by Tenant) despite such efforts shall not be a default by Landlord under this Lease.

  
   28.
   
    Surrender.  Upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in substantially the same condition as received, subject to any Alterations or Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises, free of Hazardous Materials brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by any person other than Landlord or any Landlord’s employees, agents and contractors (collectively, “Tenant HazMat Operations”) and released of all Hazardous Materials Clearances, broom clean, ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss and condemnation covered by Sections 18 and 19 excepted.  At least 3 months prior to the surrender of the Premises or such earlier date as Tenant may elect to cease operations at the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description of the actions proposed (or required by any Governmental Authority) to be taken by Tenant in order to surrender the Premises (including any Installations permitted by Landlord to remain in the Premises) at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, free from any residual impact from the Tenant HazMat Operations and otherwise released for unrestricted use and occupancy (the “Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan”).  Such Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan shall be accompanied by a current listing of (i) all Hazardous Materials licenses and permits held by or on behalf of any Tenant Party with respect to the Premises, and (ii) all Hazardous Materials used, stored, handled, treated, generated, released or disposed of from the Premises, and shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord’s environmental consultant.  In connection with the review and approval of the Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such additional non-proprietary information concerning Tenant HazMat Operations as Landlord shall request.  On or before such surrender, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence that the approved Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan shall have been satisfactorily completed and Landlord shall have the right, subject to reimbursement at Tenant’s expense as set forth below, to cause Landlord’s environmental consultant to inspect the Premises and perform such additional procedures as may be deemed reasonably necessary to confirm that the Premises are, as of the effective date of such surrender or early termination of this Lease, free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for the actual out-of-pocket expense incurred by Landlord for Landlord’s environmental consultant to review and approve the Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan and to visit the Premises and verify satisfactory completion of the same, which cost shall not exceed $5,000.  Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to deliver such Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan and any report by Landlord’s environmental consultant with respect to the surrender of the Premises to third parties. 
   

  

  If Tenant shall fail to prepare or submit a Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan approved by Landlord, or if Tenant shall fail to complete the approved Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan, or if such Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan, whether or not approved by Landlord, shall fail to adequately address any residual effect of Tenant HazMat Operations in, on or about the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to take such actions as Landlord may deem reasonable or appropriate to assure that the Premises and the Project are surrendered free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations, the cost of which actions shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent, without regard to the limitation set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 28.

  	At the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall immediately return to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to parking, the Project, restrooms or all or any portion of the Premises furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant.  If any such access card or key is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at Landlord’s election, either the cost of replacing such lost access card or key or the cost of reprogramming the access security system in which such access card was used or changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key.  Any Tenant’s Property, Alterations and property not so removed by Tenant as permitted or required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at 

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 30

  Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and/or disposition of such property.  All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the termination of the Term, including the obligations of Tenant under Section 30 hereof, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including, without limitation, indemnity obligations, payment obligations with respect to Rent and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

  
   29.
   
    Waiver of Jury Trial.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.
   

  

  
   30.
   
    Environmental Requirements.
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Prohibition/Compliance/Indemnity.  Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises or the Project in violation of applicable Environmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined) by Tenant or any Tenant Party.  If Tenant breaches the obligation stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises during the Term or any holding over results in contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property or if contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials brought into, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by anyone other than Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and contractors otherwise occurs during the Term or any holding over, Tenant hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors harmless from any and all actions (including, without limitation, remedial or enforcement actions of any kind, administrative or judicial proceedings, and orders or judgments arising out of or resulting therefrom), costs, claims, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages and damages based upon diminution in value of the Premises or the Project, or the loss of, or restriction on, use of the Premises or any portion of the Project), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees, court costs and amounts paid in settlement of any claims or actions), fines, forfeitures or other civil, administrative or criminal penalties, injunctive or other relief (whether or not based upon personal injury, property damage, or contamination of, or adverse effects upon, the environment, water tables or natural resources), liabilities or losses which arise during or after the Term as a result of such contamination.  This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, treatment, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state or local Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or ground water above, on, or under the Premises.  Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant or any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense and in accordance with applicable Environmental Requirements as are necessary to return the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property to the condition existing prior to the time of such contamination, provided that Landlord’s approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises or the Project.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 30, Tenant shall not be responsible for, and the indemnification and hold harmless obligation set forth in this paragraph shall not apply to (i) contamination in the Premises which Tenant can prove to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction existed in the Premises immediately prior to the Commencement Date, or (ii) the presence of any Hazardous Materials in the Premises which Tenant can prove to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction migrated from outside of the Premises into the Premises, unless in either case, the presence of such Hazardous Materials (x) is the result of a breach by Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease, or (y) was caused, contributed to or exacerbated by Tenant or any Tenant Party.
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 31

  
   (b)
   
    Business.  Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section 30 to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use.  Tenant may operate its business according to prudent industry practices so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to all then applicable Environmental Requirements.  As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence, use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of such Hazardous Materials on or from the Premises (“Hazardous Materials List”).  Upon Landlord’s request, or any time that Tenant is required to deliver a Hazardous Materials List to any Governmental Authority (e.g., the fire department) in connection with Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of such Hazardous Materials List.  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (the “Haz Mat Documents”) relating to the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials prior to the Commencement Date, or if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to a Governmental Authority:  permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans, notice of violations of any Legal Requirements; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks; and a Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan (to the extent surrender in accordance with Section 28 cannot be accomplished in 3 months).  Tenant is not required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the Haz Mat Documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities.  It is not the intent of this Section to provide Landlord with information which could be detrimental to Tenant’s business should such information become possessed by Tenant’s competitors.
   

  

  
   (c)
   
    Tenant Representation and Warranty.  Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that (i) neither Tenant nor any of its legal predecessors has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority at any time to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property which contamination was permitted by Tenant of such predecessor or resulted from Tenant’s or such predecessor’s action or use of the property in question, and (ii) Tenant is not subject to any enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority).  If Landlord determines that this representation and warranty was not true as of the date of this lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.
   

  

  
   (d)
   
    Testing.  Landlord shall have the right to conduct annual tests of the Premises to determine whether any contamination of the Premises or the Project has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use.  Such annual testing shall be at Landlord’s sole cost and expense and excluded from Operating Expenses; provided, however, Tenant shall be required to pay the cost of such annual test of the Premises if there is violation of this Section 30 or if contamination for which Tenant is responsible under this Section 30 is identified; provided, however, that if Tenant conducts its own tests of the Premises using third party contractors and test procedures acceptable to Landlord which tests are certified to Landlord, Landlord shall accept such tests in lieu of the annual tests to be paid for by Tenant.  In addition, at any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises and the Project to determine if contamination has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises.  In connection with such testing, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such non-proprietary information concerning the use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party.  If contamination has occurred for which Tenant is liable under this Section 30, Tenant shall pay all costs to conduct such tests.  If no such contamination is found, Landlord shall pay the costs of such tests (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense).  Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of all third party, non-confidential reports and tests of the Premises made by or on behalf of Landlord during the Term without representation or warranty and 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 32

  
   
    subject to a confidentiality agreement.  Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly and satisfactorily remediate any environmental conditions identified by such testing in accordance with all Environmental Requirements.  Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights which Landlord may have against Tenant. 
   

  

  
   (e)
   
    Control Areas.  Tenant shall be allowed to utilize up to its pro rata share of the Hazardous Materials inventory within any control area or zone (located within the Premises), as designated by the applicable building code, for chemical use or storage.  As used in the preceding sentence, Tenant’s pro rata share of any control areas or zones located within the Premises shall be determined based on the rentable square footage that Tenant leases within the applicable control area or zone.  For purposes of example only, if a control area or zone contains 10,000 rentable square feet and 2,000 rentable square feet of a tenant’s premises are located within such control area or zone (while such premises as a whole contains 5,000 rentable square feet), the applicable tenant’s pro rata share of such control area would be 20%.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to Landlord’s review and approval of plans and specifications thereof (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and Tenant’s operation thereof in compliance with all Legal Requirements, in the event the Premises includes areas separate from such control areas which are classified as High Hazard 3 under the International Building Code or International Fire Code (“H-3 Areas”), any amounts of Hazardous Materials used or stored by Tenant in such H-3 Areas shall be in addition to the maximum amount of Hazardous Materials which Tenant may store in such control areas described herein. 
   

  

  
   (f)
   
    Storage Tanks.  If storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials located on the Premises or the Project are used by Tenant or are hereafter placed on the Premises or the Project by Tenant, Tenant shall install, use, monitor, operate, maintain, upgrade and manage such storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, obtain and maintain appropriate insurance, implement reporting procedures, properly close any storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary or required under applicable state and federal Legal Requirements, as such now exists or may hereafter be adopted or amended in connection with the installation, use, maintenance, management, operation, upgrading and closure of such storage tanks.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall have no right to use or install any underground storage tanks at the Project. 
   

  

  
   (g)
   
    Tenant’s Obligations.  Tenant’s obligations under this Section 30 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.  During any period of time after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease required by Tenant or Landlord to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, the release and termination of any licenses or permits restricting the use of the Premises and the completion of the approved Decommissioning and HazMat Closure Plan), Tenant shall continue to pay the full Rent in accordance with this Lease for any portion of the Premises not relet by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, which Rent shall be prorated daily.
   

  

  
   (h)
   
    Definitions.  As used herein, the term “Environmental Requirements” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders or other similar enactments of any Governmental Authority regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the Project, or the environment, including without limitation, the following:  the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and all state and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder.  As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials” means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant listed or defined as hazardous or toxic, or regulated by reason of its impact or potential impact on humans, animals and/or the environment under any Environmental Requirements, asbestos and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas).  As defined in Environmental Requirements, Tenant is and shall be deemed to be the “operator” of Tenant’s “facility” and the “owner” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom.
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 33

  
   31.
   
    Tenant’s Remedies/Limitation of Liability.  Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within 30 days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure (unless such performance will, due to the nature of the obligation, require a period of time in excess of 30 days, then after such period of time as is reasonably necessary so long as Landlord has commenced such performance within such 30 day period and has diligently and consistently proceeded with such performance).  Upon any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any Holder of a Mortgage covering the Premises and to any landlord of any lease of property in or on which the Premises are located and Tenant shall offer such Holder and/or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided Landlord shall have furnished to Tenant in writing the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices.  All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.
   

  

  	Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any claimed Landlord default hereunder will immediately, materially and adversely affect Tenant’s ability to conduct its business in the Premises (a “Material Landlord Default”), Tenant shall, as soon as reasonably possible, but in any event within 2 business days of obtaining knowledge of such claimed Material Landlord Default, give Landlord written notice of such claim which notice shall specifically state that a Material Landlord Default exists and telephonic notice to Tenant’s principal contact with Landlord.  Landlord shall then have 2 business days to commence cure of such claimed Material Landlord Default and shall diligently prosecute such cure to completion.  If such claimed Material Landlord Default is not a default by Landlord hereunder, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant, as Additional Rent, any costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such cure in excess of the costs, if any, that Landlord would otherwise have been liable to pay hereunder.  If Landlord fails to commence cure of any claimed Material Landlord Default or to diligently prosecute such cure as provided above, Tenant may commence and prosecute such cure to completion provided that it does not affect any Building Systems affecting other tenants, materially, adversely affect Building structure or Common Areas, and shall be entitled to recover the costs of such cure (but not any consequential or other damages) from Landlord by way of reimbursement from Landlord with no right to offset against Rent, to the extent of Landlord’s obligation to cure such claimed Material Landlord Default hereunder, subject to the limitations set forth in the immediately preceding sentence of this paragraph and the other provisions of this Lease.

  All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Premises and not thereafter; provided, however, Landlord’s obligations with respect to the Security Deposit shall survive until Landlord has either returned same to Tenant or transferred such Security Deposit to Landlord’s successor in interest.  The term “Landlord” in this Lease shall mean only the owner for the time being of the Premises.  Upon the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all obligations of Landlord thereafter accruing, but such obligations shall be binding during the Term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner’s ownership.

  
   32.
   
    Inspection and Access.  Landlord and its agents, representatives, and contractors may enter the Premises at any reasonable time to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease and for any other business purpose.  Landlord and Landlord’s representatives may enter the Premises during business hours on not less than 48 hours advance written notice (except in the case of emergencies in which case no such notice shall be required and such entry may be at any time) for the purpose of effecting any such repairs, inspecting the Premises, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers and, during the last 18 months of the Term, to prospective tenants or for any other business purpose.  Landlord may grant easements, make public dedications, designate Common Areas and create restrictions on or about the Premises, provided that no such easement, dedication, designation or restriction materially, adversely affects Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use.  At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such instruments as may be necessary for such easements, dedications or restrictions.  Tenant shall at all times, except in the case of emergencies, have the right to escort Landlord or its agents, representatives, contractors or guests while the same are in the Premises, provided such escort does not materially and adversely affect Landlord’s 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 34

  
   
    access rights hereunder.  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to comply with Tenant’s reasonable security, confidentiality and safety requirements with respect to entering restricted portions of the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant has notified Landlord of such security, confidentiality and safety requirements reasonably prior to Landlord’s entry into the Premises and provided further that in no event shall Tenant bar or prohibit access by Landlord and its employees, agents and contractors for the performance of the obligations of Landlord or the exercise of the rights of Landlord under this Lease.  
   

  

  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to designate (on plans provided by Tenant to Landlord, which may be reasonably updated by Tenant from time to time upon notice to Landlord) certain areas of the Premises as limited access areas required to protect the health of persons or security of confidential and proprietary information (“Limited Access Areas”), which Limited Access Areas shall not be entered into by Landlord or Landlord’s representatives without a Tenant representative, except in the case of an emergency.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord shall only enter such Limited Access Areas to perform maintenance and repairs (i) for which Landlord is responsible under this Lease, or (ii) in response to specific requests by Tenant, which requests remain subject to Landlord’s approval.

  
   33.
   
    Security.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts and that Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises.  Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises.  Tenant shall be solely responsible for the personal safety of Tenant’s officers, employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees while any such person is in, on or about the Premises and/or the Project.  Tenant shall at Tenant’s cost obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts.
   

  

  Subject to the terms of this Lease including, without limitation, Section 12, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall have the right to install and maintain within the Premises such security and safety equipment, including, without limitation, electronic access gates, camera surveillance and other security devices (collectively, “Tenant’s Security System”), subject to the following conditions:  (i) Tenant’s plans and specifications for the proposed Tenant’s Security System shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that Tenant shall coordinate the installation and operation of Tenant’s Security System with Landlord to assure that Tenant’s Security System may be compatible with the Building’s master systems and equipment; (ii) Landlord shall be provided with keys, codes and/or access cards, as applicable, and means of immediate access to fully exercise all of its entry rights under this Lease with respect to the Premises; and (iii) Tenant shall keep Tenant’s Security System in good operating condition and repair and Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the monitoring, operation and removal of Tenant’s Security System.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, neither Landlord nor any Landlord Indemnified Parties shall be directly or indirectly liable to Tenant, any Tenant Parties or any other person and Tenant hereby waives any and all claims against and releases Landlord and the Landlord Indemnified Parties from any and all claims arising as a consequence of or related to Tenant’s Security System, or the failure thereof.

  
   34.
   
    Force Majeure.  Except for the payment of Rent, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be held responsible or liable for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by, related to, or arising out of acts of God, sinkholes or subsidence, strikes, lockouts, or other labor disputes, embargoes, quarantines, weather, national, regional, or local disasters, calamities, or catastrophes, inability to obtain labor or materials (or reasonable substitutes therefor) at reasonable costs or failure of, or inability to obtain, utilities necessary for performance, governmental restrictions, orders, limitations, regulations, or controls, national emergencies, local, regional or national epidemic or pandemic, delay in issuance or revocation of permits, enemy or hostile governmental action, terrorism, insurrection, riots, civil disturbance or commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes or events beyond their reasonable control (“Force Majeure”).
   

  

  
   35.
   
    Brokers.  Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker”) in connection with this transaction and that no Broker 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 35

  
   
    brought about this transaction, other than Cushman & Wakefield and Newmark Knight Frank.  Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than Cushman & Wakefield and Newmark Knight Frank, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction.  Landlord shall be responsible for all commissions due to Cushman & Wakefield and Newmark Knight Frank arising out of the execution of this Lease in accordance with the terms of a separate written agreement between each of Cushman & Wakefield and Newmark Knight Frank and Landlord.
   

  

  
   36.
   
    Limitation on Landlord’s Liability.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO THE CONTRARY:  (A) LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR (AND TENANT AND EACH SUCH OTHER PERSON ASSUME ALL RISK OF) LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, WHETHER ACTUAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL TO:  TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION TRADE FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, INVENTORY, SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS, LABORATORY ANIMALS, PRODUCT, SPECIMENS, SAMPLES, AND/OR SCIENTIFIC, BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER RECORDS OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION KEPT AT THE PREMISES AND ANY AND ALL INCOME DERIVED OR DERIVABLE THEREFROM; (B) THERE SHALL BE NO PERSONAL RECOURSE TO LANDLORD FOR ANY ACT OR OCCURRENCE IN, ON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR ARISING IN ANY WAY UNDER THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY LIABILITY OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR ANY PROCEEDS FROM SALE OR CONDEMNATION THEREOF AND ANY INSURANCE PROCEEDS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH LOSS; AND (C) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST LANDLORD IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE NOR SHALL ANY RECOURSE BE HAD TO ANY OTHER PROPERTY OR ASSETS OF LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS.  UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO TENANT’S BUSINESS OR FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM.
   

  

  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that measures and/or services implemented at the Project, if any, intended to encourage social distancing, promote and protect health and physical well-being and/or intended to limit the spread of Infectious Conditions, may not prevent the spread of such Infectious Conditions.  Neither Landlord nor any Landlord Indemnified Parties shall have any liability and Tenant waives any claims against Landlord and the Landlord Indemnified Parties with respect to any loss, damage or injury in connection with (x) the implementation, or failure of Landlord or any Landlord Indemnified Parties to implement, any measures and/or services at the Project intended to encourage social distancing, promote and protect health and physical well-being and/or intended to limit the spread of Infectious Conditions, or (y) the failure of any measures and/or services implemented at the Project, if any, to limit the spread of any Infectious Conditions.

  
   37.
   
    Severability.  If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby.  It is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as shall be legal, valid and enforceable.
   

  

  
   38.
   
    Signs; Exterior Appearance.  Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion:  (i) attach any awnings, exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, painting or other projection to any outside wall of the Project, (ii) use any curtains, blinds, shades or screens other than Landlord’s standard window coverings, (iii) coat or otherwise sunscreen the interior or exterior of any windows, (iv) place any bottles, parcels, or other articles on the window sills, (v) place any equipment, furniture or other items of personal 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 36

  
   
    property on any exterior balcony, or (vi) paint, affix or exhibit on any part of the Premises or the Project any signs, notices, window or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises.  Suite entry signage shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord and shall be of a size, color and type reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  The cost of such suite entry signage shall be payable out of the TI Fund.  Landlord shall include Tenant’s name and suite numbers on the main Building lobby directory.  Nothing may be placed on the exterior of corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  The Building lobby directory shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants.  
   

  

  Tenant shall also have the non-exclusive right to display a sign bearing Tenant’s name and/or logo on the monument sign serving the Building in a location designated by Landlord (the “Monument Sign”).  Tenant shall be entitled to its pro-rata share of available space on the Monument Sign, and so long as the Premises consists of the largest area within the Building leased by a single tenant, Tenant shall have the right to have its name and/or logo on the top of such Monument Sign (or such other location on such Monument Sign as Tenant wishes).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign including, without limitation, the size, color and type, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and shall be consistent with Landlord’s signage program at the Project and applicable Legal Requirements.  Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the fabrication, installation and maintenance of Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign, replacements during the Term (if required) of Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign, the removal of the Tenant’s signage from Monument Sign at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term and for the repair of all damage resulting from such removal; provided, however, that a portion of the TI Allowance may be allocated toward the cost of the fabrication and installation of Tenant’s initial signage on the Monument Sign.

  Tenant shall also have the non-exclusive right to display a sign bearing Tenant’s name and/or logo using Tenant’s standard colors and lettering on the exterior of the Building outside the Premises in the location specified on Exhibit G (the “Tenant’s Exterior Sign”), provided, however, if any time during the Term the Premises consists of the entire rentable area of the Building, such right to a sign on the exterior of the Building shall be exclusive to Tenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s Exterior Sign including, without limitation, the size, color and type, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and shall be consistent with Landlord’s signage program at the Project and applicable Legal Requirements.  Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the fabrication, installation and maintenance of Tenant’s Exterior Sign, replacements during the Term (if required) of Tenant’s Exterior Sign, the removal of the Tenant’s Exterior Sign at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term and for the repair of all damage resulting from such removal; provided, however, that a portion of the TI Allowance may be allocated toward the cost of the fabrication and installation of the initial Tenant’s Exterior Sign.

  
   39.
   
    Premises Expansion.  To the extent that all or any portion of the Building not initially included as part of the Premises (each such space, “Must-Take Premises”) becomes available on or before the expiration of the 24th calendar month after the Commencement Date, for Landlord’s commencement of construction of the Must-Take Premises Improvements (as defined below) (the “Must-Take Outside Date”), Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice thereof, which notice shall include the target Must-Take Premises Commencement Date with respect to the Must-Take Premises identified in such notice (each, a “Target Must-Take Premises Commencement Date”), and, thereafter, (a) the then-existing Premises shall be expanded to include the available Must-Take Premises on the earlier of (i) the date that Landlord delivers such Must-Take Premises with the Must-Take Premises Improvements substantially completed, or (ii) the date that Landlord could have delivered such Must-Take Premises with Must-Take Premises Improvements substantially completed but for delays caused by Tenant (each, a “Must-Take Premises Commencement Date”), provided, however, in no event shall the Must-Take Premises Commencement Date occur prior to the Commencement Date, without Tenant’s prior written approval, which approval may be granted or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion, (b) commencing on the Must-Take Premises Commencement Date with respect to the applicable Must-Take Premises, 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 37

  
   
    Tenant shall commence paying Base Rent with respect to such Must-Take Premises at the same per rentable square foot rate of Base Rent payable with respect to the original Premises, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4(a), (c) commencing on the Must-Take Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall commence paying Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses with respect to the applicable Must-Take Premises, (d) commencing on the applicable Must-Take Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay the cost of Utilities provided to the applicable Must-Take Premises, (e) the Base Term of the Lease with respect to the each Must-Take Premises shall be coterminous with the Base Term of the Lease for the original Premises, (f) Landlord and Tenant shall work in good faith to develop and agree upon plans and specifications and a schedule for construction and completion of the Must-Take Premises Improvements, and, thereafter pursuant to the terms of a work letter in substantially the same form as the Work Letter (not including the construction schedule, the Landlord/Tenant Matrix or the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance) (“Must-Take Premises Work Letter”), Landlord shall construct fixed and permanent improvements in the applicable Must-Take Premises (“Must-Take Premises Improvements”), provided, however, in the event the construction of the Must-Take Premises Improvements is scheduled to occur after the Commencement Date, Tenant may elect to perform the Must-Take Premises Improvements, and (g) Landlord shall provide an allowance of $250.00 per rentable square foot of the applicable Must-Take Premises for the design and construction of the Must-Take Premises Improvements and Tenant shall be responsible for any costs of the Must-Take Improvements in excess of such allowance.  This Lease shall be amended to reflect the addition of each applicable Must-Take Premises, if any, to the definitions of “Premises” and “Rentable Area of Premises” and to appropriately adjust the amount set forth in the definition of “Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses,” and to include a Must-Take Premises Work Letter for the applicable Must-Take Premises.  Following the Must-Take Outside Date, any remaining portion of the Building which has not been delivered to Tenant pursuant to this Section 39 shall be subject to the Right of First Offer set forth in Section 40 below.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that a portion of the Must-Take Premises will be available prior to the Must-Take Outside Date, Tenant has not elected to perform the Must-Take Improvements, and the Must-Take Premises Commencement Date with respect to the identified Must-Take Premises has not occurred within 90 days of the applicable Target Must-Take Premises Commencement Date Base Rent (each, a “Must-Take Abatement Date”), then Base Rent payable with respect to identified Must-Take Premises only shall be abated 1 day for each day after the applicable Must-Take Abatement Date that Landlord fails to deliver the identified Must-Take Premises to Tenant.  If Tenant has not elected to perform the Must-Take Improvements and the Must-Take Premises Commencement Date has not occurred within 180 days of the Must-Take Outside Date for any reason other than Force Majeure and Tenant Delays, this Lease with respect to the identified Must-Take Premises only may be terminated by Tenant by written notice to Landlord, and if so terminated neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under this Lease, except with respect to provisions which expressly survive termination of this Lease; provided, however that Tenant shall continue to have the expansion rights granted pursuant to Section 40 below (Right of First Offer) with respect to such identified Must-Take Space.  
   

  

  
   40.
   
    Right of First Offer.
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Expansion in the Building.  Tenant shall have an on-going right during the Base Term, but not the obligation, subject to the terms of this Section 40(a), to expand the Premises (the “Right of First Offer”) to include the ROFO Space upon the terms and conditions in this Section 40.  For purposes of this Section 40(a), “ROFO Space” shall mean any remaining portion of the Building which was not previously delivered to Tenant as Must-Take Premises pursuant to Section 39, which is not occupied by a tenant or which is occupied by a then-existing tenant whose lease is expiring within 9 months or less and such tenant does not wish to renew (whether or not such tenant has a right to renew) its occupancy of such space.  Each time that all or a portion of the ROFO Space will become available, Landlord shall, at such time as Landlord shall elect so long as Tenant’s rights hereunder are preserved, deliver to Tenant written notice (the “ROFO Notice”) of the availability of such ROFO Space, together with the terms and conditions on which Landlord is prepared to lease Tenant such ROFO Space; provided that Base Rent for the ROFO Space shall be at the Market Rate (as defined in Section 41(a) below).  Tenant shall be required to exercise its right under this Section 40(a) with respect to all of the ROFO Space described in the ROFO Notice (the “Identified ROFO Space”).  If, as of the proposed commencement date of this Lease with respect to the Identified ROFO Space (the “ROFO Space Commencement Date”), not less than 24 months remain on the Base 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 38

  
   
    Term with respect to the then-existing Premises (the “ROFO Space Minimum Term”), then the base term of this Lease with respect to the Identified ROFO Space shall be co-terminous with the Base Term of this Lease with respect to the then-existing Premises.  To the extent that the remaining Base Term of the Lease as of the ROFO Space Commencement Date would be less than the ROFO Space Minimum Term, then Tenant shall be required to exercise its first Extension Right (as defined in Section 41(a)) concurrent with Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of its Exercise Notice.  Tenant shall have 10 days following receipt of the ROFO Notice to deliver to Landlord written notification of Tenant’s exercise of its Right of First Offer with respect to the Identified ROFO Space (“Exercise Notice”).  If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on the Market Rate for the Identified ROFO Space after negotiating in good faith within 10 days after Tenant’s delivery of an Exercise Notice, the Market Rate will be determined through arbitration in accordance with Section 41(b) below.  If Tenant does not deliver an Exercise Notice to Landlord within such 10-day period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its rights under this Section 40(a) to lease the Identified ROFO Space, and Landlord shall have the right to lease the Identified ROFO Space to any third party on any terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord; provided, that if Landlord fails to enter into a lease for the Identified ROFO Space within 12 months after the date of the ROFO Notice and such Identified ROFO Space is still available to lease, then Tenant’s Right of First Offer with respect to the Identified ROFO Space shall be restored and Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a new ROFO Notice with respect to such Identified ROFO Space.  Furthermore, for avoidance of doubt, Tenant’s Right of First Offer is an on-going right during the Base Term and whenever ROFO Space next becomes available, Landlord shall offer, subject to the terms of this Section 40(a), such space to Tenant as set forth above.  
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    Amended Lease.  If: (i) Tenant fails to timely deliver an Exercise Notice, or (ii) after the expiration of a period of 15 days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a lease amendment for Tenant’s lease of the Identified ROFO Space, no lease amendment for the Identified ROFO Space acceptable to both parties each in their reasonable discretion after using diligent good faith efforts negotiate the same, has been executed, Tenant shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, be deemed to have rescinded its Exercise Notice, and Landlord shall have the right to lease the Identified ROFO Space to any third party on any terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord, subject to the penultimate sentence of Section 40(a) above.
   

  

  
   (c)
   
    Exceptions.  Notwithstanding the above, the Right of First Offer shall, at Landlord’s option, not be in effect and may not be exercised by Tenant:
   

  

  
   (i)
   
    during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of this Lease; 
   

  

  
   (ii)
   
    during any period of time that Tenant or any entity which is controlled by, is under common control with, or which controls Tenant (an “Affiliate”) is not occupying at least 75% of the Premises; or
   

  

  
   (iii)
   
    if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of this Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the Right of First Offer.
   

  

  
   (d)
   
    Termination.  The Right of First Offer shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Right of First Offer, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the lease of such Identified ROFO Space, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under this Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Right of First Offer to the date of the commencement of the lease of the Identified ROFO Space, whether or not such Defaults are cured.
   

  

  
   (e)
   
    Rights Personal.  The Right of First Offer is personal to Tenant and is not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 39

  
   (f)
   
    No Extensions.  The period of time within which the Right of First Offer may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Expansion Rights.
   

  

  
   41.
   
    Right to Extend Term.  Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term of this Lease upon the following terms and conditions:
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Extension Rights.  Tenant shall have 2 consecutive rights (each, an “Extension Right”) to extend the term of this Lease for 60 months each (each, an “Extension Term”) on the same terms and conditions as this Lease (other than with respect to Base Rent and the Work Letter) by giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise each Extension Right at least 12 months prior, and no earlier than 15 months prior, to the expiration of the Base Term of this Lease or the expiration of any prior Extension Term.
   

  

  Upon the commencement of either Extension Term, Base Rent shall be payable at the Market Rate (as defined below).  Base Rent shall thereafter be adjusted on each annual anniversary of the commencement of such Extension Term by a percentage as determined by Landlord and agreed to by Tenant at the time the Market Rate is determined.  As used herein, “Market Rate” shall mean the rate that comparable landlords of comparable buildings have accepted in current transactions from non-equity (i.e., not being offered equity in the buildings) and nonaffiliated tenants of similar financial strength for space of comparable size, quality (including all Tenant Improvements, Alterations and other improvements) and floor height in Class A laboratory/office buildings in the Waltham and Lexington markets for a comparable term, with the determination of the Market Rate to take into account all relevant factors, including tenant inducements, views, available amenities (including, without limitation, the Project Amenities and the Reservoir Woods Amenities (as defined in Section 42 below)), age of the Building, age of mechanical systems serving the Premises, parking costs, leasing commissions, allowances or concessions, if any.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Market Rate shall in no event be less than the Base Rent payable as of the date immediately preceding the commencement of such Extension Term. 

  If, by the date which is 270 days prior to the expiration of the Base Term of this Lease, Tenant has not agreed with Landlord’s determination of the Market Rate and the rent escalations during the Extension Term after negotiating in good faith, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected arbitration as described in Section 41(b).  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, if Tenant has elected to exercise the Extension Right by delivering notice to Landlord as required in this Section 41(a), Tenant shall have no right thereafter to rescind or elect not to extend the term of this Lease for the Extension Term.  

  
   (b)
   
    Arbitration.  
   

  

  
   (i)
   
    Within 10 days of Tenant’s notice to Landlord of its election (or deemed election) to arbitrate Market Rate and escalations, each party shall deliver to the other a proposal containing the Market Rate and escalations that the submitting party believes to be correct (“Extension Proposal”).  If either party fails to timely submit an Extension Proposal, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent and escalations for the Extension Term.  If both parties submit Extension Proposals, then Landlord and Tenant shall meet within 7 days after delivery of the last Extension Proposal and make a good faith attempt to mutually appoint a single Arbitrator (and defined below) to determine the Market Rate and escalations.  If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a single Arbitrator, then each shall, by written notice delivered to the other within 10 days after the meeting, select an Arbitrator.  If either party fails to timely give notice of its selection for an Arbitrator, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent for the Extension Term.  The 2 Arbitrators so appointed shall, within 5 business days after their appointment, appoint a third Arbitrator.  If the 2 Arbitrators so selected cannot agree on the selection of the third Arbitrator within the time above specified, then either party, on behalf of both parties, may request such appointment of such third Arbitrator by application to any state court of general jurisdiction in the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located, upon 10 days prior written notice to the other party of such intent.
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 40

  
   (ii)
   
    The decision of the Arbitrator(s) shall be made within 30 days after the appointment of a single Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable.  The decision of the single Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties.  The average of the two closest Arbitrators in a three Arbitrator panel shall be final and binding upon the parties.  Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator appointed by or on behalf of such party and the fees and expenses of the third Arbitrator shall be borne equally by both parties.  If the Market Rate and escalations are not determined by the first day of the Extension Term, then Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent in an amount equal to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the Extension Term and increased by the Rent Adjustment Percentage until such determination is made.  After the determination of the Market Rate and escalations, the parties shall make any necessary adjustments to such payments made by Tenant.  Landlord and Tenant shall then execute an amendment recognizing the Market Rate and escalations for the Extension Term.
   

  

  
   (iii)
   
    An “Arbitrator” shall be any person appointed by or on behalf of either party or appointed pursuant to the provisions hereof and:  (i) shall be (A) a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than 10 years of experience in the appraisal of improved office and high tech industrial real estate in the greater Boston metropolitan area, or (B) a licensed commercial real estate broker with not less than 15 years’ experience representing landlords and/or tenants in the leasing of high tech or life sciences space in the greater Boston metropolitan area, (ii) devoting substantially all of their time to professional appraisal or brokerage work, as applicable, at the time of appointment and (iii) be in all respects impartial and disinterested.
   

  

  
   (c)
   
    Rights Personal.  Extension Rights are personal to Tenant and are not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of this Lease.
   

  

  
   (d)
   
    Exceptions.  Notwithstanding anything set forth above to the contrary, Extension Rights shall, at Landlord’s option, not be in effect and Tenant may not exercise any of the Extension Rights:
   

  

  
   (i)
   
    during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of this Lease; or
   

  

  
   (ii)
   
    during any period of time that Tenant or an Affiliate is not occupying at least 75% of the Premises; or 
   

  

  
   (iii)
   
    if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of this Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise an Extension Right, whether or not the Defaults are cured.
   

  

  
   (e)
   
    No Extensions.  The period of time within which any Extension Rights may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Extension Rights.
   

  

  
   (f)
   
    Termination.  The Extension Rights shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of an Extension Right, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of an Extension Term, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under this Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of an Extension Right to the date of the commencement of the Extension Term, whether or not such Defaults are cured.
   

  

  
   42.
   
    Reservoir Woods Amenities.
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Generally.  Subject to the provisions of this Section 42, ARE-MA Region No. 82, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Reservoir Woods Landlord”), an affiliate of Landlord, may construct certain common amenities at the property owned by Reservoir Woods Landlord commonly located at 40 and 50-60 Sylvan Road, Waltham, Massachusetts (the “Reservoir Woods Project”), which may including 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 41

  
   
    shared conferencing facilities (“Shared Conference Facilities”), a fitness center and/or a restaurant (collectively, the “Reservoir Woods Amenities”) for non-exclusive use by tenants of (i) the Reservoir Woods Project, (ii) tenants of the Project, (iii) other affiliates of Landlord, Reservoir Woods Landlord and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. (“ARE”), and (iv) any other parties permitted by Reservoir Woods Landlord (collectively, “Users”).  Landlord, Reservoir Woods Landlord, ARE, and all affiliates of Landlord, Reservoir Woods Landlord and ARE may be referred to collectively herein as the “ARE Parties.”  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Reservoir Woods Landlord shall have the right, at the sole discretion of Reservoir Woods Landlord, to construct any Reservoir Woods Amenities desired by Reservoir Woods Landlord at the Reservoir Woods Project but not make all or a portion of such Reservoir Woods Amenities available for use by some or all currently contemplated Users.  Reservoir Woods Landlord shall have the sole right to determine all matters related to the Reservoir Woods Amenities including, without limitation, relating to the type, design and construction thereof.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has not made any representations or warranties regarding the development of any of the Reservoir Woods Amenities and that Tenant is not entering into this Lease relying on the construction and completion of the Reservoir Woods Amenities or with an expectation that the Reservoir Woods Amenities will ever be constructed and/or made available to Tenant.
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    License.  Commencing on the date that all or a portion of the Reservoir Woods Amenities are made available for use by Users (the “Amenities Commencement Date”), and so long as the Reservoir Woods Project and the Project continue to be owned by affiliates of ARE, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to the use of the available Reservoir Woods Amenities in common with other Users pursuant to the terms of this Section 42. To the extent that the Reservoir Woods Amenities include a fitness center, fitness center passes shall be issued to Tenant for all full-time employees of Tenant employed at the Premises.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the date which is 24 months after the Amenities Commencement Date, Tenant may elect to opt out of its use of the Reservoir Woods Amenities by providing Landlord with written notice thereof, whereupon Tenant’s right to use such Reservoir Woods Amenities shall cease and Tenant shall have no further obligation to pay the Amenities Fee (defined below).  Once Tenant has elected to opt out of using the Reservoir Woods Amenities, Tenant’s decision shall be final and Tenant shall not be permitted to opt back into using the Reservoir Woods Amenities.  Tenant acknowledges that Order No. 35374 issued by the City of Waltham on December 27, 2021, requires Landlord to prepare a TDMP affecting the Project which must include Tenant being provided with cafeteria/food services on-site.  The Reservoir Woods Amenities would satisfy this requirement.  If Tenant opts out of using the Reservoir Woods Amenities, Tenant will need to separately provide food services on-site to its employees.  
   

  

  
   (c)
   
    Amenities Fee.  If Tenant delivers written notice of its desire to use the Reservoir Woods Amenities, Landlord shall, within 30 days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice, deliver written notice to Tenant of the fee payable for the use of the Reservoir Woods Amenities, including any escalations during the Term (the “Amenities Fee”).  If Tenant thereafter elects, in its sole discretion, by delivery of written notice to Landlord, to use any or all of the Reservoir Woods Amenities, then, commencing on the later of the Amenities Commencement Date or the date that such Reservoir Woods Amenities are made available for Tenant’s use (the “Amenities Fee Commencement Date”), Tenant shall be required to pay the Amenities Fee to Landlord on the first day of each month during the Term thereafter.
   

  

  
   (d)
   
    Shared Conference Facilities.  Use by Tenant of the Shared Conference Facilities shall be in common with other users with scheduling procedures reasonably determined by Reservoir Woods Landlord or Reservoir Woods Landlord’s then designated event operator (“Conferencing Operator”).  Tenant’s use of the Shared Conference Facilities shall be subject to the payment by Tenant of a fee, which shall be payable as directed by Reservoir Woods Landlord to either Reservoir Woods Landlord or Conferencing Operator, equal to the quoted rates for the usage of the Shared Conference Facilities in effect at the time of Tenant’s scheduling. 
   

  

  
   (e)
   
    Rules and Regulations.  Tenant shall be solely responsible for paying the cost of any and all ancillary services (e.g., audio visual equipment) provided to Tenant, and the cost of any and all goods and services provided to Tenant by any food services operators and/or any third party vendors at the Reservoir Woods Project.  Tenant shall use the Reservoir Woods Amenities (including, without limitation, the Shared Conference Facilities) in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and any rules and regulations 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 42

  
   
    imposed by Reservoir Woods Landlord or Landlord from time to time and in a manner that will not interfere with the rights of other Users, which rules and regulations shall be enacted and enforced in a non-discriminatory manner and may include, (i) the required use by Users of one or more food and beverage operators designated by Reservoir Woods Landlord, (ii) usage of and compliance with reservations systems governing the use of Shared Conference Facilities and other facilities, (iii) the payment of additional costs in connection with the after-hours usage of shared conference rooms and other facilities, and (iv) access card entry requirements.  The use of the Reservoir Woods Amenities other than the Shared Conference Facilities by employees of Tenant shall be in accordance with the terms and conditions of the standard licenses, indemnification and waiver agreements required by Reservoir Woods Landlord or the operator of the Reservoir Woods Amenities to be executed by all persons wishing to use such Reservoir Woods Amenities.  Neither the Reservoir Woods Landlord nor Landlord (nor, if applicable, any other affiliate of Landlord) shall have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other Users with respect to the Reservoir Woods Amenities.  Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, or improvements of any kind to the Shared Conference Facilities, the Reservoir Woods Amenities or the Reservoir Woods Project.
   

  

  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Reservoir Woods Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time to reconfigure, relocate, modify or remove any of the Reservoir Woods Amenities at the Reservoir Woods Project and/or to revise, expand or discontinue any of the services (if any) provided in connection with the Reservoir Woods Amenities. 

  
   (f)
   
    Waiver of Liability and Indemnification.  Tenant warrants that it will use reasonable care to prevent damage to property and injury to persons while on the Reservoir Woods Project.  Tenant waives any claims it or any Tenant Parties may have against any ARE Parties relating to, arising out of or in connection with the Reservoir Woods Amenities and any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto the Reservoir Woods Project, and Tenant releases and exculpates all ARE Parties from any liability relating to, arising out of or in connection with the Reservoir Woods Amenities and any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto the Reservoir Woods Project.  Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the ARE Parties from any claim of damage to property or injury to persons relating to, arising out of or in connection with (i) the use of the Reservoir Woods Amenities by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, and (ii) any entry by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties onto the Reservoir Woods Project, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of ARE Parties.  The provisions of this Section 42(f) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
   

  

  
   43.
   
    Roof Equipment.  As long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall have the right at its sole cost and expense, subject to compliance with all Legal Requirements, to install, maintain, and remove on the top of the roof of the Building (based on Tenant’s proportionate share of the space available on the roof) in a location designated by Landlord, one or more satellite dishes, communication antennae, or other equipment (all of which having a diameter and height acceptable to Landlord) for the transmission or reception of communication of signals as Tenant may from time to time desire (collectively, the “Roof Equipment”) on the following terms and conditions:
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Requirements.  Tenant shall submit to Landlord (i) the plans and specifications for the installation of the Roof Equipment, (ii) copies of all required governmental and quasi-governmental permits, licenses, and authorizations that Tenant will and must obtain at its own expense, with the cooperation of Landlord, if necessary for the installation and operation of the Roof Equipment, and (iii) an insurance policy or certificate of insurance evidencing insurance coverage as required by this Lease and any other insurance as reasonably required by Landlord for the installation and operation of the Roof Equipment.  Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval for the installation and operation of the Roof Equipment; provided, however, that Landlord may reasonably withhold its approval if the installation or operation of the Roof Equipment (A) may damage the structural integrity of the Building, (B) may void, terminate, or invalidate any applicable roof warranty, (C) may interfere with any service provided by Landlord or any tenant of the Building, (D) may reduce the leasable space in the Building, or (E) is not properly screened from the viewing public.  
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 43

  
   (b)
   
    No Damage to Roof.  If installation of the Roof Equipment requires Tenant to make any roof cuts or perform any other roofing work, such cuts shall only be made to the roof area of the Building in locations acceptable to Landlord and in the manner designated in writing by Landlord; and any such installation work (including any roof cuts or other roofing work) shall be performed by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense by a roofing contractor designated by Landlord.  If Tenant or its agents shall otherwise cause any damage to the roof during the installation, operation, and removal of the Roof Equipment such damage shall be repaired promptly at Tenant’s expense and the roof shall be restored in the same condition it was in before the damage.  Landlord shall not charge Tenant Additional Rent for the installation and use of the Roof Equipment.  If, however, Landlord’s insurance premium or Tax assessment increases as a result of the Roof Equipment, Tenant shall pay such increase as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after receipt of a reasonably detailed invoice from Landlord.  Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction in the amount of Rent payable under this Lease if for any reason Tenant is unable to use the Roof Equipment.  In no event whatsoever shall the installation, operation, maintenance, or removal of the Roof Equipment by Tenant or its agents void, terminate, or invalidate any applicable roof warranty.
   

  

  
   (c)
   
    Protection.  The installation, operation, and removal of the Roof Equipment shall be at Tenant’s sole risk.  Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, damages, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees) of every kind and description that may arise out of or be connected in any way with Tenant’s installation, operation, or removal of the Roof Equipment.
   

  

  
   (d)
   
    Removal.  At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or the discontinuance of the use of the Roof Equipment by Tenant, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove the Roof Equipment from the Building.  Tenant shall leave the portion of the roof where the Roof Equipment was located in good order and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted.  If Tenant does not so remove the Roof Equipment, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to remove and dispose of the Roof Equipment and charge Tenant as Additional Rent for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in such removal and disposal.  Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any Roof Equipment or related property disposed of or removed by Landlord.
   

  

  
   (e)
   
    No Interference.  The Roof Equipment shall not interfere with the proper functioning of any telecommunications equipment or devices that have been installed or will be installed by Landlord or for any other tenant or future tenant of the Building.  Tenant acknowledges that other tenant(s) may have approval rights over the installation and operation of telecommunications equipment and devices on or about the roof, and that Tenant’s right to install and operate the Roof Equipment is subject and subordinate to the rights of such other tenants.  Tenant agrees that any other tenant of the Building that currently has or in the future takes possession of any portion of the Building will be permitted to install such telecommunication equipment that is of a type and frequency that will not cause unreasonable interference to the Roof Equipment.
   

  

  
   (f)
   
    Relocation.  Landlord shall have the right, at its expense and after 60 days prior notice to Tenant, to relocate the Roof Equipment to another site on the roof of the Building as long as such site reasonably meets Tenant’s sight line and interference requirements and does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use and operation of the Roof Equipment.
   

  

  
   (g)
   
    Access.  Landlord grants to Tenant the right of ingress and egress on a 24 hour 7 day per week basis to install, operate, and maintain the Roof Equipment.  Before receiving access to the roof of the Building, Tenant shall give Landlord at least 24 hours’ advance written or oral notice, except in emergency situations, in which case 2 hours’ advance oral notice shall be given by Tenant.  Landlord shall supply Tenant with the name, telephone, and pager numbers of the contact individual(s) responsible for providing access during emergencies.
   

  

  
   (h)
   
    Appearance.  If permissible by Legal Requirements, the Roof Equipment shall be painted the same color as the Building so as to render the Roof Equipment virtually invisible from ground level.
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 44

  
   (i)
   
    No Assignment.  The right of Tenant to use and operate the Roof Equipment shall be personal solely to Intellia Therapeutics, Inc., and, except in connection with an assignment which constitutes a Permitted Assignment or another assignment of this Lease consented to by Landlord, (i) no other person or entity shall have any right to use or operate the Roof Equipment, and (ii) Tenant shall not assign, convey, or otherwise transfer to any person or entity any right, title, or interest in all or any portion of the Roof Equipment or the use and operation thereof.
   

  

  
   44.
   
    Miscellaneous.
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Notices.  All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee thereof if delivered in person, or upon actual receipt if delivered by reputable overnight guaranty courier, addressed and sent to the parties at their addresses set forth above.  Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    Joint and Several Liability.  If and when included within the term “Tenant,” as used in this instrument, there is more than one person or entity, each shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant.
   

  

  
   (c)
   
    Financial Information.  Tenant shall furnish to Landlord true and complete copies of (i) upon Landlord’s written request on an annual basis, Tenant’s most recent audited annual financial statements, provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to deliver to Landlord such annual financial statements for any particular year sooner than the date that is 90 days after the end of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term, (ii) upon Landlord’s written request on a quarterly basis, Tenant’s most recent unaudited quarterly financial statements; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to deliver to Landlord such quarterly financial statements for any particular quarter sooner that the date that is 45 days after the end of each of Tenant’s fiscal quarters during the Term, (iii) upon Landlord’s written request from time to time, updated business plans, including cash flow projections and/or pro forma balance sheets and income statements, all of which shall be treated by Landlord as confidential information belonging to Tenant, (iv) upon Landlord’s written request from time to time, corporate brochures and/or profiles prepared by Tenant for prospective investors, and (v) upon Landlord’s written request from time to time, any other financial information or summaries that Tenant typically provides to its lenders or shareholders.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord’s written request for financial information pursuant to this Section 44(c) may delivered to Tenant via email.  So long as Tenant is a “public company” and its financial information is publicly available, then the foregoing delivery requirements of this Section 44(c) shall not apply.
   

  

  
   (d)
   
    Recordation.  Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of lease shall be filed by or on behalf of Tenant in any public record.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon Tenant’s request and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Landlord shall execute and notarize a memorandum of lease prepared by Tenant which memorandum shall contain only the following information and any other additional information that may be required by applicable law: (i) the names of the parties to this Lease, (ii) description of the Premises and the Project, (iii) the Term (including the Extension Right, and (iv) the Right of First Offer.  Tenant shall file such memorandum of lease, at Tenant’s sole cost.  If Tenant fails, after written request from Landlord, to record a termination of the memorandum on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible for any damages suffered by Landlord (from any cause including, without limitation, resulting from any indemnities or certifications which may be made by Landlord in favor of third parties).  The provisions of this Section 44(d) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  Landlord may prepare and file, and upon request by Landlord Tenant will execute, a memorandum of lease. 
   

  

  
   (e)
   
    Interpretation.  The normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto.  Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires.  The captions inserted in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 45

  
   
    or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.
   

  

  
   (f)
   
    Not Binding Until Executed.  The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Lease shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option for the leasing of the Premises, nor confer any right or impose any obligations upon either party until execution of this Lease by both parties.
   

  

  
   (g)
   
    Limitations on Interest.  It is expressly the intent of Landlord and Tenant at all times to comply with applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of any interest payable on or in connection with this Lease.  If applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any interest called for under this Lease, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received with respect to this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Landlord be credited on the applicable obligation (or, if the obligation has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Tenant), and the provisions of this Lease immediately shall be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.
   

  

  
   (h)
   
    Choice of Law.  Construction and interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the internal laws of the state in which the Premises are located, excluding any principles of conflicts of laws.
   

  

  
   (i)
   
    Time.  Time is of the essence as to the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.
   

  

  
   (j)
   
    OFAC.  Landlord and Tenant are currently (a) in compliance with and shall at all times during the Term of this Lease remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “OFAC Rules”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the term of this Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, Foreign Sanctions Evaders List, or the Sectoral Sanctions Identification List, which are all maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.
   

  

  
   (k)
   
    Incorporation by Reference.  All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof.  If there is any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.
   

  

  
   (l)
   
    Entire Agreement.  This Lease, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, letters of intent, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties, and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements, express or implied, made to either party by the other party in connection with the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein.
   

  

  
   (m)
   
    No Accord and Satisfaction.  No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly installment of Base Rent or any Additional Rent will be other than on account of the earliest stipulated Base Rent and Additional Rent, nor will any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying a check for payment of any Base Rent or Additional Rent be an accord and satisfaction.  Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.
   

  

  
   (n)
   
    Hazardous Activities.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord, for itself and its employees, agents and contractors, reserves the right to refuse to perform any repairs or services in any portion of the Premises which, pursuant to Tenant’s routine safety guidelines, practices or custom or prudent industry practices, require any form of protective clothing or equipment other than safety glasses.  
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 46

  
   
    In any such case, Tenant shall contract with parties who are acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, for all such repairs and services, and Landlord shall, to the extent required, equitably adjust Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in respect of such repairs or services to reflect that Landlord is not providing such repairs or services to Tenant.
   

  

  
   (o)
   
    Shuttle Services.  Landlord and affiliates of Landlord plan to provide a campus shuttle service for the Project and other buildings in the vicinity of the Project that are owned by affiliates of Landlord (the “Shuttle Service”); provided, however, that neither Landlord nor any affiliate of Landlord shall be obligated to provide the Shuttle Service (or, once the Shuttle Service has commenced, to continue providing the Shuttle Service for any specific period of time) or to cause the Shuttle Service to follow any specific route, make any specific stops, or adhere to any specific schedule or hours of operation.  If Landlord and affiliates of Landlord actually commence operation of the Shuttle Service, (i) Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of the date such operation will commence (“Shuttle Services Commencement Date”) and the planned route, stops, schedule, and hours of operation, (ii) Landlord shall permit Tenant’s employees actually employed at the Project to use the Shuttle Service, and (iii) regardless of whether Tenant’s employees use the Shuttle Services, commencing on later to occur of (x) the Shuttle Services Commencement Date, or the Commencement Date, through the earlier of the expiration of the Term or the date that Landlord permanently ceases to provide Shuttle Service, Operating Expenses shall include the cost of provision the Shuttle Service (the “Shuttle Service Costs”).  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has not made any representations or warranties regarding the commencement or continued availability of the Shuttle Service and that Tenant is not entering into this Lease with an expectation that the Shuttle Service shall commence or continue to be available to Tenant throughout the Term.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time during which Tenant is leasing all of the rentable square footage of the Building, Tenant may elect to opt out of its use of the Shuttle Service by providing Landlord with written notice thereof, whereupon Tenant’s right to use the Shuttle Service shall cease and Tenant shall have no further obligation to pay the Shuttle Service Costs.  Once Tenant has elected to opt out of using the Shuttle Service, Tenant’s decision shall be final and Tenant shall not be permitted to opt back into using the Shuttle Service.  
   

  

  
   (p)
   
    Counterparts.  This Lease may be executed in 2 or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Counterparts may be delivered via electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature process complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.  Electronic signatures shall be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Lease and all matters related thereto, with such electronic signatures having the same legal effect as original signatures.
   

  

  
   (q)
   
    Prevailing Party’s Fees.  In the event that either party should bring suit or commence any suit or proceeding related to this Lease, then all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expert fees, incurred by the prevailing party relating to such legal action shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.
   

  

  [ Signatures on next page ]

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 47

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

  TENANT:

  INTELLIA THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

  a Delaware corporation

  By:	

  Name:	

  Its:	

   

  □ I hereby certify that the signature, name, and title above are my signature, name and title

  LANDLORD:

  ARE-WINTER STREET PROPERTY, LLC,

  a Delaware limited liability company 

   

  	By: 	ARE-Winter Street Holdings, LLC, 

  	a Delaware limited liability company,

  managing member

   

  By:	ARE-MA Region No. 85 JV, LLC,

  		a Delaware limited liability company, 

  		managing member

   

  		By:	ARE-Special Services, LLC,

  			a Delaware limited liability company,

  			 managing member

  By:	Alexandria Real Estate Equities, L.P.,

  a Delaware limited partnership,
	managing member

   

  				By:	ARE-QRS Corp., 
					a Maryland corporation,

  general partner

  							By:					

  							Name:					

  		Its:					

   

   

   

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 1

  EXHIBIT A TO LEASE

  DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

   

   

   

   

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 2

   

   

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 3

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 1

  EXHIBIT B TO LEASE

  DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

  Parcels of registered and recorded land and with any buildings thereon situated 840 Winter Street, Waltham, Middlesex County (Southern District), Massachusetts, all more particularly described as follows: 

  PARCEL 1: (Registered) 

  Lot 5 as shown on Land Court Plan 30618-D. 

  PARCEL 2: (Registered) 

  Lot 6 as shown on Land Court Plan 30618-D. 

  PARCEL 3: (Recorded) 

  Lot A as shown on Plan entitled, "Plan of Land in Waltham, Massachusetts showing land owned by The City of Cambridge to be conveyed to Polaroid Corporation", prepared by Martinage Engineering Associates, Inc., dated July 17, 1995 and recorded with the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds in Book 26678, Page 39, Plan No. 962 of 1996, said Lot A is further bounded and described as follows: 

  Beginning at the Northern most point of Lot A, on the Westerly sideline of Winter Street as shown on said plan; thence running 

  SOUTHERLY by the Westerly sideline of Winter Street, by a curved line to the left having a radius of two thousand forty and 00/100 feet (2040.00') a length of one hundred fifty-two and 35/100 (152.35') to a point; thence running Southerly by the Westerly sideline of Winter Street, 

  S 16° 54' 34" W. a distance of eighty and 40/100 feet (80.40') to a point at the remaining land of the City of Cambridge; thence running Northwesterly by the remaining land of said City of Cambridge, 

  N 66° 34' 05" W. a distance of thirty-seven and 82/100 feet (37.82') to a point at the land of Polaroid Corporation as shown on Land Court Plan 30618-B; thence running Northeasterly by the land of said Polaroid Corporation, 

  N 27° 38' 25" E. a distance of two hundred thirty-two and 38/100 feet (232.38') to a point on the Westerly sideline of Winter Street as shown on Land Court Plan 30618-B and the point of beginning 

  Said Lot A containing 4,010 square feet, more or less as shown on said plan. 

  TOGETHER WITH the easements set forth in that certain Reciprocal Access and Utility Easement dated March 31, 1998 recorded in Book 28405, Page 421 and filed as Document No. 1061070; as amended by that certain First Amendment to Reciprocal Access and Utility Easement and to Reciprocal Easement Agreement dated September 10, 1998 recorded in Book 29108, Page 346 and filed as Document No. 1079645; and as further affected by that certain Easement Modification Agreement dated November 25, 2014 recorded in Book 64649, Page 225. 

  TOGETHER WITH the easements set forth in that certain Reciprocal Easement Agreement dated March 31, 1998 recorded in Book 28405, Page 443 and filed as Document No. 1061071 on Plan No.352 of 1998; as amended by that certain First Amendment to Reciprocal Access and Utility Easement and to Reciprocal Easement Agreement dated September 10, 1998 recorded in Book 29108, Page 346 and filed as Document No. 1079645; as further affected by that certain (i) Easement Modification Agreement dated November 25, 2014 recorded in Book 64649, Page 225, (ii)Agreement RE: Reciprocal Easement Agreement recorded in Book 68618, Page 378; and (iii) Agreement RE: Reciprocal Easement Agreement recorded in Book 71378, Page 543.

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 1

  EXHIBIT C TO LEASE

  WORK LETTER

  THIS WORK LETTER dated February ___, 2022 (this “Work Letter”) is made and entered into by and between ARE-WINTER STREET PROPERTY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and INTELLIA THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease Agreement dated February ___, 2022 (the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant.  Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

  
   1.
   
    General Requirements.
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Tenant’s Authorized Representative.  Tenant designates Gerald (Pat) Marolda, Jr. (such individual acting alone, “Tenant’s Representative”) as the only person authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter.  Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“Communication”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative.  Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord.  Neither Tenant nor Tenant’s Representative shall be authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work (as hereinafter defined).
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    Landlord’s Authorized Representative.  Landlord designates Ivan Kousidis and Paul Tedesco (either such individual acting alone, “Landlord’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter.  Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative.  Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant.  Landlord’s Representative shall be the sole persons authorized to direct Landlord’s contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work.
   

  

  
   (c)
   
    Architects, Consultants and Contractors.  Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that:  (i) the Richmond Group shall be the design build contractor and the general contractor (the “Design Build Contractor”) for the Tenant Improvements, (ii) DiMella Shaffer shall be the architect (the “TI Architect”) for the Tenant Improvements, (iii) either CRB Group or DPS, as selected by Tenant within 5 days following the date of this Lease, shall be the process architect (the “Process Architect”) for the Tenant Improvements, (iv) Environmental Systems, Inc. shall be the MEP Engineer for the Tenant Improvements (“MEP Engineer”), and (v) any subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Landlord, subject to Tenant’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that Landlord has entered into agreements with the Design Build Contractor, TI Architect, Process Architect and/or MEP Engineer pursuant to which such party(ies) shall be performing work with respect to the Base Building Improvements, Landlord shall enter into separate contracts with respect to the Tenant Improvements pursuant to which such party(ies) shall, among other things, agree to reasonably cooperate with Tenant and its contractors with respect to Tenant’s initial fit-out of the Premises and FF&E Installation (as defined below).  Landlord shall make its records with respect to the Tenant Improvements available on an “open book” basis through the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements.
   

  

  
   2.
   
    Tenant Improvements.
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Tenant Improvements Defined.  As used herein, “Tenant Improvements” shall mean all improvements to the Project of a fixed and permanent nature as shown on the TI Construction Drawings, as defined in Section 2(c) below.  Other than Landlord’s Work (as defined in Section 3(a)) below, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s cost, for the 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 2

  
   
    installation and validation of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment in the Premises (“FF&E Installation”) following the Commencement Date.
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    Tenant’s Space Plans.  Tenant shall within 60 days after the date hereof deliver to Landlord schematic drawings and outline specifications (the “Space Plans”) for the Tenant Improvements.  To the extent that the Space Plans do not reflect the requirements of Tenant for the Tenant Improvements as discussed in the applicable Project Meetings (as defined in Section 2(e) below), which Project Meetings shall be held no less frequently than weekly until the Space Plans have been finalized, Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord written feedback to the Space Plans, Landlord shall consider such feedback from Tenant in good faith and, if applicable, the Space Plans shall be revised accordingly.  Landlord and Tenant shall proceed collaboratively, including at Project Meetings, to advance the Space Plans until they have been approved by Landlord and Tenant.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the Space Plans reflect Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements.  The failure of the Space Plans to be finalized by the date set forth on the construction schedule attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the “Construction Schedule”) for any reason other than delays caused by Landlord or Force Majeure delays, shall constitute a Tenant Delay.
   

  

  
   (c)
   
    Working Drawings.  Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Tenant for review and comment construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (“TI Construction Drawings”) within 10 business days after Landlord and Tenant have approved the Space Plans, which TI Construction Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the Space Plans.  Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the TI Construction Drawings reflect Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements as discussed in the applicable Project Meetings.  To the extent that the TI Construction Drawings are not consistent with the Space Plans, Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord written feedback to the TI Construction Drawings, Landlord shall consider such feedback from Tenant in good faith and, if applicable, the TI Construction Drawings shall be revised accordingly.  Landlord and Tenant shall proceed collaboratively, including at Project Meetings, to advance the TI Construction Drawings until they have been approved by Landlord and Tenant.  Tenant may not disapprove any matter that is consistent with the finalized Space Plans without submitting a Change Request (as defined in Section 4), which Change Request shall be subject to the terms of Section 4.  Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(d) hereof.  Once approved by Landlord and Tenant, subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, Landlord shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section 3(b) below).  The failure of the TI Construction Drawings to be finalized by the date set forth on the Construction Schedule for any reason other than delays caused by Landlord or Force Majeure, shall constitute a Tenant Delay.
   

  

  
   (d)
   
    Approval and Completion.  It is hereby acknowledged by Landlord and Tenant that the TI Construction Drawings must be completed and approved not later than the date reflected on the Construction Schedule in order for the Landlord’s Work to be Substantially Complete by the Target Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease).  Upon any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, which is not settled within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant may make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, provided (i) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such dispute, (ii) that all costs and expenses resulting from any such decision by Tenant shall be payable out of the TI Fund (as defined in Section 5(d) below), and (iii) Tenant’s decision will not affect the base Building, structural components of the Building or any Building Systems.  Any changes to the TI Construction Drawings following Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of same requested by Tenant shall be processed as provided in Section 4 hereof.
   

  

  
   (e)
   
    Project Meetings.  The parties will hold regular project meetings (each, a “Project Meeting”) to, among other things, (i) review design documents relating to Tenant Improvements, and (ii) review the current schedule and the progress of the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, including anticipated delays, if any, and (iii) observation of the status of construction of the Tenant Improvements.  Any such observation shall be conducted under the supervision of the Design Build Contractor and shall be subject to the Design Build Contractor’s rules and safety requirements.  The Project Meetings shall be 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 3

  
   
    attended by Landlord’s Representative, Tenant’s Representative, the Design Build Contractor, the TI Architect, the Process Architect, and other appropriate members of the design and construction team (as appropriate given the time and subject of the particular Project Meeting).
   

  

  
   3.
   
    Performance of Landlord’s Work.
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Definition of Landlord’s Work.  As used herein, “Landlord’s Work” shall mean (i) the work of constructing the Tenant Improvements which shall be paid for out of the TI Fund, and (ii) the construction of the base building work and related improvements (the “Base Building Improvements”) consisting of the elements identified on the Landlord/Tenant Responsibility Matrix attached hereto as Schedule 2 (the “Responsibility Matrix”).
   

  

  With respect to the Responsibility Matrix, the column labelled as “Landlord” identifies the work to be performed by Landlord at Landlord’s cost and the column labelled as “Tenant” refers to the work being performed by Landlord and paid for out of the TI Fund.

  	Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the design and specifications for Landlord’s Work are consistent with Tenant’s requirements.  Landlord shall be responsible for obtaining all permits, approvals and entitlements necessary for Landlord’s Work, but shall have no obligation to, and shall not, secure any permits, approvals or entitlements related to Tenant’s specific use of the Premises or Tenant’s business operations therein.

  
   (b)
   
    Commencement and Permitting.  Landlord shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements upon obtaining a building permit (the “TI Permit”) authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant.  The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be payable from the TI Fund.  Tenant shall assist Landlord in obtaining the TI Permit.  If any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the construction of Landlord’s Work or any portion thereof shall impose terms or conditions upon the construction thereof that:  (i) are inconsistent with Landlord’s obligations hereunder, (ii) increase the cost of constructing Landlord’s Work, or (iii) will materially delay the construction of Landlord’s Work, Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably and in good faith seek means by which to mitigate or eliminate any such adverse terms and conditions.
   

  

  
   (c)
   
    Completion of Landlord’s Work.  Landlord shall substantially complete or cause to be substantially completed Landlord’s Work in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements, in accordance with the TI Permit subject, in each case, to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature that do not interfere with the use of the Premises (“Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Complete”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s Work shall not be considered Substantially Complete unless and until Landlord has obtained approval from the applicable building authority permitting lawful occupancy of the Premises.  Upon Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall require the TI Architect and the Design Build Contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“AIA”) document G704.  For purposes of this Work Letter, “Minor Variations” shall mean any modifications reasonably required:  (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the TI Permit); (ii) to comply with any request by Tenant for modifications to Landlord’s Work; (iii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices that are not material; or (iv) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of Landlord’s Work.  
   

  

  
   (d)
   
    Selection of Materials.  Where more than one type of material or structure is indicated on the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord and Tenant, the option will be selected at Landlord’s reasonable discretion, but in consultation with Tenant.  As to all building materials and equipment that Landlord is obligated to supply under this Work Letter, Landlord shall select the manufacturer thereof in its reasonable discretion, but in consultation with Tenant.
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 4

  
   (e)
   
    Delivery of the Premises.  When Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete, subject to the remaining terms and provisions of this Section 3(e), Tenant shall accept the Premises.  Tenant’s taking possession and acceptance of the Premises shall not constitute a waiver of:  (i) any warranty with respect to workmanship (including installation of equipment) or material (exclusive of equipment provided directly by manufacturers), (ii) any non-compliance of Landlord’s Work with applicable Legal Requirements, or (iii) any claim that Landlord’s Work was not completed substantially in accordance with the TI Construction Drawings (subject to Minor Variations and such other changes as are permitted hereunder) (collectively, a “Construction Defect”).  Tenant shall have one year after Substantial Completion within which to notify Landlord of any such Construction Defect discovered by Tenant, and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy or cause the responsible contractor to remedy any such Construction Defect within 30 days thereafter.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be in default under the Lease if the applicable contractor, despite Landlord’s reasonable efforts, fails to remedy such Construction Defect within such 30-day period, in which case Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to such Construction Defect other than to cooperate, at no cost to Landlord, with Tenant should Tenant elect to pursue a claim against such contractor, provided that Tenant shall defend with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims arising out of or in connection with any such claim. 
   

  

  Tenant shall be entitled to receive the benefit of all construction warranties and manufacturer’s equipment warranties relating to equipment installed in the Premises.  If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall attempt to obtain extended warranties from manufacturers and suppliers of such equipment, but the cost of any such extended warranties shall be borne solely out of the TI Fund.  Landlord shall promptly undertake and complete, or cause to be completed, all punch list items.

  
   (f)
   
    Commencement Date Delay.  Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, Delivery of the Premises shall occur when Landlord’s Work has been Substantially Completed, except to the extent that completion of Landlord’s Work shall have been actually delayed by any one or more of the following causes (“Tenant Delay”):
   

  

  
   (i)
   
    Tenant’s Representative was not available within the time period set forth in this Work Letter (or, if no time period is set forth in this Work Letter, then within 2 business days following receipt of written notice) to give or receive any Communication or to take any other action required to be taken by Tenant hereunder;
   

  

  
   (ii)
   
    Tenant’s request for Change Requests (as defined in Section 4(a) below) whether or not any such Change Requests are actually performed;
   

  

  
   (iii)
   
    Construction of any Change Requests;
   

  

  
   (iv)
   
    Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations requiring unusually long lead times, provided that promptly after Landlord learns of such long lead times, Landlord informs Tenant that the requested items will require unusually long lead times; provided that if the delay is due to a Supply Chain Delay, it shall not be a Tenant Delay to the extent the Target Commencement Date is delayed by a Supply Chain Delay pursuant to Section 2 of the Lease;
   

  

  
   (v)
   
    Tenant’s delay in reviewing, revising or approving plans and specifications beyond the periods set forth herein;
   

  

  
   (vi)
   
    Tenant’s delay in providing information critical to the normal progression of the Project.  Tenant shall provide such information as soon as reasonably possible, but in no event longer than one week after receipt of any request for such information from Landlord;
   

  

  
   (vii)
   
    Tenant’s delay in making payments to Landlord for Excess TI Costs (as defined in Section 5(d) below); or
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 5

  
   (viii)
   
    Any other act or omission by Tenant or any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease), or persons employed by any of such persons that continues for more than 2 business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice thereof.
   

  

  If Delivery is delayed for any of the foregoing reasons, then Landlord shall cause the TI Architect to certify the date on which the Tenant Improvements would have been Substantially Completed but for such Tenant Delay and such certified date shall be the date of Delivery.

  
   4.
   
    Changes.  Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant Improvements after the delivery and approval by Landlord of the Space Plan shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord and the TI Architect, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Tenant’s Request For Changes.  If Tenant shall request changes to the Tenant Improvements (“Changes”), Tenant shall request such Changes by notifying Landlord in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “Change Request”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any such Change.  Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative.  Landlord shall, before proceeding with any Change, use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to Tenant as soon as is reasonably possible with an estimate of:  (i) the time it will take, and (ii) the architectural and engineering fees and costs that will be incurred, to analyze such Change Request (which costs shall be paid from the TI Fund to the extent actually incurred, whether or not such change is implemented).  Landlord shall thereafter submit to Tenant in writing, within 5 business days of receipt of the Change Request (or such longer period of time as is reasonably required depending on the extent of the Change Request), an analysis of the additional cost or savings involved, including, without limitation, architectural and engineering costs and the period of time, if any, that the Change will extend the date on which Landlord’s Work will be Substantially Complete.  Any such delay in the completion of Landlord’s Work caused by a Change, including any suspension of Landlord’s Work while any such Change is being evaluated and/or designed, shall be Tenant Delay.
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    Implementation of Changes.  If Tenant approves in writing the cost or savings and the estimated extension in the time for completion of Landlord’s Work, if any, Landlord shall cause the approved Change to be instituted.  Notwithstanding any approval or disapproval by Tenant of any estimate of the delay caused by such proposed Change, the TI Architect’s determination of the amount of Tenant Delay in connection with such Change shall be final and binding on Landlord and Tenant.
   

  

  
   5.
   
    Costs.
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Budget For Tenant Improvements.  Before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall obtain and submit for Tenant’s approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) a detailed breakdown by trade of the costs incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements (as may be amended by time to time, the “Budget”).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Tenant does not deliver notice to Landlord of its approval or disapproval of the initial draft of the Budget within 5 business days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the initial draft of the Budget or any revised draft Budget or amendment to the Budget within 3 business days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of such revised draft Budget or amendment to the Budget, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved such Budget or amendment, as applicable.  The Budget shall be based upon the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant and shall include a payment to Landlord of administrative rent (“Administrative Rent”) equal to the lesser 3% of the TI Costs or $1,000,000.00, for monitoring and inspecting the construction of the Tenant Improvements and Changes, which sum shall be payable from the TI Fund (as defined in Section 5(d)).  
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    TI Allowance.  Landlord shall provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance (collectively, the “TI Allowance”) as follows:
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 6

  1.	a “Tenant Improvement Allowance” in the maximum amount of $250.00 per rentable square foot in the Premises, which is included in the Base Rent set forth in the Lease; and

  2.	an “Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance” in the maximum amount of $150.00 per rentable square foot in the Premises, which shall, to the extent used, result in TI Rent as set forth in Section 4(b) of the Lease. 

  Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Tenant has agreed to use and apply a portion of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance equal to $50.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises toward TI Costs.  Prior to the first monthly draw with respect to which Tenant would be responsible for the payment of Excess TI Costs pursuant to Section 5(d) below, Tenant shall notify Landlord if Tenant has elected to use any additional portion of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance over and above the $50.00 per rentable square foot referenced above.  If Tenant does not initially elect to apply the full amount of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall have the right to subsequently (but in no event later than the date that Tenant Improvements are Substantially Completed) elect, by delivery of written notice to Landlord, to apply any portion of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance then remaining available.  The TI Allowance shall be disbursed in accordance with this Work Letter.  

  Tenant shall have no right to the use or benefit (including any reduction to or payment of Base Rent) of any portion of the TI Allowance not applied toward TI Costs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that, if, upon the completion of the Tenant Improvements and the payment of all sums due in connection therewith there remains any undisbursed portion of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance, Landlord shall make available to Tenant for use during the first 36 calendar months after the Commencement Date (the “Alterations Allowance Outside Date”), an “Alterations Allowance” equal to the unexpended portion of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance for the reimbursement to Tenant of reasonable costs incurred by Tenant for fixed and permanent Alterations in the Premises performed by Tenant in accordance with Section 12 of the Lease (as evidenced by invoices delivered to Landlord along with Tenant’s written request for reimbursement of such amounts), which Alterations Allowance shall, to the extent used, result in Alterations Allowance Rent as set forth in Section 4(c) of the Lease.  Any portion of the Alterations Allowance remaining undisbursed as of the Alterations Allowance Outside Date shall deemed to have been forfeited by Tenant and Tenant shall have no further right to any portion of such undisbursed Alterations Allowance.

  
   (c)
   
    Costs Includable in TI Fund.  The TI Fund shall be used solely for the payment of hard and soft costs incurred for the design, permitting and construction of the Tenant Improvements including, without limitation, architectural, engineering and project management fees, the cost of electrical power and other utilities used in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, the cost of preparing the Space Plans and the TI Construction Drawings, all costs set forth in the Budget, including the Administrative Rent and Landlord’s out-of-pocket expenses, and the cost of Changes (collectively, “TI Costs”).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the TI Fund shall not be used to purchase any furniture, personal property or other non-Building system materials or equipment, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s voice or data cabling, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Tenant Improvements.
   

  

  
   (d)
   
    Excess TI Costs.  Landlord shall have no obligation to bear any portion of the cost of any of the Tenant Improvements except to the extent of the TI Allowance.  If at any time and from time-to-time, the remaining TI Costs under the Budget (including the amount of portion of the Budget allocated as contingency) exceed the remaining unexpended TI Allowance (“Excess TI Costs”), monthly disbursements of the TI Allowance shall be made on a “pari passu” basis in the proportion that the remaining TI Allowance bears to the outstanding TI Costs under the Budget, and Tenant shall fund the balance of each such monthly draw.  For purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts, those amounts required to be paid by Tenant will be deemed Rent under the Lease.  The TI Allowance and Excess TI Costs are herein referred to as the “TI Fund.”  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 5(d), Tenant shall be fully and solely liable for TI Costs and the cost of Minor Variations in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance and, if elected, the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance.
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 7

  
   6.
   
    Tenant Access.
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Tenant’s Access Rights.  Landlord hereby agrees to permit Tenant (and its representatives and agents) access, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, to the Building (i) 30 days prior to the Commencement Date (and/or at such other times prior to such 30-day period as may be reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant) to perform any work (“Tenant’s Work”) required by Tenant other than Landlord’s Work, provided that such Tenant’s Work is coordinated with the TI Architect and the Design Build Contractor, and complies with the Lease and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose, and (ii) prior to the completion of Landlord’s Work, to inspect and observe work in process and consult with Landlord, the TI Architect and the Design Build Contractor regarding the same; all such access shall be during normal business hours or at such other times as are reasonably designated by Landlord.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to enter onto the Premises or the Project unless and until Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord demonstrating that any insurance reasonably required by Landlord in connection with such pre-commencement access (including, but not limited to, any insurance that Landlord may require pursuant to the Lease) is in full force and effect.  Any entry by Tenant shall comply with all established safety practices of Landlord’s contractor and Landlord until completion of Landlord’s Work and acceptance thereof by Tenant.
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    No Interference.  Neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party (as defined in the Lease) shall interfere with the performance of Landlord’s Work, nor with any inspections or issuance of final approvals by applicable Governmental Authorities, and upon any such interference, Landlord shall have the right to temporarily suspend access to the Premises and Project by Tenant and any Tenant Party until Landlord is able to proceed with Landlord’s Work and access to the Premises and the Project by Tenant and any Tenant Party no longer interferes with Landlord’s Work.
   

  

  
   (c)
   
    No Acceptance of Premises.  The fact that Tenant may, with Landlord’s consent, enter into the Project prior to the date Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete for the purpose of performing Tenant’s Work shall not be deemed an acceptance by Tenant of possession of the Premises, but in such event Tenant shall defend with counsel reasonably acceptable by Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss of or damage to Tenant’s property, completed work, fixtures, equipment, materials or merchandise, and from liability for death of, or injury to, any person, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party.
   

  

  
   7.
   
    Miscellaneous.
   

  

  
   (a)
   
    Consents.  Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, unless expressly set forth herein to the contrary.
   

  

  
   (b)
   
    Modification.  No modification, waiver or amendment of this Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.
   

  

  
   (c)
   
    No Default Funding.  In no event shall Landlord have any obligation to fund any portion of the TI Allowance or to perform any Landlord’s Work during any period that Tenant is in Default under the Lease.
   

  

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 8

  Schedule 1

   

  Construction Schedule

   

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 9

  Schedule 2

   

  Landlord/Tenant Matrix

   

  			
	 
Description
 
	Landlord
	Tenant

	SITEWORK
	 
	 

	Telephone service to main demarcation room from local exchange carrier
	X
	 

	Domestic sanitary sewer connection to street
	X
	 

	Lab waste sewer connection to individual tenant pH neutralization system- Connected to Building Sanitary
	 
	X

	Roof storm drainage
	X
	 

	Eversource primary and secondary electrical service with Customer Switching Station
	X
	 

	National Grid gas service 
	X
	 

	Domestic water service to Building
	X
	 

	Approved Loading and site modification design for loading areas and generators 
	X
	 

	Approved site modification design for Tenant bulk tanks or exterior utilities
	X
	 

	Site modifications for generators or tenant utilities. 
	 
	X

	Fire protection water service to Building
	X
	 

	STRUCTURE
	 
	 

	Structural enhancements for specific Tenant load requirements (Super Structure)
	X
	 

	Structural framing for dunnage above roof for Base Building equipment
	X
	 

	Structural framing dunnage above roof for Tenant equipment (Intermediate structure, grating, Dunnage Stairs etc.-  Subject to Landlord review and approval) Review
	 
	X

	Structural framing for infills within the building for Added USF 
	X
	 

	Framed openings for Base Building utility risers
	X
	 

	Framed openings for Tenant utility risers in addition to Base Building.
	 
	X

	Miscellaneous metals items and/or concrete pads for Base Building equipment
	X
	 

	Provide code compliant rated floor and structure 
	X
	 

	Miscellaneous metals items and/or concrete pads for Tenant equipment
	 
	X

	ROOFING
	 
	 

	Single ply EPDM roofing system with rigid insulation
	X
	 

	Roofing penetrations for Base Building equipment/systems
	X
	 

	Roofing penetrations for Tenant equipment/systems (Subject to Landlord review and approval)
	 
	X

	Walkway pads to Base Building equipment
	X
	 

	Walkway pads to Tenant equipment
	 
	X

	Roofing alterations due to Tenant changes (Subject to Landlord review and approval)
	 
	X

	EXTERIOR
	 
	 

	Building exterior 
	X
	 

	Main Building entrances 
	X
	 

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 10

  			
	Shipping/Receiving Docks –  [2 docks plus 3rd waste removal staging and doorway]  
	X
	 

	Visual screening of Base Building rooftop equipment as required and applicable
	X
	 

	Visual screening of Tenant rooftop equipment on landlord provided dunnage super structure (space available within base building screening) – as required and applicable
	X
	 

	COMMON AREAS
	 
	 

	Accessible main entrance
	X
	 

	Finished building common main lobby
	X
	 

	Finished Common zones on ancillary floors.  (Elevator lobbies etc.)
	X
	 

	Core area toilet rooms (feeding common areas)
	X
	 

	Janitor’s closets in core areas
	X
	 

	Primary demarcation room
	X
	 

	Doors, frames, and hardware at common areas
	X
	 

	ELEVATORS
	 
	 

	1 Building Common Passenger
	X
	 

	1 Tenant Freight Elevator 
	X
	 

	WINDOW TREATMENT
	 
	 

	Furnish and install Building standard blinds for all windows - standard to be set by Landlord
	 
	X

	Furnish and install standard blinds above and beyond existing window treatments – to be approved by landlord if visible from building exterior. 
	 
	X

	TENANT AREAS
	 
	 

	Insulation at perimeter walls where/if applicable
	 
	X

	Finishes and framing at inside face of exterior walls
	 
	X

	Finishes at inside face at Tenant side of core partitions
	 
	X

	Toilet rooms within Tenant Premises in addition to those provided by base building
	 
	X

	Electrical closets within Tenant Premises
	 
	X

	Tel/data rooms for interconnection with Tenant tel/data
	 
	X

	Tenant kitchen areas
	 
	X

	Modifications to core areas to accommodate Tenant requirements
	 
	X

	Partitions, ceilings, flooring, painting, finishes, doors, frames, hardware, millwork, casework, equipment, and buildout.
	 
	X

	Fixed or movable casework.
	 
	X

	Laboratory Equipment including but not limited to biosafety cabinets, autoclaves, glasswashers. 
	 
	X

	Chemical Fume Hoods, bench fume hood
	 
	X

	Finishes at common corridors on floors with multiple Tenants within redeveloped space
	X
	 

	Shaft enclosures for Base Building systems’ risers
	X
	 

	Shaft enclosures for Tenant risers (in addition to risers put in place for tenant use)
	 
	X

	Ability for Control Areas per building Capabilities
	X
	 

	Tenant Fit out Upgrades or modifications to Base building Scope required by Tenant Insurer 
	 
	X

	FIRE PROTECTION
	 
	 

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 11

  			
	Fire service entrance including fire department connection, alarm valve, and flow protection
	X
	 

	Core area distribution piping and sprinkler heads
	X
	 

	Stair distribution piping and sprinkler heads
	X
	 

	All run outs, drop heads, and related equipment within Tenant premises
	 
	X

	Modification of sprinkler piping and head locations to suit Tenant layout and hazard index
	 
	X

	Specialized extinguishing systems or containment for tenant program areas
	 
	X

	Pre-action dry-pipe systems
	 
	X

	Fire extinguisher cabinets at core areas
	X
	 

	Fire extinguisher cabinets in Tenant Premises
	 
	X

	PLUMBING
	 
	 

	Domestic water service with backflow prevention and Base Building risers
	X
	 

	Domestic water distribution within Tenant Premises
	 
	X

	Core restroom plumbing fixtures compliant with accessibility requirements and anticipated lab/office occupancy load.
	X
	 

	Tenant restroom plumbing fixtures compliant with accessibility requirements (in addition to those provided by the Base Building)
	 
	X

	Non-potable cold water backflow preventers for tenant use
	 
	X

	Non-potable cold water distribution in Tenant Premises
	 
	X

	Wall hydrants in core areas (where required by code)
	X
	 

	Storm drainage system
	X
	 

	Sanitary waste and vent service
	X
	 

	Domestic Waste Connection in pH Pit- 4 Inch Connection 
	 
	X

	Dedicated two stage active pH neutralization system (For tenant lab and MFG) 
	 
	X

	MWRA permit for dedicated pH neutralization system
	 
	X

	Domestic Cold water connection - 4 Inch Connection 
	X
	 

	Pits if applicable and designed inverts for waste treatment systems to be installed by Tenant
	 
	X

	Lab waste and vent pipe distribution 
	 
	X

	Hot water generation for core restrooms
	X
	 

	Non-potable Hot water generation and risers for Tenant use
	 
	X

	Non-potable hot water distribution in Tenant Premises
	 
	X

	Central lab air compressor and piping risers for PD lab use
	 
	X

	Air compressor and piping risers for dedicated Tenant MFG use
	 
	X

	Compressed air pipe distribution in Tenant Premises for specific points of use
	 
	X

	Central lab vacuum system and pipe risers
	 
	X

	Lab vacuum system and pipe risers for dedicated Tenant MFG use
	 
	X

	Lab vacuum pipe distribution in Tenant Premises for specific points of use
	 
	X

	Tepid water generator and pipe risers for full PD/MFG lab use
	 
	X

	Tepid water pipe distribution in Tenant Premises 
	 
	X

	RO/DI water generator and pipe risers
	 
	X

	RO/DI water pipe distribution in Tenant Premises for specific points of use
	 
	X

	Manifolds, piping, and other requirements including cylinders, not specifically mentioned above
	 
	X

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 12

  			
	NATURAL GAS
	 
	 

	Natural gas service to Building and piping to Base Building boilers and equipment 
	X
	 

	Natural gas service, pressure regulator and meter for Tenant equipment
	 
	X

	Natural gas piping from Tenant meter to Tenant Premises or Tenant equipment area. 
	 
	X

	Pro Rata share of remaining Gas Capacity 2,100 CFH 
	X
	 

	Natural gas pipe distribution within Tenant Premises
	 
	X

	Natural gas pressure regulator vent pipe riser from valve location through roof
	 
	X

	HEATING, VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING
	 
	 

	Building Management System (BMS) for core area and Landlord infrastructure
	X
	 

	BMS (compatible with Landlord’s system) within Tenant Premises and Tenant infrastructure
	 
	X

	Once-through supply air handling units and recirculating units for Manufacturing area  
	 
	X

	Roof mounted exhaust fans and heat recovery system for manufacturing area
	 
	X

	Office ventilation air 
	 
	X

	Fan coils for office cooling/heating and supplemental lab cooling
	 
	X

	2,000 Ton chiller plant (4) Nominal 500 Ton Chillers, associated pumps, cooling towers, and controls.
20,000 MBH hot water plants – (6) 4,000MBH Condensing Boilers (N+1) , associated pumps, stacks, specialties and controls.
	X
	 

	Hot water reheat distribution to reheat coils
	 
	X

	Chilled water risers for tenant use
	 
	x

	Chilled water distribution for tenant use 
	 
	X

	Vertical supply Office air duct distribution
	 
	X

	Supply air duct distribution, VAV terminals, equipment connections, insulation, air terminals, dampers, hangers, etc. within Tenant Premises.
	 
	X

	Supply air duct distribution, VAV terminals, equipment connections, insulation, air terminals, dampers, hangers, etc. within core areas.
	X
	 

	Roof mounted laboratory exhaust fans and heat recovery system for general lab exhaust
	 
	X

	Vertical exhaust air duct risers for general lab exhaust
	 
	X

	Roof mounted laboratory exhaust fans for specialty exhaust systems.  Subject to Landlord approval prior to installation.
	 
	X

	Vertical exhaust air duct risers and shaft for dedicated fume hood or specialty exhaust systems
	 
	X

	Exhaust air duct distribution, exhaust air valves, equipment connections, insulation, air terminals, dampers, hangers, etc. within Tenant Premises.
	 
	X

	Exhaust air duct distribution, exhaust air valves, equipment connections, insulation, air terminals, dampers, hangers, etc. within core areas
	X
	 

	General Exhaust for Tenant H2, H3 Rooms
	 
	X

	Restroom exhaust for core area restrooms
	X
	 

	Restroom exhaust for restrooms within Tenant Premises
	 
	X

	Electric room ventilation system for Base Building electrical closets
	X
	 

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 13

  			
	Electric room ventilation system for electrical closets within Tenant premises
	 
	X

	Sound attenuation for Base Building infrastructure to comply with local Noise Ordinance
	X
	 

	Sound attenuation for Tenant equipment to comply with local Noise Ordinance
	 
	X

	ELECTRICAL
	 
	 

	Electrical utility service to switchgear in main electrical vault, including (2) 2500KVA transformers paired with (2) Switchboards
	X
	 

	Approved pad configurations for tenant generator needs.
	X
	 

	2,000 kW Diesel fired Standby generator to support 50% of Base Building Central Chiller Plant (incl. ATS and sound attenuation to comply with local noise ordinance) 
	X
	 

	Dedicated Standby Generator for Tenant lab and manufacturing needs 
	 
	X

	Sound attenuation for tenant generator to comply with local Noise Ordinance
	 
	X

	Automatic transfer switch for Tenant generator connections to the heating and cooling plant
	 
	X

	Standby power distribution within Tenant Premises
	 
	X

	Switchboard capacity and circuiting to Chiller and Boiler Plants  
	X
	 

	Switchboard capacity to provide 2,164,593 watts for Tenant Fitout needs  
	X
	 

	Lighting and power distribution for Tenant Premises
	 
	X

	Tenant power sub-metering with connection to BMS
	 
	X

	
     
      •
      
       Common area life safety emergency lighting/signage
      

     
	X
	 

	Tenant Premises life safety emergency lighting/signage
	 
	X

	Tenant panels, transformers, etc. in addition to Base Building 
	 
	X

	Tenant UPS system, battery backup, and associated equipment/distribution
	 
	X

	FIRE ALARM
	 
	 

	Base Building fire alarm system with devices in core areas
	X
	 

	Fire alarm sub panels and devices for Tenant Premises with integration into Base Building system
	 
	X

	Alteration to fire alarm system to facilitate Tenant program
	 
	X

	TELEPHONE/DATA
	 
	 

	Underground local exchange carrier service to primary demarcation room in basement
	X
	 

	Tel Data Riser Conduit from demark to each floor 
	X
	 

	Tenant tel/data rooms
	 
	X

	Pathways from demarcation room directly into Tenant tel/data rooms
	 
	X

	Tel/Data cabling from demarcation room Tenant tel/data room.
	 
	X

	Fiber optic service for Tenant use
	 
	X

	Tel/data infrastructure including but not limited to servers, computers, phone systems, switches, routers, MUX panels, equipment racks, ladder racks, etc.
	 
	X

	Provisioning of circuits and service from service providers
	 
	X

	Audio visual systems and support
	 
	X

	Station cabling from Tenant tel/data room to all Tenant locations, within the suite and exterior to the suite, if needed
	 
	X

	SECURITY
	 
	 

	Card access at Building entries
	X
	 

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 14

  			
	Card access into or within Tenant Premises on separate Tenant installed and managed system
	 
	X

	 
	 
	 

   

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 14299047.7		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 15

  EXHIBIT D TO LEASE

  ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

  This ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE is made this _____ day of ______________, ____, between ARE-WINTER STREET PROPERTY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and INTELLIA THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated ______________, _____ (the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant.  Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

  Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree, for all purposes of the Lease, that the Commencement Date of the Base Term of the Lease is ______________, _____, and the termination date of the Base Term of the Lease shall be midnight on ______________, _____.  In case of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date, this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date shall control for all purposes.

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE to be effective on the date first above written.

  TENANT:

  INTELLIA THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

  a Delaware corporation

  By:	

  Name:	

  Its:	

   

  □ I hereby certify that the signature, name, and title above are my signature, name and title

   

  [Signature continued on following page]

   

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 745146120.5		

  

  Net Multi-Tenant Laboratory	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 16

  LANDLORD:

  ARE-WINTER STREET PROPERTY, LLC,

  a Delaware limited liability company 

   

  	By: 	ARE-Winter Street Holdings, LLC, 

  	a Delaware limited liability company,

  managing member

   

  By:	ARE-MA Region No. 85 JV, LLC,

  		a Delaware limited liability company, 

  		managing member

   

  		By:	ARE-Special Services, LLC,

  			a Delaware limited liability company,

  			 managing member

  By:	Alexandria Real Estate Equities, L.P.,	

  a Delaware limited partnership,
	managing member

   

  				By:	ARE-QRS Corp., 
					a Maryland corporation,

  general partner

  							By:					

  							Name:					

  		Its:					

   

   

   

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 745146120.5		

  

  Rules and Regulations	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 1

  EXHIBIT E TO LEASE

  Rules and Regulations

  
   1.
   
    The sidewalk, entries, and driveways of the Project shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or any Tenant Party, or used by them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.
   

  

  
   8.
   
    Tenant shall not place any objects, including antennas, outdoor furniture, etc., in the parking areas, landscaped areas or other areas outside of its Premises, or on the roof of the Project.
   

  

  
   9.
   
    Except for animals assisting the disabled, no animals shall be allowed in the offices, halls, or corridors in the Project.
   

  

  
   10.
   
    Tenant shall not disturb the occupants of the Project or adjoining buildings by the use of any radio or musical instrument or by the making of loud or improper noises.
   

  

  
   11.
   
    If Tenant desires telegraphic, telephonic or other electric connections in the Premises, Landlord or its agent will direct the electrician as to where and how the wires may be introduced; and, without such direction, no boring or cutting of wires will be permitted.  Any such installation or connection shall be made at Tenant’s expense.
   

  

  
   12.
   
    Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or other mechanical apparatus in the Premises, except as specifically approved in the Lease.  The use of oil, gas or inflammable liquids for heating, lighting or any other purpose is expressly prohibited.  Explosives or other articles deemed extra hazardous shall not be brought into the Project.
   

  

  
   13.
   
    Parking any type of recreational vehicles is specifically prohibited on or about the Project.  Except for the overnight parking of operative vehicles, no vehicle of any type shall be stored in the parking areas at any time.  In the event that a vehicle is disabled, it shall be removed within 48 hours.  There shall be no “For Sale” or other advertising signs on or about any parked vehicle.  All vehicles shall be parked in the designated parking areas in conformity with all signs and other markings.  All parking will be open parking, and no reserved parking, numbering or lettering of individual spaces will be permitted except as specified by Landlord or otherwise set forth in the Lease.
   

  

  
   14.
   
    Tenant shall maintain the Premises free from rodents, insects and other pests.
   

  

  
   15.
   
    Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Rules and Regulations of the Project.
   

  

  
   16.
   
    Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness.  Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of Tenant by the janitors or any other employee or person.
   

  

  
   17.
   
    Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any defects in the water, lawn sprinkler, sewage, gas pipes, electrical lights and fixtures, heating apparatus, or any other service equipment affecting the Premises.
   

  

  
   18.
   
    Tenant shall not permit storage outside the Premises, including without limitation, outside storage of trucks and other vehicles, or dumping of waste or refuse or permit any harmful materials to be placed in any drainage system or sanitary system in or about the Premises.
   

  

  
   19.
   
    All moveable trash receptacles provided by the trash disposal firm for the Premises must be kept in the trash enclosure areas, if any, provided for that purpose.
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 745146120.5		

  

  Rules and Regulations	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 2

  
   20.
   
    No auction, public or private, will be permitted on the Premises or the Project.
   

  

  
   21.
   
    No awnings shall be placed over the windows in the Premises except with the prior written consent of Landlord.
   

  

  
   22.
   
    The Premises shall not be used for lodging, sleeping or cooking (except that Tenant may use microwave ovens, toasters and coffee makers in the Premises for the benefit of Tenant’s employees and contractors in an area designated for such items, but only if the use thereof is at all times supervised by the individual using the same) or for any immoral or illegal purposes or for any purpose other than that specified in the Lease.  No commercial gaming/gambling devices shall be operated in the Premises..
   

  

  
   23.
   
    Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of electrical current which can safely be used in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of the electrical wiring in the Project and the Premises and the needs of other tenants, and shall not use more than such safe capacity.  Landlord’s consent to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation not to use more electricity than such safe capacity.
   

  

  
   24.
   
    Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage.
   

  

  
   25.
   
    Tenant shall not install or operate on the Premises any machinery or mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant’s ordinary use of the Premises and shall keep all such machinery free of vibration, noise and air waves which may be transmitted beyond the Premises that would interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Project.
   

  

  
   26.
   
    Tenant shall cause any vendors and other service providers providing regular service at the Project (including, service providers hired by Tenant to perform services with respect to the Building Systems or to perform janitorial and/or waste removal services with respect to the Premises) hired by Tenant to perform services at the Premises or the Project to maintain in effect workers’ compensation insurance as required by Legal Requirements and reasonable commercial general liability insurance with coverage amounts reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  Tenant shall cause such vendors and service providers to name Landlord and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. as additional insureds under such policies and shall provide Landlord with certificates of insurance evidencing the required coverages (and showing Landlord and Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. as additional insureds under such policies) prior to the applicable vendor or service provider providing any services to Tenant at the Project.
   

  

  
   27.
   
    Neither Tenant nor any of the Tenant Parties shall have the right to photograph, videotape, film, digitally record or by any other means record, transmit and/or distribute any images, pictures or videos of all or any portion of the Premises or the Project that could reasonably identify the Project or the name of the Project, or that identify Landlord or any other tenants or any affiliates of Landlord or any other tenants.  The foregoing is not meant to prohibit individual employees from taking and disseminating photos of themselves or other people within the Premises or at the Project so long as neither the Building nor any proprietary information, equipment or improvements of Landlord are included within such photos.
   

  

  
   28.
   
    Tenant shall regularly review the guidelines published by the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and any state and/or local Governmental Authorities, and will implement the practices and procedures suggested thereby, as well as industry standard best practices, to prevent the spread of Infectious Conditions, including, without limitation, COVID-19.
   

  

  
   29.
   
    Landlord shall have the right to (a) require tenants to implement and enforce reasonable screening and tracking protocols intended to identify and track the activity at the Project of employees, agents, contractors and visitors seeking access to or accessing the Premises and or the Project exhibiting flu-like symptoms or symptoms consistent with those associated with any currently known or unknown Infectious Conditions including, without limitation, COVID-19 (collectively, “Symptoms”), (b) require tenant employees, agents, contractors and visitors to comply with reasonable screening and tracking protocols 
   

  

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 745146120.5		

  

  Rules and Regulations	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 3

  
   
    implemented by Landlord, Landlord’s property manager and/or any operator of Project Amenities, intended to identify and track the activity at the Project of individuals seeking access to or accessing the Premises or the Project (including the Project Amenities) exhibiting Symptoms, (c) require tenants to implement and enforce protocols to prohibit individuals exhibiting Symptoms, from accessing the Premises and/or the Project, (d) require tenants to immediately report to Landlord incidences of (i) tenant employees, agents, contractors and visitors accessing the Premises or any portion of the Project while exhibiting Symptoms, and/or (ii) tenant employees, agents, contractors and visitors known to have accessed the Premises or the Project being diagnosed with an Infectious Condition including, without limitation, COVID-19.
   

  

  
   30.
   
    Landlord may exclude or expel from the Project any person that has Symptoms associated with any currently known or unknown Infectious Condition including, without limitation, COVID-19.
   

  

  
   31.
   
    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if, at any time during the Term, Landlord becomes aware that any Tenant Party exhibiting Symptoms and/or diagnosed with an Infectious Condition had access to the Premises or any portion of the Project (including, without limitation, the Project Amenities), Tenant shall be responsible for any costs incurred by Landlord to perform additional or deep cleaning of the Premises and/or the Common Areas of the Project or to take other measures deemed reasonably necessary or prudent by Landlord which are intended to limit the spread of such Infectious Condition due to such Tenant Party’s presence at the Project.
   

  

   

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 745146120.5		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 1

  EXHIBIT F TO LEASE

  TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

  None. 

   

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 745146120.5		

  

  	840 Winter – Suite 100/Intellia - Page 1

  EXHIBIT G TO LEASE

  BUILDING SIGN LOCATION

   

   DOCVARIABLE #DNDocID \* MERGEFORMAT 745146120.5Document

Exhibit 4.23

SABINE PASS LIQUEFACTION, LLC

AND EACH GUARANTOR THAT MAY BECOME PARTY HERETO

 __________________  

INDENTURE  

Dated as of December 15, 2021  

__________________ 

The Bank of New York Mellon

Trustee

TABLE OF CONTENTS

									
	ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	1
			
	Section 1.01	Definitions.	1
	Section 1.02	Other Definitions.	52
	Section 1.03	[Reserved.]	53
	Section 1.04	Rules of Construction.	53
			
	ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES	54
			
	Section 2.01	Form and Dating.	54
	Section 2.02	Interest and Principal on the Notes.	54
	Section 2.03	Adjustment to Payment Schedule.	54
	Section 2.04	Execution and Authentication.	55
	Section 2.05	Registrar and Paying Agent; Depositary.	55
	Section 2.06	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.	56
	Section 2.07	Holder Lists.	56
	Section 2.08	Replacement Notes.	56
	Section 2.09	Outstanding Notes.	56
	Section 2.10	Treasury Notes.	57
	Section 2.11	Temporary Notes.	57
	Section 2.12	Cancellation.	58
	Section 2.13	Defaulted Interest.	58
			
	ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO PURCHASE NOTES	58
			
	Section 3.01	Notices to Trustee.	58
	Section 3.02	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.	59
	Section 3.03	Notice of Redemption.	59
	Section 3.04	Effect of Notice of Redemption.	60
	Section 3.05	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.	60
	Section 3.06	Notes Redeemed in Part.	61
	Section 3.07	Optional Redemption.	61
	Section 3.08	Open Market Purchases; No Mandatory Redemption or Sinking Fund.	63
	Section 3.09	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds or Excess Loss Proceeds.	63
	Section 3.10	Allocation of Partial Prepayments	65
			
	ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS	66
			
	Section 4.01	Payment of Notes.	66
	Section 4.02	Maintenance of Office or Agency.	66

i

									
	Section 4.03	Information About the Company.	67
	Section 4.04	Compliance Certificates.	69
	Section 4.05	Taxes.	69
	Section 4.06	Restricted Payments.	70
	Section 4.07	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.	71
	Section 4.08	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.	72
	Section 4.09	Asset Sales.	77
	Section 4.10	Liens.	79
	Section 4.11	Business Activities.	79
	Section 4.12	Maintenance of Existence.	79
	Section 4.13	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.	79
	Section 4.14	Events of Loss.	81
	Section 4.15	Access.	82
	Section 4.16	Insurance.	82
	Section 4.17	Compliance with Law.	83
	Section 4.18	Use of Proceeds of Secured Debt.	83
	Section 4.19	Project Document Termination Payments.	83
	Section 4.20	LNG Sales Contracts.	84
	Section 4.21	Project Documents.	84
	Section 4.22	Project Construction; Maintenance of Properties.	85
	Section 4.23	Maintenance of Liens.	85
	Section 4.24	Credit Rating Agencies.	85
	Section 4.25	Additional Note Guarantees.	85
	Section 4.26	Separateness.	86
	Section 4.27	Payments for Consent.	86
	Section 4.28	Books and Records.	86
	Section 4.29	Economic Sanctions, Etc.	86
	Section 4.30	Changes in Covenants when Notes No Longer Rated Investment Grade.	87
			
	ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS	89
			
	Section 5.01	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.	89
	Section 5.02	Successor Corporation Substituted.	91
			
	ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	91
			
	Section 6.01	Events of Default.	91
	Section 6.02	Acceleration.	98
	Section 6.03	Other Remedies.	98
	Section 6.04	Waiver of Past Defaults.	98
	Section 6.05	Control by Majority. 	99
	Section 6.06	Limitation on Suits.	99
	Section 6.07	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.	99

ii

									
	Section 6.08	Collection Suit by Trustee.	100
	Section 6.09	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.	100
	Section 6.10	Priorities.	100
	Section 6.11	Undertaking for Costs.	101
			
	ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE	101
			
	Section 7.01	Duties of Trustee.	101
	Section 7.02	Rights of Trustee.	102
	Section 7.03	Individual Rights of Trustee.	104
	Section 7.04	Trustee’s Disclaimer.	104
	Section 7.05	Notice of Defaults.	105
	Section 7.06	[Reserved.]	105
	Section 7.07	Compensation and Indemnity.	105
	Section 7.08	Replacement of Trustee.	106
	Section 7.09	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	107
	Section 7.10	Eligibility; Disqualification.	107
	Section 7.11	Authorization to Enter Into Accession Agreement.	107
	Section 7.12	Trustee Protective Provisions.	108
	Section 7.13	Tax Withholding.	108
			
	ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	108
			
	Section 8.01	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.	108
	Section 8.02	Legal Defeasance and Discharge.	108
	Section 8.03	Covenant Defeasance.	109
	Section 8.04	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.	110
	Section 8.05	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.	111
	Section 8.06	Repayment to Company.	112
	Section 8.07	Reinstatement.	112
			
	ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	112
			
	Section 9.01	Without Consent of Holders of Notes.	112
	Section 9.02	With Consent of Holders of Notes.	113
	Section 9.03	Decisions under Other Financing Documents.	115
	Section 9.04	Revocation and Effect of Consents.	118
	Section 9.05	Notation on or Exchange of Notes.	118
	Section 9.06	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	118
			
	ARTICLE 10 COLLATERAL AND SECURITY	119
			
	Section 10.01	Security.	119
	Section 10.02	Security Documents.	119

iii

									
	Section 10.03	Collateral.	120
	Section 10.04	Release of Security Interests.	120
	Section 10.05	Release of Collateral. 	120
	Section 10.06	Certificates of the Trustee.	121
	Section 10.07	Termination of Security Interest.	121
			
	ARTICLE 11 NOTE GUARANTEES	121
			
	Section 11.01	Guarantee.	121
	Section 11.02	Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 	122
	Section 11.03	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee Notation.	123
	Section 11.04	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.	123
	Section 11.05	Releases.	125
			
	ARTICLE 12 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	125
			
	Section 12.01	Satisfaction and Discharge.	125
	Section 12.02	Application of Trust Money.	127
			
	ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS	127
			
	Section 13.01	Notices.	127
	Section 13.02	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.	129
	Section 13.03	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.	129
	Section 13.04	Rules by Trustee and Agents.	130
	Section 13.05	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.	130
	Section 13.06	Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction.	130
	Section 13.07	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.	131
	Section 13.08	Successors.	131
	Section 13.09	Severability.	131
	Section 13.10	Counterpart Originals.	131
	Section 13.11	Trustee’s Receipt of Funds to the Extent not Required to be Applied to Payment of the Notes.	132
	Section 13.12	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	132
	Section 13.13	Electronic Means.	132
			
			
	EXHIBITS
			
	Appendix A	PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE NOTES	
	Appendix B	PAYMENT SCHEDULE	
	Exhibit A-1	FORM OF NOTE	
	Exhibit A-2	FORM OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE	
	Exhibit B	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER	

iv

									
	Exhibit C	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE	
	Exhibit D	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE	
	Exhibit E	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE	
	Exhibit F	[Reserved]	
	Exhibit G	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR	
			
			

v

INDENTURE dated as of December 15, 2021 among Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, any Guarantors (as defined herein) that may become a party hereto from time to time, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.

The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) of Notes (as defined herein).

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01    Definitions.

 “2013 Indenture” means the indenture, dated as of February 1, 2013, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 16, 2013, the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 16, 2013, the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 25, 2013, the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2014, the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2014, the Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 3, 2015, the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 14, 2016, the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 19, 2016, the Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 23, 2016, the Tenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 6, 2017 and the Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2020.

“Acceptable Rating Agency” means S&P, Fitch, Moody’s, or any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, including any successor to S&P, Fitch or Moody’s.

“Account” has the meaning given to such term in the Accounts Agreement.

“Accounts Agreement” means the Third Amended and Restated Accounts Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2020, among the Company, the Common Security Trustee and the Accounts Bank, as amended from time to time.

“Accounts Bank” means Citibank, N.A., or any successor to it appointed pursuant to the terms of the Accounts Agreement. 

“Additional Debt Service Reserve Account” means any Additional Debt Service Reserve Account so designated, established and created by the Accounts Bank, as directed by the Company pursuant to the Accounts Agreement, upon the incurrence of any Secured Replacement Debt or Secured Expansion Debt that provides for a “debt service reserve requirement.”

“Additional Material Project Document” means any contract, agreement, letter agreement or other instrument to which the Company becomes a party after the Initial Senior Secured Debt Closing Date that:

(a) replaces or substitutes for an existing Material Project Document; or

(b) (i) contains obligations and liabilities that are in excess of $250,000,000 over its term (including after taking into account all amendments, amendments and restatements, supplements, or waivers to any such contract, agreement, letter agreement or other instrument) and (ii) is for a term that is greater than two years;

provided, that for the purposes of this definition, any series of related transactions shall be considered as one transaction, and all contracts, agreements, letter agreements or other instruments in respect of such transactions shall be considered as one contract, agreement, letter agreement or other instrument, as applicable. 

“Additional Secured Debt” means any of (a) the Secured Expansion Debt, (b) the Secured Replacement Debt, and (c) the Secured Working Capital Debt.

“Administrative Decisions” has the meaning given to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Advance” means a borrowing of a loan, issuance of or drawing upon a letter of credit or the issuance of debt securities pursuant to any Secured Debt Instrument.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly or indirectly Controls, or is under common Control with, or is Controlled by, such Person and, if such Person is an individual, any member of the immediate family (including parents, spouse, children and siblings) of such individual and any trust whose principal beneficiary is such individual or one or more members of such immediate family and any Person who is Controlled by any such member or trust.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the definition of “Affiliate” shall not encompass (a) any individual solely by reason of his or her being a director, officer or employee of any Person and (b)  the Common Security Trustee, the Trustee or any Secured Debt Holder.  

“Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

“Aggregate Other Secured Debt” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of Other Secured Debt.

“Aggregate Secured Bank Debt” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of (i) the Secured Bank Debt and (ii) without duplication, any Additional Secured Debt (other than any Additional Secured Debt that is either (x) Other Secured Debt or (y) loans made primarily by institutional investors, term loan B loans or any other loans made pursuant to one or more credit facilities in which the lenders are not primarily financial institutions engaged in the business of banking).

“Aggregate Secured Debt” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of Secured Debt.

2

 “Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement” means any Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement (other than (A) any terminated Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement, (B) any Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement in relation to which a Bankruptcy has occurred in respect of the counterparty thereof, (C) any Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement not then in effect and (D) any Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement in material payment default or a breach that has resulted in a material non-payment by the counterparty to such Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement) with respect to any Train (a) for which the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company certifying that the In-Service Date has occurred or (b) (i) for which the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company certifying that such Train is under construction pursuant to a validly issued full notice to proceed under an EPC Contract not in material default and (ii) for which the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate from the Independent Engineer certifying that the Indebtedness incurred in respect thereof, together with any equity contribution amount required by such Indebtedness and all Contracted Cash Flows, are sufficient to fund the entirety of the Project Costs of such Train through the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date thereof, plus reasonable contingencies. As of the date of this Indenture, the Train One and Train Two LNG Sales Agreements, the Train Three and Train LNG Four Sales Agreements and the Train 5 LNG Sales Agreement are Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements.

“Applicable Law” means, except as the context may otherwise require, all applicable laws (including common law), rules, regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs and orders of any Government Authority. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

“Asset Sale” means:

(a) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of Sections 4.13 and 5.01, and not by the provisions of Section 4.09; and

(b) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale:

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $50,000,000;

3

(2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) the sale, lease or other disposition of (A) products, services, inventory or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business or (B) equipment or other assets pursuant to a program for the maintenance or upgrading of such equipment or assets and the disposition of obsolete equipment, equipment that is damaged or worn out or assets no longer needed in the business of the Company;

(5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(6) settlement, release, waiver or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business or a grant of a Lien not prohibited by this Indenture;

(7) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.06 or a Permitted Investment;

(8) the sale or other disposition of LNG (or other commercial products);

(9) sales, transfers or other dispositions of Permitted Investments;

(10) sales of Services in the ordinary course of business;

(11) sales of any LNG related to additional liquefaction trains developed by the Company;

(12) transfers or novations of Interest Rate Protection Agreements in accordance with the Common Terms Agreement;

(13) sales or other dispositions of the Improved Facilities (as defined in the Cooperation Agreement);

(14) conveyance to gas transmission companies of gas interconnection or metering facilities built using Capital Expenditures permitted by the Common Terms Agreement;

(15) subject to clause (a) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, the assignment, novation or transfer of any Train Five LNG Sales Agreement, any Train Six LNG Sales Agreements or the CMI LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement and any related agreements by the Company to an Affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that if the Company incurs Expansion Debt in respect of Train Five or Train Six, as applicable, pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, any such assignment, 
4

novation or transfer of any Train Five LNG Sales Agreement or any Train Six LNG Sales Agreement, as applicable, and any related agreements by the Company to an Affiliate of the Company shall constitute an Asset Sale unless it otherwise qualifies under any of the other listed exception in  this “Asset Sales” definition; and

(16) any single transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to the terms of an agreement existing on the Notes Issue Date.

“Authorized Officer” means: (a) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, the chairman, president, senior vice president, vice president, treasurer, assistant treasurer, attorney-in-fact, secretary or assistant secretary of such Person, (b) with respect to any Person that is a partnership, the chairman, president, senior vice president, vice president, treasurer, assistant treasurer, attorney-in-fact, secretary or assistant secretary of a general partner of such Person and (c) with respect to any Person that is a limited liability company, the chairman, president, senior vice president, vice president, treasurer, assistant treasurer, attorney-in-fact, secretary or assistant secretary, the manager, the managing member or a duly appointed officer of such Person.

“Bankruptcy” means, with respect to any Person, the occurrence of any of the following events, conditions or circumstances:

(a) such Person shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or shall file any petition or answer or consent seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief for itself under the Bankruptcy Code or any present or future applicable federal, state or other statute or law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other relief for debtors, or shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, conservator or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties (the term “acquiesce,” as used in this definition, includes the failure to file in a timely manner a petition or motion to vacate or discharge any order, judgment or decree after entry of such order, judgment or decree);

(b) a case or other proceeding shall be commenced against such Person without the consent or acquiescence of such Person seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief with respect to such Person or its debts under the Bankruptcy Code or any present or future applicable federal, state or other statute or law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other relief for debtors, or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 90 consecutive days;

(c) a court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree approving a petition filed against such Person seeking a reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under the Bankruptcy Code, or any other present or future applicable federal, state or other statute or law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other relief for debtors, and such Person shall acquiesce in the entry of such order, judgment or decree or such order, judgment or decree shall remain 
5

undischarged, unvacated or unstayed for 120 days (whether or not consecutive) from the date of entry thereof, or any trustee, receiver, conservator or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its property shall be appointed without the consent or acquiescence of such Person and such appointment shall remain unvacated and unstayed for an aggregate of 120 days (whether or not consecutive);

(d) such Person shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature or shall generally not be paying its debts as they become due;

(e) such Person shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or take any other similar action for the protection or benefit of creditors;

(f) such Person shall take any corporate or partnership action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

(g) an order for relief shall be entered in respect of such Person under the Bankruptcy Code.

“Bankruptcy Code” means the United States Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as heretofore and hereafter amended, and codified as 11 U.S.C. Section 11 et seq.

“Bankruptcy Law” means the Bankruptcy Code and any other state or federal insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar law for the relief of debtors.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time.  The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.

“BG” means BG Gulf Coast LNG, LLC.

“BG FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement” means the Amended and Restated LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement (FOB), dated January 25, 2012, between the Company and BG, as amended from time to time, and, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01(6) and 6.01(8), any replacements thereof entered into with the required approval of the Required Secured Parties or, at any time when there is no Secured Bank Debt outstanding, any replacements thereof meeting the requirements of Section 4.20.

“Blocked Person” means (a) a Person whose name appears on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons published by OFAC, (b) a Person, entity, organization, country or regime that is blocked or a target of sanctions that have been imposed under U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws or (c) a Person that is an agent, department or 
6

instrumentality of, or is otherwise beneficially owned by, Controlled by or acting on behalf of, directly or indirectly, any Person, entity, organization, country or regime described in clause (a) or (b).

“Board of Directors” means: 

(a) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(b) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;

(c) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

(d) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day which is a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are permitted or required by law, regulation or executive order to be closed in New York, New York. 

“Business Interruption Insurance Proceeds” means all proceeds of any insurance policies required pursuant to the Common Terms Agreement or otherwise obtained with respect to the Company or the Project insuring the Company against business interruption or delayed start-up.

“Calculation Date” means the last day of the month immediately preceding a Restricted Payment Date.

“Calculation Period” means, on any Calculation Date, the period commencing twelve months prior to, and ending on, such Calculation Date; provided, that prior to the first anniversary of the DSCR Start Date, the Calculation Period shall mean the period beginning on the first day of the first full month following the DSCR Start Date and ending on, the Calculation Date.

“Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate amount of all expenditures of the Company payable during such period that, in accordance with GAAP, are or should be included in “purchase of property, plant and equipment” or similar items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company.

“Capital Lease Obligations” means, for any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) Property of such Person to the extent such obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP (including Accounting Standards Codification 840-30, Capital Leases of the Financial Accounting Standards Board) and, for 
7

purposes of the Financing Documents, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations, determined in accordance with GAAP (including such ASC 840-30).

“Capital Stock” means:

(a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

 (d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(a) Dollars;

(b) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;

(c) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition thereof, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either S&P or Moody’s (or, if any of such entities cease to provide such ratings, the equivalent rating from any other Acceptable Rating Agency);

(d) certificates of deposit, demand deposit accounts and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better;

(e) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (b), (c) and (d) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above;

(f) commercial paper or tax exempt obligations having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P (or, if any of such entities cease to provide such ratings, the 
8

equivalent rating categories from any other Acceptable Rating Agency) and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; and

(g) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (f) of this definition or a money market fund or a qualified investment fund (including any such fund for which the Trustee or any Affiliate thereof acts as an advisor or a manager) given one of the two highest long-term ratings available from S&P or Moody’s (or, if any of such entities cease to provide such ratings, the equivalent rating categories from any other Acceptable Rating Agency).

“Cash Flow” means, for any period, the sum (without duplication) of the following:  

(a) all cash paid to the Company during such period in connection with the ownership or operation of the Project;

(b) all interest and investment earnings paid to the Company or accrued during such period;

(c) all cash paid to the Company during such period as Business Interruption Insurance Proceeds; and

(d) all cash paid to the Company during the applicable period from any direct or indirect owner of the Company by way of equity contribution or subordinated shareholder loans (in each case as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of the Financing Documents);

provided, however, that Cash Flow shall not include any proceeds of any Senior Debt or any other Indebtedness incurred by the Company; Insurance Proceeds; Condemnation Proceeds; proceeds from any disposition of assets of the Project or the Company other than the sale of capacity and other commercial products in the ordinary course of business and tax refunds.

“Cash Flow Available for Debt Service” means, for any period, an amount equal to the amount of Cash Flow received by the Company during such period minus all operating and maintenance expenses paid during such period.

“Centrica FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement” means the LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement (FOB), dated March 22, 2013, between the Company and Centrica plc, as amended from time to time,  and, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01(6) and 6.01(8), any replacements thereof entered into with the required approval of the Required Secured Parties or, at any time when there is no Secured Bank Debt outstanding, any replacements thereof meeting the requirements of Section 4.20.

“Change of Control” means the Parent shall own, directly or indirectly, less than 50% of the voting and economic interests in the Company; provided that a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if the Company shall have received letters from any two Acceptable Rating Agencies (or if only one Acceptable Rating Agency is then rating the Notes, the 
9

Company shall have received a letter from that Acceptable Rating Agency) to the effect that the Acceptable Rating Agency has considered the contemplated event under this definition and that, if the contemplated event occurs, such Acceptable Rating Agency would reaffirm the then current rating of the Notes as of the date of such event. 

 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

“CMI LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement” means the LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement (FOB), dated May 14, 2012, between the Company and Cheniere Marketing, LLC, as amended from time to time.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

“Collateral”  means the Collateral (as defined in each of the Security Documents).

“Commission” or “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Common Security Trustee” means Société Générale or any successor to it appointed pursuant to the terms of the Security Agency Agreement.

“Common Terms Agreement” means the Third Amended and Restated Common Terms Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2020, among the Loan Parties, the Secured Debt Holder Group Representatives, the Secured Hedge Representatives, the Secured Gas Hedge Representatives, the Common Security Trustee and the Intercreditor Agent, as amended from time to time. 

“Company” means Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC, and any and all successors thereto.

“Condemnation Proceeds” means any amounts and proceeds of any kind (including instruments) payable in respect of any Event of Taking.

“ConocoPhillips License Agreements” means the License Agreements between the Company and ConocoPhillips Company, dated as of May 3, 2012, dated as of May 20, 2015, dated as of December 21, 2012, and dated as of November 8, 2018, as each is amended from time to time.

“Consents” means (a) each consent to collateral assignment required to be entered into pursuant to the Financing Documents, in each case, by and among the Company, the Common Security Trustee and the Persons identified therein and (b) each subordination, non-disturbance, surface use and/or recognition agreement, affidavit of use and possession, estoppel certificate from counterparties to the Real Property Documents required to be entered into pursuant to the Financing Documents.

10

“Construction Account” means the Construction Account so designated, established and created by the Accounts Bank pursuant to the Accounts Agreement.

“Construction/Term Loan” means a loan made by the Secured Bank Debt Holders to the Company in an aggregate amount of up to $3,626,000,000 in accordance with and pursuant to the terms of the Term Loan A Credit Agreement. 

“Consultants” means the Independent Engineer, the Insurance Advisor and the Market Consultant.

“Contest” or “Contested” means, with respect to any Person, with respect to any Taxes or any Lien imposed on Property of such Person (or the related underlying claim for labor, material, supplies or services) by any Government Authority for Taxes or with respect to obligations under ERISA or any Mechanics’ Lien (each, a “Subject Claim”), a contest of the amount, validity or application, in whole or in part, of such Subject Claim pursued in good faith and by appropriate legal, administrative or other proceedings diligently conducted so long as:

(a) during the period of such contest the enforcement of such Subject Claim is effectively stayed and any Lien (including any inchoate Lien) arising by virtue of such Subject Claim and securing amounts in excess of $25,000,000 shall, if required by applicable Government Rule, be effectively secured by posting of cash collateral or a surety bond (or similar instrument) by a reputable surety company;

(b) no Secured Party or any of its officers, directors or employees has been or could reasonably be expected to be exposed to any risk of criminal or civil liability or sanction in connection with such contested items;

(c) the failure to pay such Subject Claim under the circumstances described above could not otherwise reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d) any contested item determined to be due, together with any interest or penalties thereon, is promptly paid when due after resolution of such Contest, if required by such resolution.  The term “Contest” used as a verb shall have a correlative meaning.

“Contracted Cash Flow” means the sum of (a) the projected cash to be received by the Company with respect to Monthly Sales Charges or the fixed price component based on FOB LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements that, at the time of such incurrence, are in effect and not in material default, plus (b) the projected cash to be received by the Company with respect to Monthly Sales Charges (or the fixed price component) based on LNG sales contracts that, at the time of such incurrence, are in effect and not in material payment default or a breach that has resulted in a material non-payment by the counterparty to such agreement and are with counterparties that (1) have an Investment Grade Rating from at least two Acceptable Rating Agencies, or who provide a guaranty from an affiliate that has at least two of such ratings or (2) have a direct or indirect parent with an Investment Grade Rating from at least one Acceptable Rating Agency and either the counterparty or an affiliate of such counterparty who is providing a 
11

guaranty has a tangible net worth in excess of $15,000,000,000, minus (c) the fixed expenses that could reasonably be expected to be incurred if the counterparties to the FOB LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements and such other LNG sales agreements were not lifting any cargoes from the Company; provided that for the purposes of Section 4.08(a)(2), it shall not be a material default, material payment default or a breach that has resulted in a material non-payment under clause (a) or clause (b) of this definition, as applicable, if (A) a Bankruptcy has occurred in respect of the applicable counterparty to such FOB LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement or such LNG sales contract, as applicable, and the bankruptcy court enters an order permitting the assumption of the applicable FOB LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement or LNG sales contract or (B) such counterparty continues to meet its contractual obligations thereunder.

“Contracted Cash Flow Available for Debt Service” means, for any period, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the amount set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of the definition of Contracted Cash Flow expected to be received by the Company during such period, minus (ii) the amount set forth in clause (c) of the definition of Contracted Cash Flow expected to be paid during such period plus (iii) any amounts expected to be received pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) of the definition of Cash Flow during such period.

“Control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) and, in any event, any Person owning at least 50% of the voting securities of another Person shall be deemed to Control that Person.

“Controlled Entity” means (a) any of the Subsidiaries of the Company and any of their or the Company’s respective Controlled Affiliates and (b) Parent and its Controlled Affiliates.

“Cooperation Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Cooperation Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2015, between the Company and SPLNG, as amended from time to time.

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” means the address of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date of the execution of this instrument is located at the address specified in Section 13.01 or such other address as to which the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Company).

“Covered Action” means:

(a) any consent to a Modification of or under any Financing Document by the Intercreditor Agent, the Common Security Trustee or any Secured Party, other than any Permitted Modification;

(b) any instruction given to the Common Security Trustee under or with respect to any Financing Document; and 
12

(c) any exercise of discretion by the Intercreditor Agent, a Secured Debt Holder Group Representative or the Common Security Trustee under or with respect to any Financing Document to the extent the Intercreditor Agent, Secured Debt Holder Group Representative or the Common Security Trustee requests instruction, in each case other than certain Administrative Decisions permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement.

“CQP Indemnity Letter” means that certain indemnity letter, dated as of July 31, 2012, between the Parent and the Company with respect to Leases, Sublease and the Sabine Liquefaction TUA.

“CQP Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2012, between the Parent and the Common Security Trustee.

“Creole Trail Pipeline Transportation Agreement” means the Firm Transportation Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2015, between the Company and Cheniere Creole Trail Pipeline, L.P. pursuant to the Creole Trail Precedent Agreement.

“Creole Trail Precedent Agreement” means the Transportation Precedent Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2012, between the Company and Cheniere Creole Trail Pipeline, L.P., as amended by that certain First Amendment to Transportation Precedent Agreement Firm Transportation Services, dated as of November 5, 2012, as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Transportation Precedent Agreement Firm Transportation Services, dated as of March 11, 2015.

“CTA Event of Default” means any of the events described in Section 9 (Events of Default for Secured Debt) in the Common Terms Agreement.

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

“Debt Service” means, for any period, the sum of (without duplication):

(a) all fees scheduled to become due and payable (or, for purposes of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, accrued or paid) during such period in respect of any Senior Debt;

(b) interest on the Senior Debt (taking into account any Interest Rate Protection Agreements) scheduled to become due and payable (or for the purposes of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, accrued or paid) during such period;

(c) scheduled principal payments of the Senior Debt to become due and payable (or, for purposes of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, accrued or paid) during such period;

(d) all payments due or anticipated to become due (or, for purposes of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, accrued or paid) by the Company pursuant to and provision in respect of 
13

increased costs or taxes under any Secured Bank Debt with respect to such principal, interest and fees and similar payments under any Senior Debt Instrument; and

(e) any indemnity payments due to any of the Secured Parties.  

“Debt Service Coverage Ratio” or “DSCR” means, at any date, the ratio of Cash Flow Available for Debt Service for the preceding 12-month period to the aggregate amount required to service the Company’s Debt Service payable for the preceding 12-month period (excluding Working Capital Debt, all Indebtedness or Guarantees incurred pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p) and (q) of Section 4.08, and all Indebtedness or Guarantees that would have been permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p) and (q) of Section 4.08 of the 2013 Indenture prior to the Investment Grade Date and the scheduled principal payment of any Senior Debt that has bullet maturities or balloon payments at maturity or in the final year prior to maturity); provided, that for purposes of Section 4.06, any DSCR calculation performed prior to the first anniversary of the DSCR Start Date will be based on the number of months elapsed since the DSCR Start Date; provided, further, that the Company may exclude from any DSCR calculation the Cash Flow Available for Debt Service and the prorated aggregate amount required to service the Company’s Debt Service attributable to any month in which a Force Majeure Event had occurred or was continuing for up to twelve months in any period for which any DSCR calculation is performed. 

“Debt Service Reserve Account” means any Debt Service Reserve Account so designated, established and created by the Accounts Bank pursuant to the Accounts Agreement.

“Default” means an Event of Default or CTA Event of Default, as applicable, or an event or condition which, with the giving of notice, lapse of time or upon a declaration or determination being made (or any combination thereof), would become an Event of Default or CTA Event of Default, as applicable.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof, issued in accordance with Section 2.3 of Appendix A, and substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

“Default Contracts” means any Default LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement and the Sabine Liquefaction TUA.

“Default LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement” means:

(a) at any time following Substantial Completion of Train Four, any Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement if (i) such Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement, together with any other Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement that is a Default LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement, accounts for more than 25% of the net revenues of the Company for the prior twelve months and are anticipated to account for at least 25% of the net revenues of the Company over the following twelve months and (ii) such Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement, together 
14

with any other Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement that is a Default LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement, has a remaining term of more than four years; and

(b) at all other times, any of the Train One and Train Two LNG Sales Agreements and, if the Company incurs Expansion Debt in respect of Train Three and Train Four pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, any of the Train Three and Train Four LNG Sales Agreements. 

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.05 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

“Designated Voting Party” means, at any time, with respect to any Secured Debt Instrument, (i) the Secured Debt Holder Group Representative of such Secured Debt Holder Group or (ii) such other Person which has been authorized to act as a Designated Voting Party by the Secured Debt Holder Group Representative of such Secured Debt Holder Group in a written notice given to the Intercreditor Agent and each other Secured Debt Holder Group Representative.

“Development” means the development, acquisition, ownership, occupation, construction, equipping, testing, repair, operation, maintenance and use of the Project and the purchase and sale of natural gas and the sale of LNG, the export of LNG from the Project (and, if elected, the import of LNG to the extent the Company has all necessary Government Approvals therefor), the transportation of natural gas to the Project by third parties, and the sale of other Services or other products or by-products of the Project and all activities incidental thereto, in each case in accordance with the Transaction Documents.  “Develop” and “Developed” shall have the correlative meanings.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the covenant in Section 4.06.  The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

15

“Distribution Account” means the Distribution Account so designated, established and created by the Accounts Bank pursuant to the Accounts Agreement.

“DOE/FE” means the United States Department of Energy Office of Fossil Energy or any successor thereto having jurisdiction over the import of LNG to and the export of LNG from the Project.
“Dollars” and “$” means lawful money of the United States.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company.

“DSCR Start Date” means September 15, 2016.

“EPC Contractor” means Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc. or, in the case of the EPC Contract with respect to Train Six, the relevant contractor under such EPC Contract.

“EPC Contract” means any of the Train One and Train Two EPC Contract, the Train Three and Train Four EPC Contract, the Train Five EPC Contract, the Stage 4 EPC Contract and any engineering, procurement and construction contract entered into by the Company related to the construction of Train Six, as applicable.

“Equity Contribution Amount” means $1,890,000,000.

“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, any of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination, in each such case including all voting rights and economic rights related thereto.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V. or any successor securities clearing agency.

16

“Event of Abandonment” means any of the following shall have occurred:

(a) the abandonment, suspension or cessation of all or a material portion of the activities related to the Development for a period in excess of 60 consecutive days  (other than as a result of force majeure so long as the Company is diligently attempting to restart the Development);

(b) a formal, public announcement by the Company of a decision to abandon or indefinitely defer or suspend the Development for any reason; or

(c) the Company shall make any filing with FERC giving notice of the intent or requesting authority to abandon the Development  for any reason.

“Event of Loss” means any  event that causes the Pipeline or any Property of the Company, or any portion thereof, to be damaged, destroyed or rendered unfit for normal use for any reason whatsoever, and shall include an Event of Taking.

“Event of Taking” means any taking, seizure, confiscation, requisition, exercise of rights of eminent domain, public improvement, inverse condemnation, condemnation or similar action of or proceeding by any Government Authority relating to all or any part of the Pipeline or the Project, any Equity Interests in the Company or any other part of the Collateral.

 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Expansion Debt” means additional senior secured or unsecured Indebtedness to finance the development of additional Trains and to be incurred after the Notes Issue Date. 

“Export Credit Agency” means any export credit agency or similar financial institution.

“Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements” means, collectively, the Train One and Train Two LNG Sales Agreements, the Train Three and Train Four LNG Sales Agreements, the Train Five LNG Sales Agreement and any additional LNG sales agreements entered into by the Company.

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture). 

“FATCA Withholding Tax” means any withholding Tax pursuant to an agreement described in Section 1471(b) of the Code or otherwise imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (and any regulations or agreements thereunder or official interpretations thereof) or any intergovernmental agreement between the United States and another jurisdiction facilitating the implementation thereof (or any law implementing such an intergovernmental agreement).

17

“Fee Letters” means the Intercreditor Agent Fee Letter, and the Fee Letters, as defined in the Common Terms Agreement.

“FERC” means the United States Federal Energy Regulatory Commission or any successor thereto having jurisdiction over the transportation of natural gas through, or the siting, construction or operation of, the Project.

“Final Completion” has the meaning assigned to the term “Final Completion” in the Train One and Train Two EPC Contract.

“Financing Documents” means each of:

(a) the Common Terms Agreement;

(b) this Indenture and any additional indentures entered into in connection with the issuance of any additional Senior Bonds;

(c) each other Secured Debt Instrument;

(d) each of the Security Documents;

(e) the Security Agency Agreement;

(f) the Intercreditor Agreement;

(g) the Notes;

(h) the Permitted Hedging Agreements;

(i) the Fee Letters;

(j) the CQP Indemnity Letter; 

(k) the Hedge Opportunity Letter;

(l) the Notarial Assignment;

(m) the other financing and security agreements, documents and instruments delivered in connection with the Common Terms Agreement; and

(n) each other document designated as a Financing Document by the Company and each Secured Debt Holder Group Representative.

18

“Fiscal Quarter” means each three-month period commencing on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of any Fiscal Year and ending on the next March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, respectively.

“Fiscal Year” means any period of 12 consecutive calendar months beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Ltd.

“FOB Sale and Purchase Agreements” means, collectively, the BG FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement, the Centrica FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement, the GN FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement, the KoGas FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement, the GAIL FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement, the Total FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement, the Petronas FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement, the Vitol FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement and any “Qualified FOB Sale and Purchase Agreements” under and as defined in the Common Terms Agreement.

“Force Majeure Event” means the occurrence of a Force Majeure event under any of the Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements.  

“Fundamental Decision” means:

(a)Modifying Article V (Application of Funds) of the Accounts Agreement, other than Section 5.08 (Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds Account) of the Accounts Agreement, and defined terms used therein;

(b)Modifying any of the provisions of Section 2.1 (Granting Clause) of the Security Agreement or Section 2.1 (Granting Clause) of the Pledge Agreement or any other provision of the Financing Documents governing the granting of or priority of the Liens over the Security; and
(c)Modifying the definition of “Project Completion Date” as set out in the Common Terms Agreement.

“Fundamental Government Approvals” the approvals and permits issued by FERC and DOE/FE as set forth on Schedule 4.6(a) of the Common Terms Agreement, and, when obtained, the approvals and permits issued by FERC and DOE/FE as set forth on Schedule 4.6(b) of the Common Terms Agreement.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied. 

“GAIL” means GAIL (India) Limited.
19

“GAIL FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement” means the LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement (FOB), dated December 11, 2011, between the Company and GAIL, as amended from time to time,  and, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01(6) and 6.01(8), any replacements thereof entered into with the required approval of the Required Secured Parties or, at any time when there is no Secured Bank Debt outstanding, any replacements thereof meeting the requirements of Section 4.20.

“Gas” means any hydrocarbon or mixture of hydrocarbons consisting predominantly of methane which is in a gaseous state.

“Gas Hedge Provider” means any party (other than the Loan Parties or any of their Affiliates) that is a party to a Permitted Hedging Agreement described in clause (b) of the definition thereof that is secured by a Security in the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents.

“Gas Hedge Termination Value” means the amount of any termination payment owed by the Company to a Gas Hedge Provider under a Secured Gas Hedge Instrument, or to any other counterparty under a Gas hedge agreement that is not a Secured Gas Hedge Instrument, in either case upon the termination of the Secured Gas Hedge Instrument or such other Gas hedge agreement that is not a Secured Gas Hedge Instrument as a result of a party’s default thereunder.

“General Partner” means Cheniere Energy Partners GP, LLC.

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.3(g)(2) of Appendix A.

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.3 of Appendix A.

“GN FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement” means the LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement (FOB), dated November 21, 2011, between the Company and Naturgy LNG GOM, Limited (formerly Gas Natural Fenosa LNG GOM, Limited), as amended from time to time, and, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01(6) and 6.01(8), any replacements thereof entered into with the required approval of the Required Secured Parties or, at any time when there is no Secured Bank Debt outstanding, any replacements thereof meeting the requirements of Section 4.20.

“Government Approval” means (a) any authorization, consent, approval, license, lease, ruling, permit, tariff, rate, certification, waiver, exemption, filing, variance, claim, order, judgment or decree of, by or with, (b) any required notice to, (c) any declaration of or with or (d) any registration by or with, any Government Authority.

“Government Authority” means any supra-national, federal, state or local government or political subdivision thereof or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory 
20

or administrative functions of or pertaining to government and having jurisdiction over the Person or matters in question.

“Government Rule” means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, judgment, order, decree, directive, requirement of, or other governmental restriction or any similar binding form of decision of or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Government Authority, including all common law, which is applicable to any Person, whether now or hereafter in effect.

“Government Securities” means securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged.

“Guarantee” means a guarantee, an endorsement, a contingent agreement to purchase or to furnish funds for the payment or maintenance of, or otherwise to be or become contingently liable under or with respect to, the Indebtedness, other obligations, net worth, working capital or earnings of any Person, or a guarantee of the payment of dividends or other distributions upon the stock or equity interests of any Person, or an agreement to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) Property of any Person, products, materials, supplies or services primarily for the purpose of enabling a debtor to make payment of his, her or its obligations or an agreement to assure a creditor against loss, and including causing a bank or other financial institution to issue a letter of credit or other similar instrument for the benefit of another Person, but excluding (a) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business and (b) customary non-financial indemnity or hold harmless provisions included in contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.  The terms “Guarantee” and “Guaranteed” used as verbs shall have correlative meanings.

“Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date” means the “Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date” or any equivalent term, with respect to each Train, as defined in the applicable EPC Contract.

“Guarantors” means each Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and each such Person’s respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

“Hedge Opportunity Letter” means the Hedge Opportunity Letter, dated as of July 11, 2012, among the Company, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., Union Bank, N.A., Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, HSBC Securities (USA), Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Royal Bank of Canada, SG Americas Securities, LLC, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, Standard Chartered Bank, and Sovereign Bank, N.A.

21

“Hedge Termination Value” means, in respect of any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement to which the Company is a party relating to such Interest Rate Protection Agreement, for any date on or after the date such Interest Rate Protection Agreement has been closed out and termination value determined in accordance therewith, such termination value.

“Hedging Agreement” means any agreement in respect of any interest rate, swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, commodity future, interest rate option, interest or commodity cap, interest or commodity collar transaction, currency swap agreement, currency future or option contract, or other similar agreements.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

“IAI Global Note” means a Global Note issued in accordance with Section 2.1(c)(1)(B) of Appendix A.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary whose total assets, as of that date, are less than $5,000,000 and whose total revenues for the most recent 12-month period do not exceed $5,000,000.

“Impairment” means, with respect to any Government Approval;

(a) the rescission, revocation, staying, withdrawal, early termination, cancellation, repeal or invalidity thereof or otherwise ceasing to be in full force and effect;

(b) the suspension or injunction thereof; or

(c) the inability to satisfy in a timely manner stated conditions to effectiveness or amendment, modification or supplementation thereof in whole or in part.  The verb “Impair” shall have a correlative meaning.

“In-Service Date” means (a) with respect to Train One, May 27, 2016, and with respect to Train Two, September 15, 2016, and (b) with respect to the EPC Contract with respect to any other Train, the date when the Independent Engineer shall have certified in writing to the Trustee that “substantial completion” (based on the corresponding defined term in such EPC Contract) of such Train has occurred. 

“Indebtedness” of any Person means without duplication:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or in respect of deposits or advances of any kind;

(b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements, or similar instruments;

22

(c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid;

(d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property or are otherwise limited in recourse);

(e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business);

(f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed;

(g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others;

(h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;

(i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bank guaranties, surety bonds, letters of guaranty and similar instruments;

(j) all obligations of such Person in respect of any Hedging Agreement;

(k) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances; and

(l) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interests of such Person or any other Person or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such Equity Interests, valued, in the case of redeemable preferred interests, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends.

The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Independent Engineer” means Lummus Consultants International, Inc. (f/k/a Shaw Consultants International, Inc.) and any replacement thereof appointed by the Required Secured Parties and, if no CTA Event of Default shall then be occurring, after consultation with the Company.
23

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

“Initial Senior Secured Debt Closing Date” means July 31, 2012.

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who is not also a QIB.

“Insurance Advisor” means Aon Risk Services and any replacement thereof appointed by the Required Secured Parties and, if no CTA Event of Default shall then be occurring, after consultation with the Company.

“Insurance Proceeds” means all proceeds of any insurance policies required pursuant to the Common Terms Agreement or otherwise obtained with respect to the Company or the Project that are paid or payable to or for the account of the Company as loss payee (other than Business Interruption Insurance Proceeds and proceeds of insurance policies relating to third party liability).

“Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds Account” means the Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds Account so designated, established and created by the Accounts Bank pursuant to the Accounts Agreement.

“Intercreditor Agent” means Société Générale or any successor to it, appointed pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Intercreditor Agent Fee Letter” means the Fee Letter, dated as of July 31, 2012, between the Company and the Intercreditor Agent.

“Intercreditor Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2015, among the Secured Bank Debt Holder Group Representatives, each other Secured Debt Holder Group Representative party thereto, the Secured Hedge Representatives, the Secured Gas Hedge Representatives, the Common Security Trustee and the Intercreditor Agent, as amended from time to time.

“Intercreditor Vote” means, at any time, a vote conducted in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article 3 (Voting and Decision-Making) of the Intercreditor Agreement among the Designated Voting Parties entitled to vote with respect to the particular decision at issue at such time.

“Interest Rate Protection Agreements” means each interest rate swap, collar, put, or cap, or other interest rate protection arrangement between the Company and a Qualified Counterparty.

24

“International LNG Terminal Standards” means to the extent not inconsistent with the express requirements of the Common Terms Agreement, the international standards and practices applicable to the design, construction, equipment, operation or maintenance of LNG receiving, exporting, liquefaction and regasification terminals, established by the following (such standards to apply in the following order of priority): (a) a Government Authority having jurisdiction over the Company, (b) the SIGTTO or any successor body of the same) and (c) any other internationally recognized non -governmental agency or organization with whose standards and practices it is customary for reasonable and prudent operators of LNG receiving, exporting, liquefaction and regasification terminals to comply.  In the event of a conflict between any of the priorities noted above, the priority with the lowest Roman numeral noted above shall prevail.

“International LNG Vessel Standards” means to the extent not inconsistent with the express requirements of the Common Terms Agreement, the  international standards and practices applicable to the ownership, design, equipment, operation or maintenance of LNG vessels established by: (a) the International Maritime Organization, (b) the Oil Companies International Marine Forum, (c) SIGTTO (or any successor body of the same), (d) the International Navigation Association, (e) the International Association of Classification Societies, and (f) any other internationally recognized agency or non-governmental organization with whose standards and practices it is customary for reasonable and prudent operators of LNG vessels to comply.  In the event of a conflict between any of the priorities noted above, the priority with the lowest Roman numeral noted above shall prevail.

“Investment” means, for any Person:

(a) the acquisition (whether for cash, Property of such Person, services or securities or otherwise) of capital stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any other Person or any agreement to make any such acquisition (including any “short sale” or any other sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by the Person entering into such sale);

(b) the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other Person (including the purchase of Property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such Property to such Person, but excluding any such advance, loan or extension of credit having a term not exceeding 90 days representing the purchase price of inventory or supplies sold in the ordinary course of business); and

(c) the entering into of any Guarantee of, or other contingent obligation (other than an indemnity which is not a Guarantee) with respect to, Indebtedness or other liability of any other Person;

provided, that Investment shall not include amounts deposited pursuant to the escrow agreement entered with respect to disputed amounts under any EPC Contract.

“Investment Grade Date” means January 9, 2017. 
25

“Investment Grade Issue Rating” means Baa3 or better by Moody’s, BBB- or better by Fitch, BBB- or better by S&P or, if any of such entities cease to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the control of the Company, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other Acceptable Rating Agency selected by the Company as a replacement agency.

“Investment Grade Rating” means Baa3 or better by Moody’s, BBB- or better by Fitch, BBB- or better by S&P or the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other Acceptable Rating Agency.

“Issue Date” means the first date of original issuance of the Notes under this Indenture.

“KMLP Pipeline Transportation Agreement” means the Transportation Rate Schedule FTS Agreement, dated December 8, 2017, by and between Kinder Morgan Louisiana Pipeline Company LLC and the Company, as amended. 

“KoGas” means Korea Gas Corporation.

“KoGas FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement” means the LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement (FOB), dated January 30, 2012, between the Company and KoGas, as amended from time to time, and, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01(6) and 6.01(8), any replacements thereof entered into with the required approval of the Required Secured Parties or, at any time when there is no Secured Bank Debt outstanding, any replacements thereof meeting the requirements of Section 4.20.

 “Lease Agreements” means:

(a) that certain real property lease agreement between Crain Lands, LLC, as lessor, and the Company, as lessee, dated December 5, 2011; and

(b) that certain real property lease agreement between Crain Lands, LLC, as lessor, and the Company, as lessee, dated June 21, 2019 but effective as of November 1, 2011, 

both as may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Lien” means, with respect to any Property (including, without limitation, the Project) of any Person, any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, encumbrance, bailment, lien, privilege or other security interest, including any sale-leaseback arrangement, any conditional sale, other title retention agreement, tax lien, lien (statutory or otherwise), easement or right of way in respect of such Property of such Person.  For purposes of the Financing Documents, a Person shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any Property which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement (other than an operating lease) relating to such Property.

26

“LNG” means Gas in a liquid state at or below its boiling point at a pressure of approximately one atmosphere.

“Loan Parties” means the Company  and each subsidiary of the Company party to the Common Terms Agreement from time to time.

“Majority Aggregate Other Secured Debt Participants” means, at any time with respect to any decision, the Designated Voting Parties under any one or more Secured Debt Instruments that constitute all or part of the Other Secured Debt that, when their allotted votes are cast pursuant to Section 3.3 (Intercreditor Votes; Each Party’s Entitlement to Vote) of the Intercreditor Agreement and Section 3.4 (Casting of Votes) of the Intercreditor Agreement, exceed 50% of the votes eligible to be cast by such Designated Voting Parties regarding such decision; provided, however, that a Modification that has been the subject of a Rating Affirmation shall be deemed to have been approved by votes cast pursuant to Section 3.3 (Intercreditor Votes; Each Party’s Entitlement to Vote) of the Intercreditor Agreement and Section 3.4 (Casting of Votes) of the Intercreditor Agreement, exceeding 50% of the votes eligible to be cast by such Designated Voting Parties regarding the Modification that has been the subject of such Rating Affirmation.

“Majority Aggregate Secured Bank Debt Participants” means, at any time with respect to any decision, the Designated Voting Parties under any one or more Secured Debt Instruments that constitute all or part of the Aggregate Secured Bank Debt that, when their allotted votes are cast pursuant to Section 3.3 (Intercreditor Votes; Each Party’s Entitlement to Vote) of the Intercreditor Agreement and Section 3.4 (Casting of Votes) of the Intercreditor Agreement, exceed 50% of the votes eligible to be cast by such Designated Voting Parties regarding such decision.

 “Majority Secured Debt Participants” means, at any time with respect to any relevant decision, the Designated Voting Parties under any one or more Secured Debt Instruments that, when their allotted votes are cast pursuant to Section 3.3 (Intercreditor Votes; Each Party’s Entitlement to Vote) of the Intercreditor Agreement and Section 3.4 (Casting of Votes) of the Intercreditor Agreement, exceed 50% of the votes eligible to be cast by all Designated Voting Parties regarding such decision; provided, however, that a Modification that has been the subject of a Rating Affirmation shall be deemed to have been approved by votes cast pursuant to Section 3.3 (Intercreditor Votes; Each Party’s Entitlement to Vote) of the Intercreditor Agreement and Section 3.4 (Casting of Votes) of the Intercreditor Agreement, exceeding 50% of the votes eligible to be cast by such Designated Voting Parties regarding the Modification that has been the subject of such Rating Affirmation.

“Management Services Agreement” means the Management Services Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2012, between the Company and Cheniere LNG Terminals, Inc., as amended from time to time.

“Manager” means Cheniere LNG Terminals, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

27

“Market Consultant” means Wood Mackenzie Limited and any replacement thereof appointed by the Required Secured Parties and, if no CTA Event of Default shall then be occurring, after consultation with the Company.

“Material Adverse Effect” means an act, event or condition which materially impairs (a) the business, financial condition, or operations of the Company or the Project, (b) the ability of the Company to perform its material obligations under any Financing Document or Material Project Document to which it is a party, (c) the validity and enforceability of any Material Project Document or any Financing Document or the rights or remedies of each Secured Debt Holder thereunder or (d) the security interests of the Secured Parties. 

“Material Project Document” means:

(a)the EPC Contracts and related parent guarantees;

(b)the FOB Sale and Purchase Agreements and related parent guarantees;

(c)the Management Services Agreement;

(d)the Sabine Liquefaction TUA;

(e)the Pipeline Transportation Agreements;

(f)the Terminal Use Rights Assignment and Agreement;

(g)the Cooperation Agreement;

(h)the Real Property Documents;

(i)the Precedent Agreements;

(j)the ConocoPhillips License Agreements;

(k)the Water Agreement;

(l)any Additional Material Project Document;

(m)if the Company incurs Expansion Debt in respect of Train Six pursuant, as applicable, to Section 4.08(a)(1), any Train Six LNG Sales Agreements, as applicable, and with respect to Train Six any agreement or license having substantially the same purpose as the Material Project Documents set forth in clauses (a) and (i) above in this definition; and 

(n)any agreement replacing or in substitution of any of the foregoing. 

28

“Material Project Party” means each party to a Material Project Document (other than the Company) and each guarantor or provider of security or credit support in respect thereof.

“Mechanics’ Liens” means carriers’, warehousemen’s, laborers’, mechanics’, workmen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction or other like statutory Liens.

“Modification” means, with respect to any Financing Document, any amendment, supplement, Waiver or other modification of the terms and provisions thereof and the term “Modify” shall have a corresponding meaning.

“Monthly Sales Charges” with respect to any of the FOB Sale and Purchase Agreements, has the meaning set forth in such FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 

“Mortgage” means (i) the Third Amended and Restated Multiple Indebtedness Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Security Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2015, from the Company to the Common Security Trustee, (ii) the Multiple Indebtedness Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Security Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2015, from the Company to the Common Security Trustee and (iii) the Multiple Indebtedness Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Security Agreement, effective as of June 19, 2019, from the Company to the Common Security Trustee, in each case, as amended.  

“Net Cash Proceeds” means in connection with any asset disposition, the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any asset disposition (including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any asset disposition), net of the direct costs relating to such asset disposition and payments made to retire Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) required to be repaid in connection therewith, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of such asset disposition, taxes paid or payable as a result of such asset disposition, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts reserved for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP.

“Net Loss Proceeds” means Insurance Proceeds, Condemnation Proceeds and all Performance Liquidated Damages.

“NGA” means the United States Natural Gas Act of 1938, as heretofore and hereafter amended, and codified 15 U.S.C. §717 et seq.

“NGPL Pipeline Transportation Agreements” means (i) the Transportation Rate Schedule FTS Agreement, dated October 29, 2012, between Natural Gas Pipeline Company of America LLC and the Company, as amended by that certain Transportation Rate Schedule FTS 
29

Amendment No. 1, dated June 18, 2013 and  (ii) Transportation Rate Schedule FTS Agreement, dated June 18, 2013, between Natural Gas Pipeline Company of America LLC and the Company.

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

(a)as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (2) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; and

(b)as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary). 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

“Notarial Assignment” means the Notarial Act of Assignment, dated July 31, 2012, by the Parent in favor of the Common Security Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties of (i) that certain Revolving Credit Note in the amount of $100,000,000, dated June 11, 2012, made by the Company, payable to the order of the Parent, (ii) that certain Multiple Indebtedness Mortgage, Assignment of Rents and Leases, and Security Agreement, executed by the Company, as mortgagor, to and in favor of the Parent, as mortgagee, dated effective June 11, 2012, and recorded in the Official Records of Cameron Parish, Louisiana on June 11, 2012, under File No. 326265, relating to that property in Cameron Parish, Louisiana described therein, and (iii) that certain UCC-1 Financing Statement filed in the Official Records of Cameron Parish, Louisiana on June 11, 2012 under File No. 12-326266.

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Noteholder Consultant” means Allianz Global Investors GmbH or such other Person appointed by the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement.

“Note Purchase Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Company, the Purchasers (as defined therein) and the Noteholder Consultant.

“Notes” means $146,800,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.95% Senior Secured Notes due September 15, 2037 issued under this Indenture on the date hereof. 

“Notes Issue Date” means the first date of the original issuance of the Notes under this Indenture. 

30

“O&M Agreement” means the Operation and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2012, between the Operator, the Company and, solely for the purposes set forth therein, Cheniere LNG O&M Services, LLC, as amended from time to time.

“Obligations” means and includes all loans, advances (including, without limitation, any advance made by any Secured Party to satisfy any obligation of any Loan Party or the Pledgor under any Transaction Document), debts, liabilities, Indebtedness and obligations of the Company, howsoever arising, owed to the Secured Debt Holders, the Secured Debt Holder Group Representatives, the Senior Debt Holders of Secured Hedge Obligations, the Secured Hedge Representatives or any other Secured Party of every kind and description (whether or not evidenced by any note or instrument and whether or not for the payment of money), direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against the Company of any insolvency or liquidation proceeding naming the Company as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding, pursuant to the terms of the Common Terms Agreement or any of the other Financing Documents (including the Secured Hedge Instruments), including all principal, interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses, accountants’ fees and Consultants’ fees payable by the Company thereunder. 

“OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by one Authorized Officer of the Company, which officer must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer, that meets the requirements of Section 13.03.

“One Hundred Percent Participants” means, at any time with respect to any decision, the Designated Voting Parties that, when their allotted votes are cast pursuant to Article 3 (Voting and Decision-Making) of the Intercreditor Agreement, equal 100% of the votes eligible to be cast regarding such decision.

“Operating Account” means the Operating Account so designated, established and created by the Accounts Bank pursuant to the Accounts Agreement.

“Operating Budget” means a proposed operating plan and a budget setting forth in reasonable detail the projected requirements for Operation and Maintenance Expenses for the Company and the Project for the ensuing calendar year (or, in the case of the initial Operating Budget, the remaining portion thereof).

“Operation and Maintenance Expenses” means, for any period, the sum, computed without duplication, of the following, in each case that are contemplated by the then-effective Operating Budget or are incurred in connection with any permitted exceedance thereunder pursuant to the Common Terms Agreement:

31

(a)for fees and costs of the Manager pursuant to the Management Services Agreement; plus

(b)expenses for operating the Project and maintaining it in good repair and operating condition payable during such period, including the ordinary course fees and costs of the Operator payable pursuant to the O&M Agreement; plus

(c)insurance costs payable during such period; plus

(d)applicable sales and excise taxes (if any) payable or reimbursable by the Company during such period; plus

(e)franchise taxes payable by the Company during such period; plus

(f)property taxes payable by the Company during such period; plus

(g)any other direct taxes (if any) payable by the Company to the taxing authority (other than any taxes imposed on or measured by income or receipts) during such period; plus

(h)costs and fees attendant to the obtaining and maintaining in effect the Government Approvals payable during such period; plus

(i)legal, accounting and other professional fees attendant to any of the foregoing items payable during such period; plus

(j)Permitted Capital Expenditures contemplated by the then-effective Operating Budget; plus

(k)the cost of purchase and transportation (including storage) of natural gas consumed for LNG production; plus

(l)all other cash expenses payable by the Company in the ordinary course of business.  Operation and Maintenance Expenses shall exclude any Gas Hedge Termination Value and shall exclude, to the extent included above:  (i) transfers from any Account into any other Account (other than the Operating Account) during such period, (ii) payments of any kind with respect to Restricted Payments during such period, (iii) depreciation for such period, (iv) except as provided in clause (j) above, any Capital Expenditure including Permitted Capital Expenditures and (v) any payments of any kind with respect to any restoration during such period.

To the extent insufficient funds are available in the Operating Account to pay any Operation and Maintenance Expenses and amounts are advanced by or on behalf of any Secured Party in accordance with the terms of the applicable Secured Debt Instrument or Secured Hedge Instrument for the payment of such Operation and Maintenance Expenses, the Obligation to repay such advances shall itself constitute an Operation and Maintenance Expense. 
32

“Operator” means Cheniere Energy Investments, LLC, or such other Person from time to time party to the O&M Agreement as “Operator.”

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion or opinions from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 13.03. The counsel may be an employee of, or counsel to, the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

“Other Secured Debt” means any Secured Debt other than (a) the Secured Bank Debt and (b) any Additional Secured Debt which constitutes one or more commercial loans made pursuant to one or more credit facilities in which the lenders are primarily financial institutions engaged in the business of banking.

“Parent” means Cheniere Energy Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

“Payment Date” means March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing on March 15, 2022 (as set forth in the Payment Schedule), or if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

“Payment Schedule” means the payment and amortization schedule attached hereto as Appendix B, as the same may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

“Performance Liquidated Damages” means any liquidated damages resulting from the Project’s performance which are required to be paid by the EPC Contractor or any other Material Project Party for or on account of any diminution to the performance of the Project.

“Permitted Business” means (i) the construction, operation, expansion, reconstruction, debottlenecking, improvement and maintenance of the Project or related to or using by-products of the Project, all activity reasonably necessary or undertaken in connection with the foregoing and any activities incidental or related to any of the foregoing, including, the development, construction, operation, maintenance and financing of any facilities reasonably related to the Project or related to or using by-products of the Project and (ii) the buying, selling, storing and transportation of hydrocarbons for use in connection with the Project or related to or using by-products of the Project.

“Permitted Capital Expenditures” means Capital Expenditures that: (a) are required for compliance with Project Documents, insurance policies, Government Rules, Government Approvals and Prudent Industry Practices; or (b) are otherwise used for the Project or for the development, construction, financing and operation of additional Trains; and in all cases, (i) are funded by equity or Permitted Indebtedness issued by the Company, (ii) are funded from the 
33

Distribution Account as set forth in Section 5.10 (Distribution Account) of the Accounts Agreement, (iii) are funded by insurance proceeds, each of (i), (ii) or (iii) as expressly permitted herein and the other Financing Documents and to the extent that all such sums entirely fund such Permitted Capital Expenditures,  or (iv) are contemplated by the then-effective Operating Budget, and, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the Borrower's rights, duties, obligations or liabilities under the Sabine Liquefaction TUA.

“Permitted Hedging Agreement” means any of the:

(a)Interest Rate Protection Agreements; and

(b)gas hedging contracts in an amount and for a period not to exceed the amount reasonably required by the Company to comply with its obligations under the Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements and its other contractual obligations.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means items (a) through (r) set forth in Section 4.08.

“Permitted Investments” means:

(a)any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor and that is engaged in a Permitted Business;

(b)any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(c)any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(1)such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(2)such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(d)any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.09;

(e)any Investment in any Person solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests that constitute Indebtedness) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f)any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar 
34

arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

(g)Investments pursuant to Hedging Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(h)advances to or reimbursements of employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business;

(i)loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2.5 million at any one time outstanding;

(j)repurchases of the Notes;

(k)advances, deposits and prepayments for purchases of any assets, including any Equity Interests;

(l)advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business;

(m)receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(n)Investments received as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(o)surety and performance bonds and workers’ compensation, utility, lease, tax, performance and similar deposits and prepaid expenses in the ordinary course of business, including cash deposits incurred in connection with natural gas purchases;

(p)Guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.08;

(q)Investments existing on the Notes Issue Date; and

(r)other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (r) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed $50.0 million.

35

“Permitted Liens” means, collectively:

(a)Liens in favor, or for the benefit, of the Secured Parties created or permitted pursuant to the Security Documents;

(b)Liens securing Indebtedness with respect to Permitted Hedging Agreements and Secured Bank Debt permitted to be incurred under this Indenture;

(c)Liens which are scheduled exceptions to the coverage afforded by the Title Policy on the Initial Senior Secured Debt Closing Date;

(d)statutory liens for a sum not yet delinquent or which are being Contested;

(e)pledges or deposits of cash or letters of credit to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money) leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds, letters of credit  and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with the then-effective Operating Budget and cash deposits incurred in connection with natural gas purchases;

(f)Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.08(e) covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness;

(g)easements and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which are incurred in the ordinary course of business and encumbrances consisting of zoning restrictions, licenses, restrictions on the use of property or encumbrances or imperfections in title which do not materially impair such property for the purpose for which the Company’s interest therein was acquired or materially interfere with the operation of the Project as contemplated by the Transaction Documents;

(h)Mechanics’ Liens, Liens of lessors and sublessors and similar Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or the payment of which is subject to a Contest;

(i)legal or equitable encumbrances (other than any attachment prior to judgment, judgment lien or attachment in aid of execution on a judgment) deemed to exist by reason of the existence of any pending litigation or other legal proceeding if the same is effectively stayed or the claims secured thereby are subject to a Contest;

(j)the Liens created pursuant to the Real Property Documents;

(k)Liens arising out of judgments or awards so long as an appeal or proceeding for review is being prosecuted in good faith and for the payment of which adequate cash reserves, bonds or other cash equivalent security have been provided or are fully covered by insurance (other than any customary deductible);

36

(l)Liens for workers’ compensation awards and similar obligations not then delinquent; Mechanics’ Liens and similar Liens not then delinquent, and any such Liens, whether or not delinquent, whose validity is at the time being Contested in good faith;

(m)Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors;

(n)Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that:

(1)the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

(2)the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness, any amounts deposited in a debt service reserve or similar reserve account in connection with the issuance of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses (including Hedge Termination Value with respect to any Interest Rate Protection subject to refinancing with the purposed Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness), including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) with such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, discounts, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge; and

(o)other Liens not otherwise permitted hereunder so long as the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations secured thereby does not exceed $100,000,000 at any one time.

“Permitted Modification” means, with respect to any Secured Debt Instrument, the following:

(a)subject to Section 4.1 (Majority Decisions) and 4.2 (Unanimous Decisions) of the Intercreditor Agreement any Modifications of or under such Secured Debt Instrument (provided that such Modification shall not (x) adversely affect the rights or interests of any Secured Party not party to such Secured Debt Instrument or (y) change or attempt to change the effect of Sections 4.5(b) or 4.6 of the Intercreditor Agreement;

(b)any release of anyone liable in any manner under, or in respect of the Obligations owing under, such Secured Debt Instrument (but only in respect of such Obligations); and

(c)any Waiver of, or determination of satisfaction of or compliance with, any condition precedent to any Advance under such Secured Debt Instrument.
37

“Permitted Payments to Parent” means, without duplication as to amounts allowed to be distributed under any other provision of this Indenture:

(a)payments to the Parent to permit the Parent to pay reasonable accounting, legal and administrative expenses of the Parent when due, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 per calendar year; and

(b)on each Quarterly Payment Date, the amount necessary for payment to the Pledgor or Parent to enable it to pay its (or for Parent to satisfy any contractual obligation to distribute to its beneficial owners to enable them to pay their) income tax liability with respect to income generated by the Company, determined at the highest combined U.S. federal and State of Louisiana tax rate applicable to an entity taxable as a corporation in both jurisdictions for the applicable period.

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

(a)the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness, any amounts deposited in a debt service reserve or similar reserve account in connection with the issuance of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses (including Hedge Termination Value with respect to any Interest Rate Protection subject to refinancing with the purposed Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness), including premiums and discounts incurred in connection therewith);

(b)such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a weighted average life to maturity that is (a) equal to or greater than the weighted average life to maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged or (b) more than 90 days after the final maturity date of the Notes; provided that this clause (b) shall not apply to Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(a)(2);

(c)if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and

(d)such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged and is guaranteed only by Persons who were obligors on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged.

38

“Person” means any individual, corporation, company, voluntary association, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated organization or Government Authority. 

“Petronas”  means Petronas LNG Ltd.

“Petronas FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement” means the LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement (FOB), dated December 18, 2018, between the Company and Petronas as amended from time to time, and, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01(6) and 6.01(8), any replacements thereof entered into with the required approval of the Required Secured Parties or, at any time when there is no Secured Bank Debt outstanding, any replacements thereof meeting the requirements of Section 4.20.

“Pipeline” means the approximately 94 miles of 42-inch diameter pipeline and other facilities as described in the application filed by the Cheniere Creole Trail Pipeline, L.P., pursuant to Section 7(c) of the NGA in FERC Docket No CP12-351-000 and any expansion thereof used in connection with any Permitted Business. 

“Pipeline Transportation Agreements” means, collectively, the Creole Trail Pipeline Transportation Agreement, the NGPL Pipeline Transportation Agreements, the Transco Pipeline Transportation Agreement, and the KMLP Pipeline Transportation Agreement.

“Pledge Agreement” means the Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2012, between the Pledgor and the Common Security Trustee and any other pledge agreement executed (in favor of the Common Security Trustee) by any Person holding any direct ownership interests in the Company.

“Pledgor” means Sabine Pass LNG-LP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Precedent Agreements” means the Precedent Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2018, between Kinder Morgan Louisiana Pipeline LLC and the Company  and the Amended and Restated Precedent Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2019, between Columbia Gulf Transmission, LLC and the Company, each as amended.

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.3(g)(1) of Appendix A.

“Project” means (a) the natural gas liquefaction facility located in Cameron Parish, Louisiana owned and operated by the Company for the production of LNG and other Services and (b) any other Permitted Business conducted by the Company.

“Project Costs” means all costs of acquiring, leasing, designing, engineering, developing, permitting, insuring, financing (including closing costs and interest and interest rate hedge expenses), constructing, installing, commissioning, testing and starting-up (including costs relating to all equipment, materials, spare parts and labor for) the Project and all other costs 
39

incurred with respect to the Project, including working capital (provided that Project Costs shall exclude any operation and maintenance expenses for any train of the Project that has achieved Substantial Completion).

“Project Document Termination Payments” means all payments that are required to be paid to or for the account of the Company as a result of the termination of or reduction of any obligations under any Material Project Document, if any.

“Project Documents” means each Material Project Document and any other material agreement relating to Development. 

“Projected Debt Service Coverage Ratio” means, for the applicable period, the ratio of (a) Cash Flow Available for Debt Service projected for such period to (b) Debt Service projected for such period (excluding Working Capital Debt, all Indebtedness or Guarantees incurred pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p) and (q) of Section 4.08, and all Indebtedness or Guarantees that would have been permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p) and (q) of Section 4.08 of the 2013 Indenture prior to the Investment Grade Date and the scheduled principal payment of any Senior Debt that has bullet maturities or balloon payments at maturity or in the final year prior to maturity), including Debt Service projected with respect to any undrawn portion of the Secured Bank Debt Available Amount.  Where this Indenture states that the Projected Debt Service Coverage Ratio is to be based on Contracted Cash Flow, the Projected Debt Service Coverage Ratio shall mean, for any period, the ratio of (a) Contracted Cash Flow Available for Debt Service projected for such period to (b) Debt Service projected for such period (excluding Working Capital Debt, all Indebtedness or Guarantees incurred pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p) and (q) of Section 4.08, and all Indebtedness or Guarantees that would have been permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p) and (q) of Section 4.08 of the 2013 Indenture prior to the Investment Grade Date and the scheduled principal payment of any Senior Debt that has bullet maturities or balloon payments at maturity or in the final year prior to maturity), including Debt Service projected with respect to any undrawn portion of the Secured Bank Debt Available Amount.

“Property” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal, mixed, movable, immovable, corporeal or incorporeal and whether tangible or intangible.

“Prudent Industry Practice” means, at a particular time, any of the practices, methods, standards and procedures (including those engaged in or approved by a material portion of the LNG industry) that, at that time, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts known at the time a decision was made, would reasonably have been expected to accomplish the desired result consistent with good business practices, including due consideration of the Project’s reliability, environmental compliance, economy, safety and expedition, and which practices, methods, standards and acts generally conform to International LNG Terminal Standards and International LNG Vessel Standards.

40

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

“Qualified Counterparty” means:

(a)as of the date of execution or assignment of any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, any of the following:  (i) any Person who is a Secured Debt Holder as of the date of the Common Terms Agreement or (ii) any Affiliate of any Person listed in the foregoing clause (a)(i) of this definition; and

(b)as of the date of execution or assignment of any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, any of the following:  (i) any Person who is a Secured Debt Holder after the date of the Common Terms Agreement or (ii) any Affiliate of any Person listed in the foregoing clause (b)(i) of this definition, in each case, with a credit rating (or a guaranty from a Person with a credit rating) of at least A- from S&P or Fitch or at least A-3 from Moody’s (or, if any of such entities cease to provide such ratings, the equivalent credit rating from any other Acceptable Rating Agency).

“Quarterly Payment Date” means each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31.

“Rating Affirmation” means, with respect to any Modification, delivery by the Company to the Intercreditor Agent of letters from any two Recognized Credit Rating Agencies that are then rating Other Secured Debt (or if only one Recognized Credit Rating Agency is then rating Other Secured Debt, that Recognized Credit Rating Agency) to the effect that the Recognized Credit Rating Agency has considered the contemplated Modification and that, if the contemplated Modification is adopted, such Recognized Credit Rating Agency would reaffirm (or upgrade) the rating of the Other Secured Debt as of the date of the request for a Rating Affirmation.

“Real Property Documents” means any material contract or agreement constituting or creating an estate or interest in any portion of the Site, including, without limitation, the Lease Agreements and the Sublease.

“Recognized Credit Rating Agency” means S&P, Fitch, Moody’s, or any successor to S&P, Fitch, Moody’s, so long as such agency is a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” registered with the SEC.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate.

“Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note issued in accordance with the second paragraph of Section 2.1(c) of Appendix A.

41

“Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary Global Note issued in accordance with the first paragraph of Section 2.1(c) of Appendix A.

“Replacement Assets” means (a) non-current assets that will be used or useful in a Permitted Business or (b) substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business or a majority of the voting stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business that will become on the date of acquisition thereof a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Replacement Debt” means, collectively, Secured Replacement Debt and Unsecured Replacement Debt incurred by the Company (including by way of Senior Bonds) pursuant to the Common Terms Agreement in order to partially or in whole (a) refinance by prepaying or redeeming then existing Senior Debt or (b) replace by cancelling then existing Senior Debt Commitments.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Notes constitute Replacement Debt for purposes of the Financing Documents.

“Required Secured Parties” means:

(a)except as otherwise provided in clauses (b) through (e) below, with respect to any Covered Action, Designated Voting Parties constituting the Majority Aggregate Secured Credit Facilities Debt Participants;

(b)in the case of any Covered Action subject to Section 4.1 (Majority Decisions) of the Intercreditor Agreement, Designated Voting Parties constituting the Majority Aggregate Secured Bank Debt Participants, the Majority Aggregate Other Secured Debt Participants or the Majority Secured Debt Participants, as applicable, set forth in that Section;

(c)Designated Voting Parties constituting the One Hundred Percent Participants with respect to any Covered Action that is subject to Section 4.2 (Unanimous Decisions) of the Intercreditor Agreement;

(d)Designated Voting Parties constituting the Majority Secured Debt Participants with respect to any decision to exercise remedies made pursuant to Section 5.3 (Election to Pursue Remedies) of the Intercreditor Agreement, except as otherwise provided in Section 5.3(g) of the Intercreditor Agreement; and

(e)Designated Voting Parties constituting the Majority Secured Debt Participants (1) if no Secured Bank Debt is outstanding or (2) with respect to any other action not otherwise described or dealt with in this definition of “Required Secured Parties” and not otherwise specifically delegated to the Intercreditor Agent, the Common Security Trustee or a Secured Debtholder Group Representative pursuant to Section 4.3 (Administrative Decisions) of the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Division - Corporate Finance Unit of the Trustee (or any successor division or unit of the Trustee) located at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, who has direct 
42

responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, in the case of Section 7.01(c)(2) and the second sentence of Section 7.05, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“Restricted Payment” with respect to any Person means (a) any dividend or other distribution (in cash, Property of such Person, securities, obligations, or other property) on, or other dividends or distributions on account of, its Capital Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable solely to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), (b) the setting apart of money for a sinking or other analogous fund for, or the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition by such Person of any portion of any of the Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, (c) all payments (in cash, Property of such Person, securities, obligations, or other property) of principal of, interest on and other amounts with respect to, or other payments on account of, or the setting apart of money for a sinking or other analogous fund for, or the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition by such Person of, any Indebtedness owed to the Pledgor or any other Person party to a Pledge Agreement or any Affiliate thereof (including any Subordinated Indebtedness incurred to fund the Equity Contribution Amount), and (d) the setting apart of money for a sinking or other analogous fund for, or the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition by such Person of Subordinated Indebtedness (other than from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, and other than within one year of the fixed date on which the final payment of principal thereof is due and payable).  For the avoidance of doubt, payments to the Manager for fees and costs pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, and payments to the Operator pursuant to the O&M Agreement paid in accordance with the Accounts Agreement and Permitted Payments to Parent are not Restricted Payments.

“Restricted Payment Date” means, with respect to any specific Restricted Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is made.

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Revenue Account” means the Revenue Account so designated, established and created by the Accounts Bank pursuant to the Accounts Agreement.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

43

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A Global Note” means a Global Note issued in accordance with Section 2.1(c)(1)(A) of Appendix A.

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw-Hill, Inc. 

“Sabine Liquefaction TUA” means the Second Amended and Restated LNG Terminal Use Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2012, between the Company and SPLNG, as amended from time to time.

“Secured Bank Debt” means Indebtedness incurred by the Company in the aggregate amount of up to $3,626,000,000 pursuant to the Term Loan A Credit Agreement comprised of the Construction/Term Loans, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, replacements, refundings or refinancings thereof with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans or commitments thereunder; provided that, any such replacements, refundings or refinancings shall be subject to Section 4.08(a)(2).

“Secured Bank Debt Available Amount” means the amount of all outstanding Secured Bank Debt plus available and undrawn commitments for any Secured Bank Debt pursuant to the applicable Secured Debt Instruments.

"Secured Bank Debt Committed Amount" means $3,626,000,000.

“Secured Bank Debt Holders” means, at any time, the Senior Debt Holders of the Secured Bank Debt and shall also include any indebtedness issued to or guaranteed by an export credit agency or institution serving a similar function.

“Secured Debt” means the Senior Debt (other than Indebtedness under Interest Rate Protection Agreements) that is secured by a Security in the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents.

“Secured Debt Holder Group” means, at any time, the Senior Debt Holders of each tranche of Secured Debt.

“Secured Debt Holder Group Representative” means, (a) the Term Loan A Administrative Agent in respect of the Secured Bank Debt Holders and Secured Bank Debt, (b) the Trustee and (c) with respect to any other Secured Debt Holder Group and its relevant Secured Debt Instrument, the representative designated as such pursuant to the Common Terms Agreement.
44

“Secured Debt Holders” means, at any time, the Senior Debt Holders of the Secured Debt.

“Secured Debt Instrument” means, at any time, each instrument governing Secured Debt and designated as such pursuant to the Common Terms Agreement.

“Secured Expansion Debt” means the Expansion Debt that is Secured Debt.

“Secured Gas Hedge Representative” means the representative or representatives of the Gas Hedge Providers designated as such pursuant to the Common Terms Agreement.

“Secured Hedge Instrument” means, at any time, each instrument governing Secured Hedge Obligations and designated as such in pursuant to the Common Terms Agreement.

“Secured Hedge Obligations” means the Indebtedness under Interest Rate Protection Agreements that is secured by a Security in the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents.

“Secured Hedge Representative” means the representative or representatives of the Senior Debt Holders of Secured Hedge Obligations designated as such pursuant to the Common Terms Agreement.

“Secured Parties” means the Secured Debt Holders, the Senior Debt Holders of Secured Hedge Obligations, the Gas Hedge Providers, the Common Security Trustee, the Intercreditor Agent, the Accounts Bank, the Trustee, the applicable Secured Debt Holder Group Representatives, Secured Hedge Representatives and Secured Gas Hedge Representatives, in each case, in whose favor the Company has granted Security in the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents.

“Secured Replacement Debt” means the Replacement Debt that is Secured Debt.

“Secured Working Capital Debt” means the Working Capital Debt that is Secured Debt.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Security” means the security interest created in favor of the Common Security Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Security Documents.

“Security Agency Agreement” means the Security Agency Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2012, among the Company, the Secured Debt Holder Group Representatives, the Secured Hedge Representatives, the Secured Gas Hedge Representatives, the Common Security Trustee, the Accounts Bank and the Intercreditor Agent.

“Security Agreement” means the Third Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2020, between the Loan Parties and the Common Security Trustee, as amended.
45

“Security Documents” means:

(a)the Security Agreement;

(b)the CQP Security Agreement;

(c)the Accounts Agreement;

(d)each Pledge Agreement;

(e)the Mortgage;

(f)the Consents; and

(g)any such other security agreement, control agreement, patent and trademark assignment, lease, mortgage, assignment and other similar agreement securing the Obligations between any Person and the Common Security Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties or between any Person and any other Secured Party and all financing statements, agreements or other instruments to be filed in respect of the Liens created under each such agreement.

“Senior Bonds” means debt securities, including the Notes, issued pursuant to an indenture that is a Senior Debt Instrument.

“Senior Debt” means:

(a)Secured Bank Debt;

(b)Additional Secured Debt;

(c)the Unsecured Replacement Debt;

(d)the Unsecured Expansion Debt;

(e)the Unsecured Working Capital Debt;

(f)Indebtedness under Interest Rate Protection Agreements; and

(g)all other Indebtedness referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (p) of Section 4.08.

“Senior Debt Commitments” means, at any time, the aggregate of any principal amount that Senior Debt Holders of Senior Debt are committed to disburse or stated amount of letters of credit that Senior Debt Holders of Senior Debt are required to issue, in each case under any Senior Debt Instrument, and in the case of Senior Debt Commitments in respect of Secured Debt, as designated pursuant to the Common Terms Agreement.
46

“Senior Debt Instrument” means a Secured Debt Instrument or an Unsecured Debt Instrument.

“Senior Debt Holders” shall be determined by reference to provisions of the relevant Senior Debt Instrument or Secured Hedge Instrument, as applicable, setting forth who shall be deemed to be lenders, holders or owners of the Senior Debt governed thereby.

“Senior Secured Notes Debt Service Reserve Account” means the Senior Secured Notes Debt Service Reserve Account so designated, established and created by the Accounts Bank pursuant to the Accounts Agreement.

“Services” means the liquefaction and other services to be provided or performed by the Company under the Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements and any other agreements entered into in connection with a Permitted Business.

“SIGTTO” means the Society of International Gas Tanker and Terminal Operators.

“Site” means, collectively, each parcel or tract of land, as reflected on Schedule A of the Title Policy and in the Real Property Documents, upon which any portion of the Project is or will be located.

“Solvent” means, with respect to a particular Person on a particular date, that on such date (i) the present fair market value (or present fair saleable value) of the assets of the Person is not less than the total amount required to pay the liabilities of the Person on its total existing debts and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured; (ii) the Person is able to pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and commitments as they mature and become due in the normal course of business; (iii) the Person is not incurring debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; and (iv) the Person is not engaged in any business or transaction, and does not propose to engage in any business or transaction, for which its assets would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which the Person is engaged.

“SPLNG” means Sabine Pass LNG, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

“Stage 4 EPC Contract” means the Lump Sum Turnkey Agreement for the Engineering, Procurement and Construction of the Sabine Pass LNG Stage 4 Liquefaction Facility, dated as of November 7, 2018 between the Company and the EPC Contractor, as supplemented and amended from time to time.

“Subleases” means the (a) Sub-lease Agreement, dated June 11, 2012, between SPLNG, as sublessor, and the Company, as sublessee, (b) the Second Sub-lease Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2015, between SPLNG, as sublessor, and the Borrower, as sublessee, and (c) the Amended and Restated Lease Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2019 but effective as of 
47

November 1, 2011, between Crain Lands, L.L.C., a Louisiana limited liability company, as lessor, and the Company, as lessee.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means any unsecured Indebtedness of the Company to any Person permitted by Section 4.08(f)  which is subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to an instrument in writing satisfactory in form and substance to the Required Secured Parties.

“Subsidiary” means, for any Person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities or other ownership interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership or other entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time securities or other ownership interests of any other class or classes of such corporation, partnership or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or Controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

“Substantial Completion” has the meaning assigned to such term in the applicable EPC Contract.

“Taxes” means, with respect to any Person, all taxes, assessments, imposts, duties, governmental charges or levies imposed directly or indirectly on such Person or its income, profits or Property by any Government Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Term Loan A Administrative Agent” means Société Générale. 

“Term Loan A Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement (Term Loan A) dated July 31, 2012, by and among the Company, the Term Loan A Administrative Agent, the Common Security Trustee, and the Secured Bank Debt Holders. 

“Terminal Use Rights Assignment and Agreement” means the Terminal Use Rights Assignment and Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2012, among the Company, SPLNG and Cheniere Energy Investments, LLC, as amended from time to time.

“Title Policy” means the title policy delivered on May 31, 2015, in connection with one or more prior credit facilities of the Company. 

“Total FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement” means the LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement (FOB), dated December 14, 2012, between the Company and TotalEnergies Gas & Power North America, Inc. (formerly known as Total Gas & Power North America, Inc.), as amended from time to time, and any replacements thereof entered into with the required approval of the Required Secured Parties or, at any time when there is no Secured Bank Debt outstanding, any replacements thereof meeting the requirements of Section 4.20.

48

“Train” means a “liquefaction train” as such term is used in the definition of “Project.”

“Train Five” means the designated Train under the Train Five LNG Sales Agreement.

“Train Five EPC Contract” means the Lump Sum Turnkey Agreement for the Engineering, Procurement and Construction of the Sabine Pass LNG Stage 3 Facility, dated as of May 4, 2015, between the Company and the EPC Contractor, as supplemented and amended from time to time.

“Train Five LNG Sales Agreement” means the Total FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement and any other LNG sale and purchase agreement entered into by the Company with respect to Train Five and any replacements thereof entered into with the required approval of the Required Secured Parties or, at any time when there is no Secured Bank Debt outstanding, any replacements thereof meeting the requirements of Section 4.20.

“Train Number” means the numbers One through Six to describe the applicable Train.

“Train One and Train Two” means the designated Trains under the Train One and Two LNG Sales Agreements.

“Train One and Train Two EPC Contract” means the Lump Sum Turnkey Agreement for the Engineering, Procurement and Construction of the Sabine Pass LNG Liquefaction Facility, dated as of November 11, 2011, between the Company and the EPC Contractor, as supplemented and amended from time to time.

“Train One and Train Two LNG Sales Agreements” means the BG FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement and the GN FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement.

“Train Six” means the Train intended to be the designated train under the Train Six LNG Sales Agreements.

“Train Six LNG Sales Agreements” means any LNG sale and purchase agreement entered into by the Company with respect to the sixth Train of the Project.

“Train Three and Train Four” means the designated Trains under the Train Three and Train Four LNG Sales Agreements.

“Train Three and Train Four EPC Contract” means the Lump Sum Turnkey Agreement for the Engineering, Procurement and Construction of the Sabine Pass LNG Stage 2 Liquefaction Facility, dated as of December 20, 2012, between the Company and the EPC Contractor, as supplemented and amended from time to time.

“Train Three and Train Four LNG Sales Agreements” means the GAIL FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement and the KoGas FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement. 

“Transaction Documents” means, collectively, the Financing Documents and the Project Documents.
49

“Transco Pipeline Transportation Agreement” means the Rate Schedule FT Service Agreement, dated December 20, 2016, by and between Transcontinental Gas Pipe Line Company, LLC and the Company, as amended. 

“Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“Unanimous Decisions” means each of the items ((a) through (n)) set forth on Schedule 1 to the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection of priority of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of provisions relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

“United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America.

“U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws” means those laws, executive orders, enabling legislation or regulations administered and enforced by the United States pursuant to which economic sanctions have been imposed on any Person, entity, organization, country or regime, including the Trading with the Enemy Act, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, the Iran Sanctions Act, the Sudan Accountability and Divestment Act and any other OFAC Sanctions Program.

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

(a)has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(b)is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted 
50

Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

(b)is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (1) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (2) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(c)has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Unsecured Debt Instrument” means, at any time, each material instrument governing Senior Debt other than Secured Debt or Secured Hedge Obligations.

“Unsecured Expansion Debt” means the Expansion Debt that is not Secured Debt.

“Unsecured Replacement Debt” means the Replacement Debt that is not Secured Debt.

“Unsecured Working Capital Debt” means the Working Capital Debt that is not Secured Debt.

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Vitol” means Vitol Inc.

“Vitol FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement” means the LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement (FOB), dated September 14, 2018, between Cheniere Marketing LLC and Vitol, as amended and novated by Cheniere Marketing LLC to the Company pursuant to the Vitol Novation and Amendment Agreement, dated May 22, 2019, between the Company, Cheniere Marketing LLC, Vitol and Vitol Holding B.V., as amended from time to time, and, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01(6) and 6.01(8), any replacements thereof entered into with the required approval of the Required Secured Parties or, at any time when there is no Secured Bank Debt outstanding, any replacements thereof meeting the requirements of Section 4.20.

“Waiver” means, with respect to any particular conduct, event or other circumstance, any change to an obligation of any Person under any Transaction Document requiring the consent of one or more Secured Parties, which consent has the effect of waiving, excusing or accepting or approving changed performance of, or noncompliance with, such obligation or any Default or CTA Event of Default with respect thereto to the extent relating to such conduct, event or circumstance.

“Water Agreement” means the Water Service Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2011, between the City of Port Arthur and the Company, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Water Service Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2012 and that certain Second Amendment to Water Service Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2012, as amended from time to time.

51

“Working Capital Debt” means additional senior secured or unsecured Indebtedness the proceeds of which shall be used solely for working capital and general corporate purposes related to the Project (including the issuance of letters of credit), only if, prior to or on the date of incurrence thereof, the following conditions have been satisfied or waived by the Required Secured Parties:

(a)the Secured Debt Holder Group Representative for any Secured Working Capital Debt shall have entered into an Accession Agreement in accordance with the Common Terms Agreement; and

(b)the Intercreditor Agent shall have received a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company at least five days prior to the incurrence of such Working Capital Debt, in the form set out in the Common Terms Agreement, which certificate shall (i) identify each Secured Debt Holder Group Representative and each Senior Debt Holder for any Secured Working Capital Debt; (ii) attach a copy of each proposed Senior Debt Instrument relating to the Working Capital Debt (that may be an amendment to an existing Senior Debt Instrument), which copy shall disclose the material terms, permitted uses, and the tenor and amortization schedule of such Working Capital Debt and the rate, or the rate basis and margin in the case of a floating rate, at which such Working Capital Debt shall bear interest, and (if applicable) commitment fees or other premiums relating thereto; and (iii) in the case of Working Capital Debt incurred pursuant to Section 4.08(d)(2) certify that the amount to be incurred is reasonably expected to be required to be expended to purchase Gas to comply with the obligations of the Company under the Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements

Section 1.02Other Definitions.

									
	Term		Defined 
in Section
	“Accession Agreement”		10.02
	“Affiliate Transaction”		4.30
	“Applicable Expansion Debt Assets”		4.08
	“Asset Sale Offer”		3.09
	“Authentication Order”		2.04
	“Called Principal”		3.07
	“Change of Control Offer”		4.13
	“Change of Control Payment”		4.13
	“Change of Control Payment Date”		4.13
	“Covenant Change Date”		4.30
	“Covenant Defeasance”		8.03
	“Discounted Value”		3.07
	“DTC”		2.03
	“Event of Default”		6.01
	“Excess Loss Offer”		3.09

52

									
	“Excess Loss Proceeds”		4.14
	“Excess Proceeds”		4.09
	“IE Phase Report”		4.08
	“incur”		4.08
	“Legal Defeasance”		8.02
	“Optional Redemption Price”		3.07
	“Offer Amount”		3.09
	“Offer Period”		3.09
	“Paying Agent”		2.03
	“Project Document Termination Payment Offer”		3.09
	“Project Phase”		4.08
	“Purchase Date”		3.09
	“Registrar”		2.03
	“Reinvestment Yield”		3.07
	“Remaining Average Life”		3.07
	“Remaining Scheduled Payments”		3.07
	“Reported”		3.07
	“Rule 144A Information”		4.03
	“Settlement Date”		3.07

Section 1.03[Reserved.]

Section 1.04Rules of Construction.

(a) Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1)a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2)an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3)“or” is not exclusive;

(4)“including” means “including without limitation” whether or not stated;

(5)words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(6)“will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(7)provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(8)references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and
53

(9)references to any agreement or instrument means such agreement or instrument as it may be amended, amended and restated or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

(b)For purposes of the Common Terms Agreement and the Security Documents, the capitalized terms used therein shall have the respective meanings set forth therein.

ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES

Section 2.01Form and Dating.

The Notes will be issued initially in Definitive Note form. Provisions relating to the Notes are set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

Section 2.02Interest and Principal on the Notes

(a)Interest shall accrue on the outstanding principal balance of the Notes at a rate of 2.95% per annum and shall be payable in arrears on each Payment Date in accordance with the Payment Schedule.

(b)Unless all of the Notes have been redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07 and subject to proportional reduction in the event the Notes are redeemed in part, in each case as of a particular Payment Date, the principal amount specified as being payable on a Payment Date as set forth in the Payment Schedule and accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid on each such Payment Date. Each Holder will receive its pro rata share of such payments.

Section 2.03Adjustment to Payment Schedule

The Payment Schedule shall be appropriately adjusted (whereby scheduled payments of principal and interest set out in the Payment Schedule are increased or decreased, as applicable, in a pro rata manner) in any circumstance in which Notes are redeemed, repaid or prepaid by the Company in accordance with this Indenture, and a supplemental indenture shall be entered into in respect of such adjusted Payment Schedule, provided that the Company shall deliver the adjusted Payment Schedule to the Trustee. For clarity, any amendments to the Payment Schedule undertaken pursuant to and in accordance with this Section 2.03 do not require approval of the Holders.

54

Section 2.04Execution and Authentication.

At least one Authorized Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual, PDF or other electronically imaged signature.

If an Authorized Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual, PDF or other electronically imaged signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by at least one Authorized Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.08.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

The Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires. Nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed to modify, replace or otherwise affect the restrictions on transfer applicable to Restricted Notes set forth in Section 2.3 of Appendix A.

Section 2.05Registrar and Paying Agent; Depositary.

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”).  The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.  The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

55

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.06Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment.  While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money.  If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.07Holder Lists.

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders.  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes.

Section 2.08Replacement Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.09Outstanding Notes.

56

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replacement Note is held by a “protected purchaser” under the Uniform Commercial Code.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.10Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

Section 2.11Temporary Notes.

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

57

Section 2.12Cancellation.

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company. The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it or any Affiliate pursuant to any payment or prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Indenture and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.

Section 2.13Defaulted Interest.

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders and the Noteholder Consultant a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO PURCHASE NOTES

Section 3.01Notices to Trustee.

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

(1)the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(2)the redemption date;

(3)the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

(4)the redemption price; and

58

(5)the CUSIP number of the Notes to be redeemed.

Section 3.02Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption pro rata or by lot (provided that, in the case of Global Notes, the Depositary may select Global Notes for redemption pursuant to its Applicable Procedures) and, if applicable, with such adjustments that may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $100,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof will be purchased unless otherwise required by law, Depositary requirements, or applicable stock exchange requirements.

No Notes of $100,000 or less can be redeemed in part.  In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed provided that, in the case of Global Notes, the Trustee shall have no obligation to so notify the Company. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $100,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not in the amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000 thereof, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.03Notice of Redemption.

At least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will send or cause to be sent a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address (with a copy of any such notice to the Noteholder Consultant), except that redemption notices may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 8 or 12.

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

(1)the redemption date;

(2)the redemption price;

(3)if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such 
59

Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note;

(4)the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(5)that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(6)that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(7)the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(8)that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 15 days prior to the redemption date (unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Section 3.04Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. 

Section 3.05Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

At least one Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Company will deposit or will cause to be deposited with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed.

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption is not so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest 
60

not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01.

Section 3.06Notes Redeemed in Part.

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07Optional Redemption.

At any time or from time to time prior to March 15, 2037, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to the Optional Redemption Price (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on a payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date, without duplication).

“Optional Redemption Price” with respect to any Notes to be redeemed, means an amount equal to the greater of: 

(1)100% of the principal amount of such Notes; and 

(2)the Discounted Value of such Notes;

plus, in the case of both (1) and (2), accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes, if any, to the redemption date. 

 “Called Principal” means, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable, as the context requires.

“Discounted Value” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on the Notes is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

“Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date.
61

“Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the sum of (x) 0.50% and (y) the yield to maturity implied by the yield(s) reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second (2nd) Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities (“Reported”) having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date.  If there are no such U.S. Treasury securities Reported having a maturity equal to such Remaining Average Life, then such implied yield to maturity will be determined by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between the yields Reported for the applicable most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities with the maturities (1) closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life.  The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

If such yields are not Reported or the yields Reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), then “Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the sum of (x) 0.50% and (y) the yield to maturity implied by the U.S. Treasury constant maturity yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second (2nd) Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for the U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date.  If there is no such U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to such Remaining Average Life, such implied yield to maturity will be determined by interpolating linearly between (1) the U.S.  Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life.  The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

“Remaining Average Life” shall mean, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) such Called Principal into (b) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (1) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (2) the number of years, computed on the basis of a 360‐day year composed of twelve 30‐day months calculated to two decimal places, that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

“Settlement Date” means, with respect to the Called Principal of a Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be redeemed or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable.

62

The notice of redemption with respect to the foregoing redemption need not set forth the Optional Redemption Price but only the manner of calculation thereof. The Company will notify the Trustee of the Optional Redemption Price with respect to any redemption promptly after the calculation, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for such calculation. 

At any time on or after March 15, 2037, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date, without duplication).

Section 3.08Open Market Purchases; No Mandatory Redemption or Sinking Fund.

The Company may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.  The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds or Excess Loss Proceeds.

In the event that, pursuant to Sections 4.09, 4.14 or 4.19, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”, an “Excess Loss Offer” or a “Project Document Termination Payment Offer,” respectively), it will follow the procedures specified below.

The Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Loss Offer or the Project Document Termination Payment Offer, as applicable, shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, loss proceeds or project document termination payments. The Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Loss Offer or the Project Document Termination Payment Offer, as applicable, with respect to all Holders will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by Applicable Law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds, Excess Loss Proceeds or Project Document Termination Payments, as applicable (the “Offer Amount”), to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Loss Offer or the Project Document Termination Payment Offer, as applicable. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made hereunder.

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be 
63

payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Loss Offer or the Project Document Termination Payment Offer, as applicable.

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, Excess Loss Offer or Project Document Termination Payment Offer, as applicable, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee and the Noteholder Consultant. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Loss Offer or the Project Document Termination Payment Offer, as applicable. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Loss Offer or the Project Document Termination Payment Offer, as applicable, will state:

(1)that the Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Loss Offer or the Project Document Termination Payment Offer, as applicable, is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.09, 4.14 or 4.19, as applicable, and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Loss Offer or the Project Document Termination Payment Offer, as applicable, will remain open;

(2)the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(3)that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrete or accrue interest;

(4)that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Loss Offer or the Project Document Termination Payment Offer, as applicable, will cease to accrete or accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(5)that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, Excess Loss Offer or Project Document Termination Payment Offer, as applicable, may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof only;

(6)that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, Excess Loss Offer or Project Document Termination Payment Offer, as applicable, will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(7)that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;
64

(8)that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by Holders thereof, if applicable, exceeds the Offer Amount, the Notes, and such other pari passu Indebtedness, shall be purchased on a pro rata basis and the Trustee will select the Notes or portions thereof to be purchased by lot, on a pro rata basis or by any other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; provided that, in the case of Global Notes, the Depositary may select Global Notes for redemption pursuant to its Applicable Procedures (and, if applicable, with respect to the Notes, with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased); and

(9)that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Loss Offer or the Project Document Termination Payment Offer, as applicable, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer, the Excess Loss Offer or the Project Document Termination Payment Offer, as applicable, on the Purchase Date.

Section 3.10Allocation of Partial Prepayments.

In the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.09, the principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.

65

ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS

Section 4.01Payment of Notes.

The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Payment Schedule. Each Holder will receive its pro rata share of such payments. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 12:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on any overdue principal balance of the Notes and any overdue interest thereon at the rate equal to 0.5% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful (without regard to any applicable grace period).

Section 4.02Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.05.

66

Section 4.03Information About the Company.

(a)The Company shall file with the Trustee (i) within 15 days after the Company files them with the SEC, copies of its annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that the Company  is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and (ii) within 15 days after such documents become available, copies of each financial statement, report, notice of default, proxy statement or similar document sent by the Company or any Subsidiary to its creditors under any Senior Debt (excluding information sent to such creditors in the ordinary course of administration of such Senior Debt).
(b)So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Trustee, to the Noteholder Consultant and also to the Holders and Beneficial Owners of the Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors in the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereto) (“Rule 144A Information”).
(c)So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, in addition to the requirement to furnish Rule 144A Information as provided in the preceding clause (b), the Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Holders and (upon the request thereof delivered to the Company) to Holders of an interest in any Global Note:
(1)annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP (together with notes thereto and a report thereon by an independent accountant of established national reputation), such statements to be so furnished on the date that is the later of (i) 105 days after the end of the Fiscal Year covered thereby and (ii) the date on such financial statements are required to be delivered under any Senior Debt (or the date on which such financial statements are delivered under any Senior Debt, if such delivery occurs earlier than such required delivery date); 
(2)unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company for each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year of the Company and the corresponding quarter and year-to-year period of the prior year prepared in all material respects on a basis consistent with the annual financial statements furnished pursuant to clause (1) of this clause (c), such statements to be so furnished on the date that is the earlier of (i) 60 days after the end of each such quarter and (ii) the date on such financial statements are required to be delivered under any Senior Debt (or the date on which such financial statements are delivered under any Senior Debt, if such delivery occurs earlier than such required delivery date); 
(3)copies of any notice to the Company or any Subsidiary from any Government Authority relating to any order, ruling, statute or other law or regulation that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, such copies to be furnished promptly, and in any event within 30 days of receipt thereof; 
(4)notification of resignation or replacement of the Company’s auditors and any further information as the Holders may request, such notification  to be furnished within 10 days following such resignation or replacement; 
67

(5)such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including actual copies of the Company’s Form 10-Q and Form 10-K) or relating to the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Notes as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such Holder, such other data or information to be furnished with reasonable promptness; and 
(d)Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive knowledge or notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).
(e)Notwithstanding the foregoing, any reports, Officer’s Certificates or other information required to be filed, delivered or furnished pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall be deemed to be so filed, delivered or furnished:
(1)with respect to the financial statements furnished pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.03(c), if such financial statements are (i) delivered to each Holder by e-mail at the e-mail address of the Holder set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement or as communicated from time to time in a separate writing delivered to the Company, (ii) filed electronically with the SEC through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system), or (iii) are timely posted by or on behalf of the Company on IntraLinks or on any other similar website to which each Holder has free access;
(2)with respect to the Officer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Sections 4.03(f) and 4.04, if such Officer’s Certificate is (i) delivered to each Holder by e-mail at the e-mail address of the Holder set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement or as communicated from time to time in a separate writing delivered to the Company, (ii) made available on the Company’s home page on the internet at such internet address as will be provided to Holders, or (iii) posted by or on behalf of the Company on IntraLinks or on any other similar website to which each Holder has free access; and
(3)with respect to the reports and documents filed pursuant to Section 4.03(a), if such reports or documents are (i) delivered to each Holder by e-mail at the e-mail address of the Holder set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement or as communicated from time to time in a separate writing delivered to the Company, or (ii) timely filed electronically with the SEC through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system) and made available on the Company’s home page on the internet at such internet address as will be provided to Holders, or on IntraLinks or any other similar website to which each Holder has free access.
(f)Each set of financial statements delivered to a Holder of a Note pursuant to clauses (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this Section 4.03 shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate setting forth a list of all Subsidiaries that are Guarantors and certifying that each Subsidiary that is required to be a Guarantor pursuant to Section 11.01 is a Guarantor, in each case, as of the date of such Officer’s Certificate.
68

(g)The Company shall permit each Holder:
(1)No Default – if no Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of such Holder and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company, to visit the principal executive office of the Company, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries with the Company’s officers, and (with the consent of the Company, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) its independent public accountants, and (with the consent of the Company, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) to visit the other offices and properties of the Company and each Subsidiary, all at such reasonable times and as requested in writing; provided, that under no circumstances shall such visit occur more than twice a year, and any such visit shall be subject to such Holder entering into a confidentiality agreement with the Company prior to any such visit; and
(2)Default — if a Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of the Company to visit and inspect any of the offices or properties of the Company or any Subsidiary, to examine all their respective books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers and independent public accountants (and by this provision the Company authorizes said accountants to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries), all at such times and as often as may be requested; provided, that any such visit shall be subject to such Holder entering into a confidentiality agreement with the Company prior to any such visit.

Section 4.04Compliance Certificates

(a)The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, an Officer’s Certificate stating that to the signing Officer’s knowledge no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she has knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

(b)So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05Taxes.

Each of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or, for the purposes of this Section 4.05, if such entity is a disregarded entity for U.S. income tax purposes, its direct owner) shall (a) file or cause to be filed all tax returns required to be filed by it, and (b) pay and discharge, before the same shall become delinquent, after giving effect to any applicable extensions, all taxes imposed on it or its property (including interest and penalties) unless such taxes are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, appropriate reserves are maintained with respect thereto and such proceedings, if adversely determined, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
69

Section 4.06Restricted Payments.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make or agree to make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payments unless on the Restricted Payment Date each of the following conditions has been satisfied:

(a)no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the Restricted Payment Date or would occur as a result of the Restricted Payment;

(b)on and as of the applicable Calculation Date with respect to such Restricted Payment Date, (i) the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the Calculation Period ended on the applicable Calculation Date is at least 1.25 to 1.0, and (ii) the Projected Debt Service Coverage Ratio commencing on the first day after such Calculation Date is at least 1.25 to 1.0 for the upcoming twelve month period, provided that the Company may, at its option, exclude any Debt Service that (x) was pre-funded by the incurrence of Indebtedness, one of the use of proceeds of which was expressly for this purpose or (y) will be funded as part of scheduled draws pursuant to the express terms of Indebtedness to be incurred during such upcoming twelve month period; and provided, further that, (A) such Projected Debt Service Coverage Ratio shall not be required during the final three quarters prior to the last scheduled maturity of the final principal amount of the Notes and (B) if the Company shall have excluded each month in the relevant Calculation Period from the calculation of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio pursuant to the definition of Debt Service Coverage Ratio due to a Force Majeure Event, only subclause (ii) of this clause (c) shall apply;

(c)each Debt Service Reserve Account and Additional Debt Service Reserve Account is funded to its then required funding level; 

(d)the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company (i) to the effect that all conditions for a Restricted Payment on the Restricted Payment Date have been satisfied, and (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations for computing each of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio (including, if applicable, identifying any months in which the Cash Flow Available for Debt Service and the aggregate amount required to service the Company’s Debt Service has been excluded in respect of a Force Majeure Event) and the Projected Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the relevant periods and stating that such calculations were prepared in good faith and were based on reasonable assumptions; and

(e)if the Company has been subject to a Force Majeure Event for greater than twelve consecutive months and has relied on the second proviso in the definition of Debt Service Coverage Ratio to make Restricted Payments during such twelve-month period, at least three consecutive months shall have elapsed without any Force Majeure Event before the Company may make Restricted Payments.

70

Subject to the Accounts Agreement, the Company may make Restricted Payments not more frequently than once per calendar month.

Section 4.07Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

(a)The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1)(A) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (B) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2)make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3)sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b)The restrictions in Section 4.07(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1)agreements or instruments governing existing indebtedness as in effect on the Notes Issue Date and any amendments, restatements, modifications, increases, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements or instruments; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, increases, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements or instruments on the Notes Issue Date;

(2)the Common Terms Agreement, this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents;

(3)Applicable Law;

(4)customary non-assignment provisions in contracts and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(5)purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a);

71

(6)any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition;

(7)Permitted Indebtedness, including Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(8)Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.10 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(9)provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements, security agreements, mortgages, purchase money agreements and other similar agreements or instruments entered into with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

(10)Permitted Hedging Agreements; and

(11)restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Section 4.08Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, permit, suffer to exist or otherwise be or become liable with respect to, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur”), any Indebtedness and the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company and any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness or directly or indirectly create or incur or otherwise be or become liable with respect to any Guarantee if any of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) with respect to an incurrence of Indebtedness that is (1) Expansion Debt or (2) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that would have been permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (a), (b) or (c) of Section 4.08 of the 2013 Indenture prior to the Investment Grade Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company certifying that the amount of all Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt, all Indebtedness or Guarantees incurred pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p) and (q) of this Section 4.08, and all Indebtedness or Guarantees that would have been permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p) 
72

and (q) of Section 4.08 of the 2013 Indenture prior to the Investment Grade Date) outstanding after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom, is capable of being amortized to a zero balance by the termination date of the last to terminate of the Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements such that the Projected Debt Service Coverage Ratio after the last Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date with respect to any Trains then in construction (or if the In-Service Date has occurred with respect to all Trains, the date of incurrence of the Indebtedness) through the terms of such Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements, would be at least 1.5 to 1.0; provided that (i) the Projected Debt Service Coverage Ratio shall be calculated (x) solely with respect to Contracted Cash Flow; and (y) using an interest rate equal to the weighted average interest rate of all such Senior Debt outstanding after giving effect to the incurrence of the Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom and (ii) all of the Indebtedness required or anticipated to be incurred in connection with the construction of each of Train One and Train Two, Train Three and Train Four and Train Five has either been (x) fully funded or (y) no longer has any conditions precedent to funding that have not been satisfied or waived; or

(b) (1) the Indebtedness to be incurred has received at least two Investment Grade Ratings and (2) the Company shall have received (A) letters from any two Acceptable Rating Agencies (or if only one Acceptable Rating Agency is then rating the Notes, the Company shall have received a letter from that Acceptable Rating Agency) to the effect that the Acceptable Rating Agency has considered the contemplated incurrence, and that, if the contemplated incurrence is consummated, such Acceptable Rating Agency would reaffirm the Investment Grade Issue Rating of the Notes as of the date of such incurrence and (B) letters from all other Acceptable Rating Agencies then rating the Notes, if any, to the effect that the Acceptable Rating Agency has considered the contemplated incurrence, and that, if the contemplated incurrence is consummated, such Acceptable Rating Agency would reaffirm its then current rating of the Notes as of the date of such incurrence; or

(c) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company certifying that the amount of all Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt, all Indebtedness or Guarantees incurred pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p) and (q) of Section 4.08, and all Indebtedness or Guarantees that would have been permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p) and (q) of Section 4.08 of the 2013 Indenture prior to the Investment Grade Date) outstanding after giving effect to the incurrence of the Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom (A) would have resulted in a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.5 to 1.0 for the most recently ended four Fiscal Quarters and (B) is capable of being amortized to a zero balance by the termination date of the last to terminate of the Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements such that after the last Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date with respect to any Trains then in construction (or if the In-Service Date has occurred with respect to all Trains, the date of incurrence of the Indebtedness) through the terms of such Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements, the Projected Debt Service Coverage Ratio would be at least 
73

1.5 to 1.0 for each Fiscal Year during such period; provided that (i) each of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio and the Projected Debt Service Coverage Ratio shall be calculated (x) solely with respect to Contracted Cash Flow; and (y) using an interest rate equal to the weighted average interest rate of all such Senior Debt outstanding after giving effect to the incurrence of the Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom and (ii) all of the Indebtedness required or anticipated to be incurred in connection with the construction of each of Train One and Train Two, Train Three and Train Four and Train Five has either been (x) fully funded or (y) no longer has any conditions precedent to funding that have not been satisfied or waived;

and the Company and any Guarantor may incur any of the following items of Indebtedness:

(d) Working Capital Debt of the Company or a Guarantor in an amount not to exceed the sum of (i) $200,000,000 and (ii) an amount required to be expended to purchase Gas to comply with the obligations of the Company under the Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements;

(e) purchase money Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent incurred in the ordinary course of business to finance the acquisition or licensing of intellectual property or items of equipment; provided, that (i) if such obligations are secured, they are secured only by Liens upon the equipment or intellectual property being financed and (ii) the aggregate principal amount and the capitalized portion of such obligations do not at any time exceed $100,000,000 in the aggregate;

(f) other unsecured Indebtedness for borrowed money subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to the form of subordination agreement attached to this Indenture (or otherwise pursuant to an instrument in writing satisfactory in form and substance to the Required Secured Parties (other than the Holders)); provided, that such instrument shall include that: (i) the maturity of such subordinated debt shall be no shorter than the maturity of the latest maturing tranche of Secured Debt; (ii) such subordinated debt shall not be amortized; (iii) no interest payments shall be made under such subordinated debt except from monies held in the Distribution Account and that are permitted to be distributed pursuant to the Accounts Agreement; and (iv) such subordinated debt shall not impose covenants on the Company;

(g) trade or other similar Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company incurred in the ordinary course of business, which is (i) not more than 90 days past due, or (ii) being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

74

(h) contingent liabilities of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company incurred in the ordinary course of business, including the acquisition or sale of goods, services, supplies or merchandise in the normal course of  business, the endorsement of negotiable instruments received in the normal course of  business and indemnities provided under any of the Transaction Documents;

(i) any obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company under Permitted Hedging Agreements;

(j) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course or other cash management services in the ordinary course of business;

(k) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds, indemnification obligations, obligations to pay insurance premiums, take-or-pay or take-or-deliver obligations contained in supply agreements, cash deposits incurred in connection with natural gas purchases and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in respect of any bankers’ acceptance, letter of credit, warehouse receipt or similar facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts;

(n) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an amount not to exceed $250,000,000 to finance the restoration of the Project following an Event of Loss;

(o) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in customary amounts consistent with the operations and business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(p) the guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent that the guaranteed Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by another clause of this Section 4.08; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes, then the Guarantee must be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;
75

(q) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

(1) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and

(2) (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (B) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (q); and

(r) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (r), not to exceed $250,000,000.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.08, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness pursuant to clauses (a) through (r) of this Section 4.08, the Company will be permitted to classify or divide such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify or redivide all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.08.  The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.08; provided, in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Debt Service of the Company as accrued.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.08, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.08 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

76

            (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued  with original issue discount;

            (2) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the least of:

(A)the Fair Market Value of such asset at the date of determination;

(B)the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person; and

(C)the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

Section 4.09Asset Sales.

(a)The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(1)the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale equal to the greater of (A) the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of and (B) an amount equal to the invested cost of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, less depreciation; and

(2)at least 90% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets or a combination thereof.  For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

(A)any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent consolidated balance sheet (or as would be shown on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of the date of such Asset Sale) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability therefor; and

(B)any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 90 days after such Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion.

77

(b)Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds:

(1)to repay Senior Debt in accordance with the Common Terms Agreement and this Indenture; or

(2)to make any capital expenditure or to purchase Replacement Assets (or enter into a binding agreement to make such capital expenditure or to purchase such Replacement Assets; provided that (A) such capital expenditure or purchase is consummated within the later of (i) 360 days after the receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds from the related Asset Sale and (ii) 180 days after the date of such binding agreement and (B) if such capital expenditure or purchase is not consummated within the period set forth in subclause (A), the amount not so applied will be deemed to be Excess Proceeds.

(c)Pending the final application of any Net Cash Proceeds, the Company may reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

(d)An amount equal to any Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding clauses of this Section 4.09 will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” If on any date, the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100,000,000, then within ten Business Days after such date, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer in accordance with Section 3.09.  The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of purchase and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain unapplied after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture.  Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

(e)Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be governed by the provisions of Section 4.13 and/or the provisions of Section 5.01 and not by the provisions of this Section 4.09.

(f)The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 or this Section 4.09, or compliance with the provisions of Section 3.09 or this Section 4.09 would constitute a violation of any such laws or regulations, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 or this Section 4.09 by virtue of such compliance.

78

Section 4.10Liens.

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur, permit or suffer to exist any Lien upon the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for the Permitted Liens.

Section 4.11Business Activities.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business or activities other than the Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

Section 4.12Maintenance of Existence.

Subject to the rights of the Company under Section 5.01, the Company shall do all things necessary to maintain: (a) its corporate, limited liability company or partnership, as applicable, existence in its jurisdiction of organization; provided, that the foregoing shall not prohibit conversion into another form of entity or continuation in another jurisdiction and (b) the power and authority (corporate and otherwise) necessary under the Applicable Law to own its properties and to carry on the business of the Project.  Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall not dissolve, liquidate, and shall not take any action to amend or modify its corporate constituent or governing documents where such amendment would be adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

Section 4.13Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

(a)Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) of payment (a “Change of Control Payment”) to each Holder to repurchase all (equal to $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to not less than 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment Date,” which date will be no earlier than the date of such Change of Control).  No later than 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder and the Noteholder Consultant describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating:

(1)that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.13 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;

(2)the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed;

(3)that any Note not tendered will continue to accrete or accrue interest;

79

(4)that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrete or accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5)that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6)that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and

(7)that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $100,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.13, or compliance with this Section 4.13 would constitute a violation of any such laws or regulations, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.13 by virtue of such compliance.

(b)On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(1)accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2)deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(3)deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

The Paying Agent will promptly mail (but in any case not later than five days after the Change of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of 
80

Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $100,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(c)The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

(d)If Holders of not less than 95% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company as described below, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price in cash equal to the applicable Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the date of redemption.

(e)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.13, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.13 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.03 with respect to a redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

Section 4.14Events of Loss

(a)After any Event of Loss, the Company may apply the Net Loss Proceeds from the Event of Loss to the rebuilding, repair, replacement or construction of improvements to the Project, with no obligation to make any purchase of any Notes, provided, that with respect to any Event of Loss that results in Net Loss Proceeds equal to or greater than $100,000,000:

(1)the Company delivers to the Trustee within 120 days of such Event of Loss a written opinion from a reputable contractor that the Project can be rebuilt, repaired, replaced or constructed and operating within 540 days following such Event of Loss; and

(2)the Company delivers to the Trustee within 120 days of such Event of Loss a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company certifying that the applicable entity has available from Net Loss Proceeds, cash on hand, binding equity commitments with respect to funds, anticipated insurance proceeds and/or available borrowings under Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.08 to complete the rebuilding, 
81

repair, replacement or construction described in clause (1) above and to pay debt service on its Indebtedness during the repair or restoration period.

(b)Any Net Loss Proceeds that are not reinvested (or committed for reinvestment by the Company) within 540 days following an Event of Loss will be deemed “Excess Loss Proceeds.” Within 15 days following the date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Loss Proceeds exceeds $100,000,000, the Company will make an Excess Loss Offer in accordance with Section 3.09.  The offer price in any Excess Loss Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of purchase and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Loss Proceeds remain after consummation of an Excess Loss Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture.  Upon completion of each Excess Loss Offer, the amount of Excess Loss Proceeds will be reset at zero.

(c)The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Excess Loss Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 or this Section 4.14, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 or this Section 4.14 by virtue of such conflict.

(d)If the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, receives any excess Insurance Proceeds, Condemnation Proceeds or Performance Liquidated Damages applied to the prepayment of Secured Debt and other Obligations as provided in the Common Terms Agreement and this Indenture does not require the Company to make an Excess Loss Offer pursuant to Section 3.09 and this Section 4.14, the Company shall instruct the Trustee to deposit such proceeds in the Construction Account, the Revenue Account or the Operating Account, as applicable, and the Trustee shall be required to make such deposit.

Section 4.15Access.

Each of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall grant the Common Security Trustee or its designee from time to time, including during the pendency of a Default or an Event of Default, upon reasonable prior written notice but no more than twice per calendar year (unless an Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) reasonable access to all of its books and records and the physical facilities of the Project, provided that all such inspections are conducted during normal business hours in a manner that does not disrupt the operation of the Project. So long as a Default or any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the reasonable fees and documented expenses of such persons shall be for the account of the Company.

Section 4.16Insurance.

82

Each of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will keep the Project property of an insurable nature and of a character usually insured, insured with financially sound insurers in such form and amounts as is necessary to insure the maximum probable loss for the Project.  The Company will cause with limited exceptions, each insurance policy to name the Common Security Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties and the Secured Parties as loss payees as their interest may appear.

Section 4.17Compliance with Law.

Each of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall (a) comply with all Applicable Law (including environmental, health and safety and port laws), except where such failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) notify the Trustee promptly following the initiation of any proceedings or material disputes with any Government Authority or other parties, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, relating to compliance or noncompliance with any such law, rule, regulation or order.

Section 4.18Use of Proceeds of Secured Debt.

The Company will use the proceeds of the Secured Debt solely for purposes permitted in the applicable Secured Debt Instruments.  

Section 4.19Project Document Termination Payments.

(a)Within 15 days following the date on which the aggregate amount of Project Document Termination Payments received by the Company exceeds $100,000,000, the Company will make a Project Document Termination Payment Offer in accordance with Section 3.09.  The offer price in any Project Document Termination Payment Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of purchase and will be payable in cash. If any Project Document Termination Payments remain after consummation of an Project Document Termination Payment Offer, the Company may use those Project Document Termination Payments for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture.  Upon completion of each Project Document Termination Payment, the amount of Project Document Termination Payments for the purposes of this paragraph will be reset at zero.

(b)The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Project Document Termination Payment Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 or this Section 4.19, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 or this Section 4.19 by virtue of such conflict.  

83

(c)If the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, receives any Project Document Termination Payments applied to the prepayment of Secured Debt and other Obligations as provided in the Common Terms Agreement and this Indenture does not require the Company to make a Project Document Termination Payment Offer pursuant to Section 3.09 and this Section 4.19, the Company shall instruct the Trustee to deposit such proceeds in the Construction Account, the Revenue Account or the Operating Account, as applicable, and the Trustee shall make such deposit.

Section 4.20LNG Sales Contracts.

The Company will not enter into any LNG sales contracts except for (a) the Train One and Train Two LNG Sales Agreements, the Train Three and Train Four LNG Sales Agreements and the Train Five LNG Sales Agreement, (b) the CMI LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement, (c) LNG sales contracts with counterparties who at the time of execution of the contract (1) have an Investment Grade Rating from at least one Acceptable Rating Agency, or who provide a guaranty from an affiliate with at least one of such ratings or (2) have a direct or indirect parent with an Investment Grade Rating from at least one Acceptable Rating Agency and either the counterparty or an affiliate of such counterparty who is providing a guaranty has a tangible net worth in excess of $15,000,000,000, (d) LNG sales contracts with a term of less than five years and greater than one year with counterparties who do not at the time of execution of the contract have an Investment Grade Rating from at least one Acceptable Rating Agency to the extent the counterparty provides a letter of credit from a financial institution rated at least A- by S&P or A3 by Moody’s (or, if any of such entities ceases to provide such ratings, the equivalent credit rating from any other Acceptable Rating Agency) with respect to its estimated obligations under the contract for a period of 60 days, (e) LNG sales contracts with a term of one year or less, (f) LNG sales contracts with counterparties who prepay (in cash) for their LNG purchase obligations under such contracts, or (g) LNG sales contracts otherwise approved by the Required Secured Parties; provided, that in the case of clauses (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) above, performance under such contracts shall not adversely affect the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under any contract listed in clause (a) above.

Section 4.21Project Documents.

(a)Each of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall comply in all material respects with its payment and other material obligations under the Material Project Documents and Fundamental Government Approvals, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  

(b)The Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall notify the Trustee (1) when entering into or terminating any Material Project Documents and provide a copy of any such contract to the Trustee and (2) promptly upon obtaining knowledge thereof, of any material adverse change in the status of any Fundamental Government Approval.  

84

(c)Each of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not agree to any material amendment or termination of any Material Project Document to which it is or becomes a party unless (1) a copy of such amendment or termination has been delivered to the Trustee at least 5 days in advance of the effective date thereof along with a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company certifying that the proposed amendment or termination could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (2) the Company has obtained the consent of a majority of the Holders to such amendment or termination.

Section 4.22Project Construction; Maintenance of Properties.

The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to perform, or cause to be performed, all work and services required or appropriate in connection with the design, engineering, construction, testing and commencement of operations of the Project. 

Section 4.23Maintenance of Liens.

(a)The Company will grant a security interest to the Common Security Trustee in the Company’s interest in all Project assets and Project Documents acquired or entered into, as applicable, from time to time (except to the extent expressly permitted to be excluded from the Liens created by the Security Documents pursuant to the terms thereof) and shall take, or cause to be taken, all action reasonably required by the Common Security Trustee to maintain and preserve the Liens created by the Security Documents to which it is a party and the priority of such Liens.  

(b)The Company will from time to time execute or cause to be executed any and all further instruments (including financing statements, continuation statements and similar statements with respect to any Security Document) reasonably requested by the Common Security Trustee for such purposes.  

(c)The Company will preserve and maintain good, legal and valid title to, or rights in, the Collateral free and clear of Liens other than Permitted Liens.  

(d)The Company will promptly discharge at the Company’s cost and expense, any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on the Collateral.

Section 4.24Credit Rating Agencies.

The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Notes to be rated by at least two Recognized Credit Rating Agencies.  If any Recognized Credit Rating Agency ceases to be a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” registered with the SEC or ceases to be in the business of rating securities of the type and nature of the Notes, the Company may replace the rating received from it with a rating from any other Acceptable Rating Agency.

Section 4.25Additional Note Guarantees.

85

If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary, then such Domestic Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (together with a corresponding Notation of Guarantee in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D) and deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel within 15 Business Days of the date on which such Domestic Subsidiary is acquired or created; provided that any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary need not become a Guarantor until such time as it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary.

Section 4.26Separateness.

The Company shall comply at all times with the separateness provisions set forth on Schedule 6.1 to the Common Terms Agreement.

Section 4.27Payments for Consent.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder, in its capacity as a Holder, for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Section 4.28Books and Records.

The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain proper books of record and account in conformity with GAAP and all applicable requirements of any Government Authority having legal or regulatory jurisdiction over the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.  The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep books, records and accounts which, in reasonable detail, accurately reflect all transactions and dispositions of assets.  The Company and its Subsidiaries have devised a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that their respective books, records, and accounts accurately reflect all transactions and dispositions of assets and the Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, continue to maintain such system.

Section 4.29Economic Sanctions, Etc.

The Company will not, and will not permit any Controlled Entity to (a) become (including by virtue of being owned or controlled by a Blocked Person), own or control a Blocked Person or (b) directly or indirectly have any investment in or engage in any dealing or transaction (including any investment, dealing or transaction involving the proceeds of the Notes) with any Person if such investment, dealing or transaction  is prohibited by or subject to sanctions under any U.S. Economic Sanctions Laws.

86

Section 4.30Changes in Covenants when Notes No Longer Rated Investment Grade.

(a)If, on any date, Parent (or any successor entity thereto) no longer has a rating from all Acceptable Rating Agencies that rate both Parent (or any successor entity thereto) and the Company that is equivalent to or better than the Company’s rating from all Acceptable Rating Agencies that rate Parent (or any successor entity thereto) and the Company, then on such date (the “Covenant Change Date”):

(i)the covenant set forth below shall come into force and effect: 

“Section 4.31    Transactions with Affiliates.

(a)The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction that is otherwise permitted hereunder with or for the benefit of an Affiliate (including guarantees and assumptions of obligations of an Affiliate) (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration with respect to a single transaction or a series of related transactions, in excess of $25,000,000, except:

(1)to the extent required by Applicable Law;

(2)to the extent required or contemplated by the Material Project Documents or any other Project Document in existence on the Notes Issue Date;  

(3)upon terms no less favorable to the Company than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, or, if no comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate is available, then on terms that are determined by the Board of Directors of the Company to be fair in light of all factors considered by said Board of Directors to be pertinent to the Company;

(4)for any Project processing, facilities sharing, use or similar agreement with an Affiliate of the Company; provided, if applicable for the recovery by the Company, that the terms of such agreement provide for the recovery of at least the incremental Operation and Maintenance Expenses associated with operations pursuant to such agreement and the Company has entered into the required Security Documents; and

(5)Subordinated Indebtedness between or among the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or any of their Affiliates.

Prior to entering into any agreement with an Affiliate involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50,000,000, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company as to the satisfaction of the applicable condition set forth in clauses (2), (3), (4) and (5) of this Section.

87

(b)The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of clause (a) of this Section:

(1)any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto;

(2)transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3)transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

(4)payment of reasonable directors’ fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company;

(5)any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to Affiliates of the Company;

(6)any (A) Permitted Investments or (B) Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.06;

(7)Permitted Payments to Parent;

(8)any contracts, agreements or understandings existing as of the Notes Issue Date and any amendments to or replacements of such contracts, agreements or understandings so long as any such amendment or replacement is not more disadvantageous to the Company or to the Holders  in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Notes Issue Date; and

(9)subject to Section 4.08(a)(1), any assignment, novation or transfer of any Train Six LNG Sales Agreement or the CMI LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement by the Company to an Affiliate of the Company and any related agreements; provided, however, that if the Company incurs Expansion Debt in respect of Train Five or Train Six pursuant, as applicable, to clause (a) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, any such assignment, novation or transfer of any Train Five LNG Sales Agreement or any Train Six LNG Sales Agreement, as applicable, and any related agreements shall constitute an Affiliate Transaction unless such assignment, novation or transfer qualifies under any of the other listed exceptions in this section.”

(ii)Clause (b) of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” will be replaced with the following:

88

“(b) except as permitted by Section 4.31, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company”

No Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture or the Notes with respect to the covenant set forth in Section 4.31(a) and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring prior to the Covenant Change Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the covenant were in effect prior to such date. 

(b)If, on any date following a Covenant Change Date, the following conditions are satisfied:

(1)the Notes receive at least two Investment Grade Issue Ratings;

(2)no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(3)Parent (or any successor entity thereto) has a rating from all Acceptable Rating Agencies that rate both Parent (or any successor entity thereto) and the Company that is equivalent to or better than the Company’s rating from all Acceptable Rating Agencies that rate Parent (or any successor entity thereto) and the Company,

 then the covenant set forth in Section 4.31(a) will no longer be applicable to the Notes and clause (b) of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” will revert to the initial definition included in this Indenture, beginning on such date and continuing until any subsequent Covenant Change Date.

(c) In the event that subsequent to a Covenant Change Date the Company satisfies the conditions set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.30(b), the Company will provide written notice of such event to the Trustee.

ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

The Company will not, directly or indirectly, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into another Person (regardless of whether the Company is the surviving entity), convert into another form of entity or continue in another jurisdiction; or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its 
89

Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(a)either:

(1)the Company is the surviving entity; or 

(2)the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger or resulting from such conversion (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

(b)the Person formed by or surviving any such conversion, consolidation, amalgamation, or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Security Documents, pursuant to a supplemental indenture and appropriate Security Documents;

(c)immediately after such transaction or transactions, no Default or Event of Default exists; 

(d)the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation or merger, or sale or disposition and such supplemental indenture, Security Documents and registration rights agreement, if any, comply with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with; and

(e)either (i) the Company shall have received letters from all Acceptable Rating Agencies then rating the Notes (or if only one Acceptable Rating Agency is then rating the Notes, the Company shall have received a letter from that Acceptable Rating Agency) to the effect that the Acceptable Rating Agency has considered the contemplated transaction or transactions, and that, if the contemplated transaction or transactions are consummated, such Acceptable Rating Agency would reaffirm the then current rating of the Notes as of the date of such transaction or transactions or (ii) the transaction or transactions have been consented to by Secured Debt Holders holding greater than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Secured Debt then outstanding.

Upon any consolidation, amalgamation or merger, or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with this Section 5.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or into which the Company merged or to which such transfer is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company in this Indenture and the Notes, and thereafter the predecessor Person will have no continuing obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and 
90

the Security Documents (and such change shall not in any way constitute or be deemed to constitute a novation, discharge, rescission, extinguishment or substitution of the existing Indebtedness and any Indebtedness so effected shall continue to be the same obligation and not a new obligation).

In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.  This Section 5.01 will not apply to any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and the Guarantors.

Clause (c) of this Section 5.01 will not apply to any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction.

Section 5.02Successor Corporation Substituted.

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01.

ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01Events of Default.

Each of the following is an “Event of Default:”

(1)any “Event of Default” specified in Section 9.1 of the Common Terms Agreement; provided, however, that:(A) except with respect to any default in the payment when due of any principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, any default described in clause (i) of such Section 9.1 shall not constitute an “Event of Default” for purposes of the Notes unless such default in the payment when due of any principal of any Secured Debt is in a principal amount in excess of $100,000,000, (B) any default described in clause (ii) of such Section 9.1 shall not constitute an “Event of Default” for purposes of 
91

the Notes unless such default in the payment when due of any interest on any Secured Debt or any fee or any other amount or Obligation payable by the Company under the Common Terms Agreement, any Secured Debt Instrument or any other Financing Documents continues unremedied for a period of 30 days after the occurrence of such default, (C) any waiver of any  default in the payment when due of any principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes shall not be effective, and will not be a waiver with respect to the Notes, unless such waiver is approved by greater than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and (D) no amendment or other modification to such Section 9.1 that results in (i) any default in the payment when due of any principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes not being an “Event of Default” under such Section 9.1, (ii) an extension of the cure period with respect to the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes or (iii) an extension of the cure period with respect to the payment of interest on the Notes to a period that is greater than thirty (30) days, shall be effective with respect to the Notes unless such amendment or other modification is approved by greater than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;

(2)default with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company that is in excess of $100,000,000 in the aggregate (other than any amount due in respect of Additional Secured Debt or Secured Bank Debt) and continued beyond any applicable grace period, the effect of which has been to cause the entire amount of such Indebtedness under this clause (2) to become due (whether by redemption, purchase, offer to purchase or otherwise) and such Indebtedness under this clause (2) remains unpaid or the acceleration of its stated maturity unrescinded;

(3)failure by the Company to comply with its obligations described under Section 5.01 or to consummate a purchase of Notes when required pursuant to Section 4.09, 4.13, 4.14 or 4.19;

(4)failure by the Company for 30 days to comply with the provisions of Section 4.07, 4.08 or 4.10;

(5)failure by the Company for 60 days after notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 331⁄3% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture or the Common Terms Agreement, to the extent applicable to the Notes, the Security Documents or the Notes unless covered by another Event of Default;

(6)(a) any Default Contract or the Consent related to such Default Contract shall at any time for any reason terminate (in each case, except in connection with its expiration in accordance with its terms in the ordinary course (and not related to any default or early termination right thereunder)) or (b) any other Material Project Document or the Consent related to such Material Project Document shall terminate (in each case, except in connection with its expiration in accordance with its terms in the ordinary course (and not related to any default or early termination right thereunder)) and any such 
92

event under this clause (b) could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, that no Event of Default shall have occurred pursuant to this clause (6) if, in the case of the occurrence of any of the events set forth in clause (a) or (b) above with respect to any Material Project Document or related Consent:

(i)(A) the Company notifies the Common Security Trustee that it intends to replace such Material Project Document and related Consent, (B) the Company diligently pursues such replacement, (C) the applicable Material Project Document is replaced within 360 days (except the Sabine Liquefaction TUA, which shall be replaced within 180 days) with a replacement Material Project Document, (D) (I) in the case of any Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement, such replacement Material Project Document is on terms and conditions, taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to the Company than the then existing least favorable FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement, (II) in the case of the Sabine Liquefaction TUA, such replacement Material Project Document is on terms and conditions, taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to the Company than the Sabine Liquefaction TUA, (III) in the case of the Train One and Train Two EPC Contract and the Train Three and Train Four EPC Contract, such replacement Material Project Document is on terms and conditions, taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to the Company than the Train One and Train Two EPC Contract and the Train Three and Train Four EPC Contract, respectively, and (IV) in the case of any EPC Contract related to Train One and Train Two, Train Three and Train Four, Train Five or Train Six, the counterparty to such replacement Material Project Document is an internationally recognized contractor and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate of the Independent Engineer, certifying that such counterparty is capable of completing the applicable Project Phase, and (E) in the case of any Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement, the counterparty to any such replacement Material Project Document (x) has an Investment Grade Rating from at least two Acceptable Rating Agencies, or provides a guaranty from an Affiliate that has at least two of such ratings or (y) has a direct or indirect parent with an Investment Grade Rating from at least one Acceptable Rating Agency and either the counterparty or an Affiliate of such counterparty who is providing a guaranty has a tangible net worth in excess of $15,000,000,000; provided that, clauses (D) and (E) shall not apply if such replacement Material Project Document is reasonably acceptable to (x) if the Aggregate Secured Bank Debt then outstanding is equal to or greater than 25% of the total Secured Debt then outstanding, the Required Secured Parties, or (y) if the Aggregate Secured Bank Debt then outstanding is less than 25% of the total Secured Debt then outstanding, Holders of greater than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes; or 

93

(ii)the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company and the certification set forth therein is confirmed by the Independent Engineer, certifying that (A) the present value of (x) the projected cash flows to be received by the Company pursuant to the Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements, minus (y) the projected expenses that could reasonably be expected to be incurred by the Company throughout the term of such Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements is greater than (B) the sum of the outstanding principal amount of Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt, all Indebtedness or Guarantees incurred pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p) and (q) of Section 4.08, and all Indebtedness or Guarantees that would have been permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p) and (q) of Section 4.08 of the 2013 Indenture prior to the Investment Grade Date) outstanding; provided, that in calculating the present value of such cash flows, the discount rate shall be the weighted average interest rate of all the Indebtedness referred to in clause (B) and the discount period shall commence on the date of the occurrence of the applicable event set forth in clause (a) or (b) above with respect to the applicable Material Project Document (and, with respect to any Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement relating to a Train for which the In-Service Date has not occurred as of such date, the cash flows to be received pursuant to the associated  Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements shall be deemed to commence on the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for such Train);

(7)any event that would constitute an “Event of Default” under Section 9.7 of the Common Terms Agreement shall occur with respect to the Company; provided, however, that (a) any waiver of any such “Event of Default” shall not be effective, and will not be a waiver, with respect to the Notes, unless such waiver is approved by greater than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and (b) no amendment or other modification to such Section 9.7 that results in the occurrence of a Bankruptcy with respect to the Company not being an “Event of Default” under such Section 9.7 shall be effective with respect to the Notes unless such amendment or other modification is approved by greater than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;

(8)a Bankruptcy shall occur with respect to (a) any party to one or more Default LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements (other than the Company) (and such party has failed to meet its contractual obligations under the applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement for 180 consecutive days) or (b) (i) prior to the later of Final Completion and “final completion” or similar concept in the Train Three and Train Four EPC Contract and (ii) after the Company incurs Expansion Debt in respect of Train Three and Train Four pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, the EPC Contractor or Bechtel Global Energy, Inc., unless:

94

(i)(A) the Company notifies the Common Security Trustee that it intends to enter into a replacement Material Project Document in lieu of the Material Project Document to which any of the affected Persons is party, (B) the Company diligently pursues such replacement, (C) the applicable Material Project Document is replaced not later than 180 days following the expiration of such 180 consecutive day period (except the Train One and Train Two EPC Contract, the Train Three and Train Four EPC Contract, which shall be replaced within 360 days) (D) (I) in the case of any Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement, such replacement Material Project Document is on terms and conditions, taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to the Company than the then existing least favorable FOB Sale and Purchase Agreement, (II) in the case of the Train One and Train Two EPC Contract and the Train Three and Train Four EPC Contract, such replacement Material Project Document is on terms and conditions, taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to the Company than the Train One and Train Two EPC Contract and the Train Three and Train Four EPC Contract, respectively, and (III) in the case of any EPC Contract related to Train One and Train Two, Train Three and Train Four, Train Five or Train Six, the counterparty to such replacement Material Project Document is an internationally recognized contractor and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate of the Independent Engineer, certifying that such counterparty is capable of completing the applicable Project Phase and (E) in the case of any Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement, the counterparty to any such replacement Material Project Document (x) has an Investment Grade Rating from at least two Acceptable Rating Agencies, or provides a guaranty from an Affiliate that has at least two of such ratings or (y) has a direct or indirect parent with an Investment Grade Rating from at least one Acceptable Rating Agency and either the counterparty or an Affiliate of such counterparty who is providing a guaranty has a tangible net worth in excess of $15,000,000,000; provided that, clauses (D) and (E) shall not apply if such replacement Material Project Document is reasonably acceptable to (x) if the Aggregate Secured Bank Debt then outstanding is equal to or greater than 25% of the total Secured Debt then outstanding, the Required Secured Parties, or (y) if the Aggregate Secured Bank Debt then outstanding is less than 25% of the total Secured Debt then outstanding, Holders of greater than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes; or

95

(ii)the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company and the certification set forth therein is confirmed by the Independent Engineer, certifying that (A) the present value of (x) the projected cash flows to be received by the Company pursuant to the Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements, minus (y) the projected expenses that could reasonably be expected to be incurred by the Company throughout the term of such Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements is greater than (B) the sum of the outstanding principal amount of Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt, all Indebtedness or Guarantees incurred pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p) and (q) of Section 4.08, and all Indebtedness or Guarantees that would have been permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p) and (q) of Section 4.08 of the 2013 Indenture prior to the Investment Grade Date) outstanding; provided, that in calculating the present value of such cash flows, the discount rate shall be the weighted average interest rate of all the Indebtedness referred to in clause (B) and the discount period shall commence on the date such Bankruptcy occurs (and, with respect to any Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement relating to a Train for which the In-Service Date has not occurred as of such date, the cash flows to be received pursuant to the associated  Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements shall be deemed to commence on the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for such Train);

(9)A final judgment or order, or series of judgments or orders, for the payment of money in excess of $150,000,000 in the aggregate (net of insurance proceeds which are reasonably expected to be paid), in either case shall be rendered against any Loan Party, in each case, by one or more Government Authorities, arbitral tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction over any such entity and the same shall not be discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge), dismissed or stayed, within 90 days from the date of entry of such judgment or order or judgments or orders;

(10)the Common Terms Agreement or any other Financing Document or any material provision of any Financing Document, (A) is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal or unenforceable, (B) should otherwise cease to be valid and binding or in full force and effect or shall be materially Impaired (in each case, except in connection with its expiration in accordance with its terms in the ordinary course (and not related to any default hereunder)) or (C) is (including the enforceability thereof) expressly terminated, contested or repudiated by any Loan Party, the Pledgor, the Parent, any Affiliate of any of them;

96

(11)the Liens in favor of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents shall at any time cease to constitute valid and perfected Liens granting a first priority security interest in any material portion of the Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens);

(12)an Event of Abandonment occurs or is deemed to have occurred; or

(13)any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of the Company or by any officer of the Company in the Note Purchase Agreement thereby proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made; or

(14)any Fundamental Government Approval related to the Company or the Project shall be Impaired and such Impairment could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, unless:

(A)(i) the Company provides to the Trustee a remediation plan (which sets forth the proposed steps to be taken to cure such Impairment) no later than 20 Business Days following the date that the Company has knowledge of the occurrence of such Impairment, (ii) the Company pursues the implementation of such remediation plan, and (iii) such Impairment is cured no later than 360 days following the occurrence thereof; or

(B)the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company and the certification set forth therein is confirmed by the Independent Engineer, certifying that (i) the present value of (x) the projected cash flows to be received by the Company pursuant to the Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements, minus (y) the projected expenses that could reasonably be expected to be incurred by the Company throughout the term of such Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements is greater than (ii) the sum of the outstanding principal amount of Senior Debt (excluding Working Capital Debt, all Indebtedness or Guarantees incurred pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p) and (q) of Section 4.08, and all Indebtedness or Guarantees that would have been permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p) and (q) of Section 4.08 of the 2013 Indenture prior to the Investment Grade Date) outstanding, in each case after giving effect to such Impairment; provided, that in calculating the present value of such cash flows, the discount rate shall be the weighted average interest rate of all the Indebtedness referred to in clause (ii) and the discount period shall commence on the date of the occurrence of the applicable Impairment event with respect to the applicable Fundamental Government Approval (and, with respect to any Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement relating to a Train for which the In-Service Date has not occurred as of such date, the cash flows to be received pursuant to the associated  Applicable Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreements shall be deemed to commence on the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for such Train).
97

Section 6.02Acceleration.

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (7) of Section 6.01, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice (subject to Applicable Law). If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 331⁄3% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately, by notice in writing to the Company, specifying the Event of Default. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately. 

Upon any Notes becoming due and payable under this Section 6.02, whether automatically or by declaration, such Notes will forthwith mature and the Optional Redemption Price determined with respect to such principal amount shall be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived.

Section 6.03Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04Waiver of Past Defaults.

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

98

Section 6.05Control by Majority.

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.06Limitation on Suits.

A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:

(1)such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2)Holders of at least 331⁄3% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3)such Holder or Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

(4)the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5)Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal and premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under Applicable Law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture upon any property subject to such Lien.

99

Section 6.08Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal and premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10Priorities.

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, or, after an Event of Default, any money or other property distributable in respect of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

First: to the Trustee (including any predecessor trustee), its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

100

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7
 TRUSTEE

Section 7.01Duties of Trustee.

(a)If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b)Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1)the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2)in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the 
101

requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts, statements, opinions or conclusions stated therein).

(c)The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1)this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraphs (b) and (e) of this Section 7.01;

(2)the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(3)the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

(d)Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.

(e)No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(f)The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02Rights of Trustee.

(a)The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

102

(b)Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both; provided that an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel will not be required if the Indenture requires the Company to deliver a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company in connection with such act or refrain from acting. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes, suffers or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate, Opinion of Counsel or a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c)The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d)The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes, suffers or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e)Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Authorized Officer of the Company.

(f)The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(g)The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice of such Default or Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(h)The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action.

(i)The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (and under the other Financing Documents to which it is a party) and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder or thereunder.

103

(j)The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(k)The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(l)Anything in this Indenture notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential or other similar loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of profit), even if the Trustee has been advised as to the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

Section 7.03Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10.

Section 7.04Trustee’s Disclaimer.

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

The Trustee will not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral, for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of the Company or the Pledgor to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral.  The Trustee hereby disclaims any representation or warranty to the present and future holders of the Secured Obligations concerning the perfection of the Liens granted hereunder or in the value of any of the Collateral.  For purposes of the two preceding sentences, the terms “Collateral,” “Liens,” “Pledgor” and “Secured Obligations” shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Collateral Trust Agreement.
104

Section 7.05Notice of Defaults.

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received notice of such Default or Event of Default at its Corporate Trust Office, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes and the Noteholder Consultant a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 7.06[Reserved.]

Section 7.07Compensation and Indemnity.

(a)The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ.

(b)The Company and the Guarantors will indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor trustee and their officers, agents, directors and employees for, and to hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture and the Financing Documents, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder or thereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

105

(c)The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the termination for any reason of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

(d)To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the termination for any reason of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

(e)When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

(f) “Trustee” for purposes of this Section shall include any predecessor Trustee; provided, however, that the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder.

Section 7.08Replacement of Trustee.

(a)A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

(b)The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

(1)the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(2)the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(3)a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4)the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

(c)If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

106

(d)If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e)If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f)A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders and the Noteholder Consultant. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another Person, the successor Person without any further act will be the successor Trustee.  In case any Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

Section 7.10Eligibility; Disqualification.

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

Section 7.11Authorization to Enter Into Accession Agreement.

The Trustee is hereby authorized to exercise all the rights and perform all the obligations of a Secured Debt Holder Group Representative set out in the Accession Documents (as defined in the Accession Agreement), including, without limitation, making, on behalf of the Holders, the agreements expressed to be made by Secured Debt Holders under the Financing Documents.

107

Section 7.12Trustee Protective Provisions.

Without duplication of any amounts the Trustee is entitled to recover under any indemnification provisions in the Financing Documents, the rights, privileges, protections, indemnities, immunities and benefits provided to the Trustee in this Indenture are in addition to, and are not intended to be in conflict with or limited by, any such provisions in the Financing Documents.  

Section 7.13Tax Withholding.

The Trustee shall be entitled to deduct FATCA Withholding Tax from any payment hereunder, and shall have no obligation to gross-up any payment hereunder or to pay any additional amount as a result of such FATCA Withholding Tax deduction.

ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
108

(1)the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04;

(2)the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02;

(3)the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(4)this Article 8.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03.

Section 8.03Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.06 through 4.30 (and Section 4.31 if a Covenant Change Date has occurred) with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).

For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(5) will not constitute Events of Default.

109

Section 8.04Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03:

(1)the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

(2)in the case of an election under Section 8.02, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that:

(A)the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

(B)since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3)in the case of an election under Section 8.03, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4)no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

110

(5)such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(6)the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others;

(7)the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (1) through (6) of this Section 8.04 have been complied with; and

(8)the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which opinion of counsel may be subject to customary assumptions, qualifications and exclusions), stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (2), (3) and (5) of this Section 8.04 have been complied with; provided that the Opinion of Counsel with respect to clause (5) of this Section 8.04 may be to the knowledge of such counsel.

Section 8.05Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.06, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1)), are 
111

in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06Repayment to Company.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Government Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Notes and this Indenture or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of Notes:

(1)to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

112

(2)to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3)to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders and Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10;

(4)to effect the release of a Guarantor from its Note Guarantee and the termination of such Note Guarantee, all in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture governing such release and termination;

(5)to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder;

(6)to add any Note Guarantee; or

(7)to provide for a successor Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 9.02With Consent of Holders of Notes.

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including Section 3.09, 4.09, 4.13, 4.14 and 4.19) and the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes).  Section 2.09 shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

113

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

It is not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby and the Noteholder Consultant a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1)reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2)reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes; provided, however, that any purchase or repurchase of Notes, including pursuant to Sections 4.09, 4.13,  4.14 or 4.19 shall not be deemed a redemption of the Notes;

(3)reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;

(4)waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(5)make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

114

(6)make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(7)waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note; provided, however, that any purchase or repurchase of Notes, including pursuant to Sections 4.09, 4.13, 4.14 or 4.19, shall not be deemed a redemption of the Notes;

(8)release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(9)make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

Section 9.03Decisions under Other Financing Documents.

(a)Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement to the contrary, the Trustee shall be required, without the requirement of any vote or consent by the Holders of Notes and without seeking noteholder vote, consent or direction with respect to any of the clauses set forth below to vote as follows: 

(1)for any Covered Action that is or includes any Fundamental Decision, if at the time no Secured Bank Debt is outstanding and such Covered Action causes the provisions of the Financing Documents that are being amended to be no less restrictive on the Company than the covenants in this Indenture, the Trustee shall vote in favor of such Covered Action;

(2)for any Covered Action while the Aggregate Secured Bank Debt then outstanding is less than 25% of the total Secured Debt then outstanding, the Trustee shall vote in conformity with the Secured Bank Debt Holders to the extent that any such Covered Action causes the provisions of the Financing Documents that are being amended to be no less restrictive on the Company than this Indenture, as set forth in a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company; 

(3)for any Covered Action that Modifies the provisions governing Expansion Debt in the Common Terms Agreement, (A) if at the time both Aggregate Secured Bank Debt and Aggregate Other Secured Debt is outstanding, the Trustee shall vote in conformity with the Secured Bank Debt Holders to the extent that any such Covered Action causes the provisions of the Financing Documents that are being amended to be no less restrictive on the Company than this Indenture, as set forth in a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company or (B) if at the time no Bank Debt is outstanding and such Covered Action causes the provisions of the Financing Documents that are being amended to be no less restrictive on the Company that the covenants in this Indenture, the Trustee shall vote in favor of such Covered Action;

115

(4)the Trustee shall vote in conformity with the Secured Bank Debt Holders with respect to any Unanimous Decision set forth as (A) item (a), (b), (c), (d), (k), (m) or (n) on Schedule 1 to the Intercreditor Agreement and (B) item (l) on such Schedule (to the extent of the phrase thereof which reads “any Modification in any material respect of any Security Document”), if the Modification contemplated by such Unanimous Decision Modification is not materially adverse to the Holders, or in the case of item (k) above is more restrictive on the Company, in each case as set forth in a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company, upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely and will be fully protected in so relying, unless in any such case, such Unanimous Decision only applies to the Notes;

(5) the Trustee shall vote in conformity with the Secured Bank Debt Holders with respect to any Unanimous Decision set forth as item (g), (h) or (n) on Schedule 1 to the Intercreditor Agreement if the Modification contemplated by such Unanimous Decision does not result in the Notes receiving payments that are less than pari passu with the Secured Bank Debt (other than due to timing differences in when payments are due on the Notes in accordance with their terms) and does not result in a material adverse change (when considered together with all other Modifications to any particular item specified in this clause (5)), in each case, as set forth in a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely and will be fully protected in so relying, in (A) the priority within clauses (i) through (viii) of the waterfall of payments under Section 5.03 of the Accounts Agreement of any payment of principal, interest or other amounts payable (whether by prepayment or otherwise) under the Notes or (B) the funding of the Senior Secured Notes Debt Service Reserve Account;

(6)  the Trustee shall vote in conformity with the Secured Bank Debt Holders with respect to any Unanimous Decision set forth as item (i) on Schedule 1 to the Intercreditor Agreement (to the extent it affects actions in respect of any Unanimous Decision set forth as item (e) or (f) on Schedule 1 to the Intercreditor Agreement) if the Modification contemplated by such Unanimous Decision results in a Covered Action otherwise permitted by this Section 9.03; 

(7)if there is no Secured Bank Debt outstanding, the Trustee shall vote in favor of any Covered Action with respect to any Unanimous Decision set forth as item (k) on Schedule 1 to the Intercreditor Agreement, if the Covered Action is either more restrictive on the Company than this Indenture or is not applicable, in each case as set forth in a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely and will be fully protected in so relying;

(8)the Trustee shall vote in conformity with the Secured Bank Debt Holders with respect to any modification of the mandatory prepayment provisions of the Common Terms Agreement that permits a Secured Debt Instrument to provide a higher mandatory prepayment threshold than the applicable threshold in the Common Terms Agreement, including to conform the Common Terms Agreement to the mandatory prepayment thresholds set forth in this Indenture;
116

(9)notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any Export Credit Agency provides or guarantees debt financing for the Company, the Trustee shall consent to any of the following which are approved by the Secured Bank Debt Holders (A) any amendments or other modifications to the Intercreditor Agreement or (ii) any amendments or other modifications to the Common Terms Agreement or the Accounts Agreement to provide (i) for a mandatory prepayment of the Indebtedness guaranteed by such Export Credit Agency if the guaranty (or similar financial accommodation) is terminated or (ii) for mandatory prepayment of the Indebtedness issued to or guaranteed by such Export Credit Agency if a Facility LNG Sale and Purchase Agreement with a counterparty from the country of origin of such Export Credit Agency, is terminated and in each case, that the Company indicates in a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company to the Trustee, upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely and will be fully protected in so relying, are required to induce such Export Credit Agency to make or guarantee such debt financing to the Company; and

(10)notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any Export Credit Agency provides or guarantees debt financing for the Company, the Trustee shall consent to any of the following which are approved by the Secured Bank Debt Holders: (A) any amendments to the Intercreditor Agreement or (B) any amendments to the Common Terms Agreement to provide that (i) if the Aggregate Secured Bank Debt then outstanding is less than 25% of the total Secured Debt then outstanding and the consent of the Majority Secured Debt Participants is required for any Majority Decision (as described above Section 4.1(iv) of the Intercreditor Agreement) and (ii) the Secured Debt held by any Export Credit Agency is at least 12% of the total Secured Debt then outstanding, the consent of such Export Credit Agency (or the Secured Debt Holder Group Representative of such Export Credit Agency) shall be required; provided, however, that the Company indicates in a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company to the Trustee, upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely and will be fully protected in so relying, that such amendments are required to induce such Export Credit Agency to make or guarantee such debt financing to the Company.

(b)Notwithstanding any provision of the Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement to the contrary, if there is no Secured Bank Debt outstanding, the Trustee shall vote at the direction of a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes with respect to any Unanimous Decision set forth as (A) item (a), (b), (c), (d), (k), (m) or (n) on Schedule 1 to the Intercreditor Agreement and (B) item (l) on such Schedule (to the extent of the phrase thereof which reads “any Modification in any material respect of any Security Document”).

(c)Notwithstanding any provision of the Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that a vote of the Holders of Notes is required in respect of any Covered Action with respect to any Unanimous Decision set forth as item (e), (g), (h) or (j) on Schedule 1 to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee will act at the direction of the Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of each series affected by such Covered Action, including the Notes.
117

(d)Upon receipt of a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company and without the requirement of any vote or consent by the Holders of Notes, the Trustee shall consent to any Administrative Decisions pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.

(e)Prior to voting in accordance with this Section 9.03, the Trustee shall have received a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company, which certificate shall set forth (1) the vote or consent the Trustee is directed to make as required by this Section 9.03 in connection with any vote required by the Trustee as Secured Debt Holder Group Representative under the Intercreditor Agreement or any other Financing Document and (2) the relevant subsection of this Section 9.03 pursuant to which such vote is required.

Section 9.04Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

Section 9.05Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the General Partner approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01) will be fully protected in relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

118

ARTICLE 10
COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

Section 10.01Security.

(a)The payment of the Notes, when due, and the performance of all other Secured Debt are secured equally and ratably by liens upon the Company’s rights in the Collateral. The payment of the guarantees of each Guarantor and all other obligations of such Guarantor, when due, and the performance of all other obligations of such Guarantor with respect to Secured Debt under the Secured Debt Documents are secured equally and ratably by liens upon such Guarantor’s rights in the Collateral.

(b)The Company shall, and shall cause each of the Guarantors to, do or cause to be done all acts and things which may be required, or which the Common Security Trustee from time to time may reasonably request, to assure and confirm that the Common Security Trustee holds, for the benefit of the Holders and the other Secured Debt, duly created, enforceable and perfected Liens upon the Collateral as contemplated by this Indenture and the Security Documents, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes and Note Guarantees, according to the intent and purposes hereof expressed subject in each case to any express provisions of any Security Documents.

Section 10.02Security Documents.

(a)The Notes, upon issuance, will be Secured Debt for purposes of the Common Terms Agreement and the Security Documents.  The Trustee shall be the Secured Debt Holder Group Representative for the Notes.  The Holders shall be Senior Debt Holders.

(b)Upon the execution and delivery of the Secured Debt Holder Group Representative Accession Agreement – Secured Debt Instrument (which document shall be substantially in the form attached as Schedule 2.7(a) to the Common Terms Agreement) (the “Accession Agreement”), each Holder of the Notes, by its acceptance of the Notes instructs and directs the Trustee to execute and deliver the Accession Agreement, to which the Trustee and the Common Security Trustee will be a party on the Notes Issue Date, the Notes will constitute additional New Secured Debt (as defined in the Accession Agreement) and Secured Debt that is pari passu with all other Secured Debt and will be secured by the Collateral  equally and ratable with the all other Secured Debt.

119

Section 10.03Collateral

(1)The Notes are secured, together with all other Secured Debt of the Company, equally and ratably by security interests granted to the Common Security Trustee in all of the assets of the Company; and

(2)each Guarantor’s subsidiary guarantees are secured, together with such Guarantor’s guarantee of all future Secured Debt of such Guarantor, equally and ratably by security interests granted to the Common Security Trustee in all assets of such Guarantor.

Section 10.04Release of Security Interests
            
With respect to the Notes, the Common Security Trustee’s Liens upon Collateral will no longer secure the Obligations with respect to the Notes and the right of the Holders of such Obligations to the benefits and proceeds of the Common Security Trustee’s Liens on Collateral will terminate and be discharged:

(a)(1) upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as set forth under in Section 12.01;
(2) upon a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes as set forth in Article 8; or

(3) upon payment in full in cash of the applicable Notes and all other related Note Obligations that are outstanding, due and payable at the time the Notes are paid in full in cash; and

(b)in accordance with the Common Terms Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 10.05Release of Collateral.

(a)Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture to the contrary, Collateral may only be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents.

(b)No certificate shall be required in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of Collateral if such sale, transfer or other disposition does not constitute an Asset Sale or is otherwise expressly permitted by the terms of any Security Document and such Security Document does not require delivery of such certificate and no instrument of release or other action of the Common Security Trustee is required in connection with such release.

120

(c)The release of any Collateral from the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral is released pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents and none of the certificate delivery requirements under Article 10 shall effect or impair the ability of the Company to obtain the release of any Collateral to the extent the Company complies with its obligations to obtain such release under the Security Documents, Common Terms Agreement and Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 10.06Certificates of the Trustee.

In the event that the Company wishes to release Collateral in accordance with the Security Documents and has delivered the certificates and documents required by the Security Documents, the Trustee will determine whether it has received all documentation required under this Indenture in connection with such release and, will deliver a certificate to the Common Security Trustee setting forth such determination.

Section 10.07Termination of Security Interest.

Upon the payment in full of all Obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, or upon Legal Defeasance, the Trustee will, at the request of the Company, deliver a certificate to the Common Security Trustee stating that such Obligations have been paid in full, and instruct the Common Security Trustee to release the Liens pursuant to this Indenture and the Security Documents (subject to the satisfaction of any release of Lien provisions set forth in the Security Documents).

ARTICLE 11
NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 11.01Guarantee.

(a)Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

(1)the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(2)in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or 
121

performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b)The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

(c)If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

(d)Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

Section 11.02Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the 
122

extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, and to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

Section 11.03Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee Notation.

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto will be endorsed by an Authorized Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Authorized Officers.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

If an Authorized Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.25, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.25 and this Article 11, to the extent applicable.

Section 11.04Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:

123

(1)immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(2)either:

(a)subject to Section 11.05, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein, pursuant to a supplemental indenture, and appropriate Security Documents, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or

(b)the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.09; and

(3)the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Company and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation or merger, or sale or disposition and such Supplemental Indenture and Security Documents, if any, comply with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5, and notwithstanding clauses 2(a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

124

Section 11.05Releases.

(a)In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including Section 4.09; and provided further that such release shall not become effective until all such applicable provisions of this Indenture have been complied with in full.  Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including Section 4.09 the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee and any Security Documents to which it is a party.

(b)Upon designation of any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee and any Security Documents to which it is a party.

(c)Upon Legal Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 12, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee and any Security Documents to which it is a party.

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 11.05 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11.

ARTICLE 12
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 12.01Satisfaction and Discharge.

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

(1)either:

(a)all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has 
125

theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b)all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

(2)no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit);

(3)such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(4)the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

(5)the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (1) through (5) of this Section 12.01 have been satisfied, and (b) an Opinion of Counsel (which opinion of counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and qualifications), stating that all conditions precedent set forth in clauses (3) and (5) of this Section 12.01 have been satisfied; provided that the Opinion of Counsel with respect to clause (3) of this Section 12.01 may be to the knowledge of such counsel.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 12.01, the provisions of Sections 12.02 and 8.06 will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 12.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

126

Section 12.02Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Government Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission, electronic mail or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC 
c/o Cheniere Energy, Inc. 
700 Milam Street, Suite 1900 
Houston, TX 77002 
Facsimile No.: (713) 375-6000
E-mail: lisa.cohen@cheniere.com  
Attention: Lisa C. Cohen

With a copy to (which copy shall be delivered as an accommodation and shall not be required to be delivered in satisfaction of any requirement hereof):

127

Latham & Watkins LLP 
1271 Avenue of the Americas 
New York, NY 10020 
Facsimile No.:  212-751-4864
E-mail: jonathan.rod@lw.com 
Attention: Jonathan R. Rod

If to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York Mellon 
c/o The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
Corporate Trust – Conventional Debt
601 Travis Street, 16th Floor
Houston, TX 77002  

If to the Noteholder Consultant:

Allianz Global Investors GmbH 
Address: 199 Bishopsgate 
London EC2M 3TY 
United Kingdom 
Telephone no.: + 44 20 3246 7619 / + 44 20 3246 7000 
E-mail: infradebtnotices@allianzgi.com 
With copy to: ahmed.maqsood@allianzgi.com; and 
jorge.camina@allianzgi.com

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; at the time sent, if transmitted by electronic mail; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that all notices and communications to the Trustee shall not be deemed received by the Trustee unless actually received by the Trustee at its address, facsimile number or electronic mail address set forth above.

Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

128

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will send a copy to the Trustee, the Noteholder Consultant and each Agent at the same time by any of the means described above with respect to notice or communication by the Company.

The Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be required, to rely upon and comply with notices, instructions, directions or other communications sent by electronic mail, facsimile and other similar unsecured electronic methods by persons believed by the Trustee to be authorized to give instructions and directions on behalf of the Company.  The Trustee shall have no duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the person who sent such instructions or directions is, in fact, a person authorized to give instructions or directions on behalf of the Company; and the Trustee shall have no liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by the Company as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such notices, instructions, directions or other communications.  The Company agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit notices, instructions, directions or other communications to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.  The Company shall use all reasonable endeavors to ensure that any such notices, instructions, directions or other communications transmitted to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture are complete and correct. Any such notices, instructions, directions or other communications shall be conclusively deemed to be valid instructions from the Company to the Trustee for the purposes of this Indenture.

Section 13.02Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1)an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.03) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(2)an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.03) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with, provided, that no such Opinion of Counsel shall be delivered on the date of this Indenture in connection with the original issuance of the Notes.

Section 13.03Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture must include:
129

(1)a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2)a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3)a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4)a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 13.04Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 13.05No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

No past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor (including without limitation, the General Partner and the Parent), as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Financing Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 13.06Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction.

(a)THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.

(b)Each of the Company, any Guarantors and the Trustee, and each Holder of a Note, by its acceptance thereof, hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any and all right it may have to trial by jury in any legal proceeding directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the securities or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

130

(c)Each of the Company and each Guarantor, if any, irrevocably consents and submits, for itself and in respect of any of its assets or property, to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or any United States federal court sitting, in each case, in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, New York, United States of America, and any appellate court from any thereof in any suit, action or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Indenture or the securities, and waives any immunity from the jurisdiction of such courts.  Each of the Company and each Guarantor, if any, irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to any such suit, action or proceeding that may be brought in such courts whether on the grounds of venue, residence or domicile or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each of the Company and each Guarantor, if any, agrees, to the fullest extent that it lawfully may do so, that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and any Guarantor, if any, as applicable, and each of the Company and any Guarantor, if any, waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to the enforcement by any competent court in the Company’s and the applicable Guarantor’s, as applicable, jurisdiction of organization of judgments validly obtained in any such court in New York on the basis of such suit, action or proceeding; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any Guarantor waive, and the foregoing provisions of this sentence shall not constitute or be deemed to constitute a waiver of, (i) any right to appeal any such judgment, to seek any stay or otherwise to seek reconsideration or review of any such judgment or (ii) any stay of execution or levy pending an appeal from, or a suit, action or proceeding for reconsideration of, any such judgment.

Section 13.07No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 13.08Successors.

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05.

Section 13.09Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 13.10Counterpart Originals.

131

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.  The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or electronic format (i.e., “pdf” or “tif” or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000) or other electronically imaged transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or electronic format (i.e., “pdf” or “tif” or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000) or other electronically imaged transmission shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. Any certificate and any other document delivered in connection with this Indenture relating to the Notes may be signed by or on behalf of the signing party by manual, facsimile or electronic format (i.e., “pdf” or “tif” or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000) or other electronically imaged transmission. 

Section 13.11Trustee’s Receipt of Funds to the Extent not Required to be Applied to Payment of the Notes

To the extent the Trustee receives any money from the Company or pursuant to any of the Financing Documents, and such money is not required to be used to redeem or repay the Notes as set forth in the certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company, such moneys shall be deposited into the Account under the Accounts Agreement as specified by the Company in such certificate.

Section 13.12Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 13.13Electronic Means

“Electronic Means” shall mean the following communications methods: e-mail, facsimile transmission, secure electronic transmission containing applicable authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys issued by the Trustee, or another method or system specified by the Trustee as available for use in connection with its services hereunder.

The Trustee shall have the right to accept and act upon instructions, including funds transfer instructions (“Instructions”) given pursuant to this Indenture and delivered using Electronic Means; provided, however, that the Company shall provide to the Trustee an incumbency certificate listing officers with the authority to provide such Instructions (“Authorized Officers”) and containing specimen signatures of such Authorized Officers, which incumbency certificate shall be amended by the Company whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing.  If the Company elects to give the Trustee Instructions using Electronic Means and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such Instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such Instructions shall be deemed controlling.  The Company understands and 
132

agrees that the Trustee cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Instructions and that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that directions that purport to have been sent by an Authorized Officer listed on the incumbency certificate provided to the Trustee have been sent by such Authorized Officer.  The Company shall be responsible for ensuring that only Authorized Officers transmit such Instructions to the Trustee and that the Company and all Authorized Officers are solely responsible to safeguard the use and confidentiality of applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys upon receipt by the Company.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such Instructions notwithstanding such directions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction.  The Company agrees: (i) to assume all risks arising out of the use of Electronic Means to submit Instructions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized Instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties; (ii) that it is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with the various methods of transmitting Instructions to the Trustee and that there may be more secure methods of transmitting Instructions than the method(s) selected by the Company; (iii) that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection with its transmission of Instructions provide to it a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances; and (iv) to notify the Trustee immediately upon learning of any compromise or unauthorized use of the security procedures.

[Signatures on following page]
133

SIGNATURES

Dated as of December 15, 2021

						
	SABINE PASS LIQUEFACTION, LLC
		
		
	By:	/s/ Matthew Healey
	Name:	Matthew Healey
	Title:	Vice President, Finance and Planning
		
		
		
		
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
	By:	/s/ Michael D. Commisso
	Name:	Michael D. Commisso
	Title:	Vice President
		
		

[Signature Page to Indenture]

APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE NOTES 

Section 1.1      Definitions

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix A have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

Section 2.1      Form and Dating.

(a) Definitive Notes. The Notes will be issued initially in Definitive Note form. Notes issued in Definitive Note form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto) in an aggregate denomination equal to $146,800,000.

(b) Global Notes. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.1, Notes issued in global form (and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication of such Notes) will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Each such Note will be dated the date of its authentication. Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.3.

(c) Temporary Global Notes. If Notes are exchanged in accordance with Section 2.3(a) during the Restricted Period, any such Notes initially offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Notes in the form of Exhibit A-2. Such Notes will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period will be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:

(1)a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who will take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in (A) a Global Note substantially in the 

form of Exhibit A-1, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend, deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, and issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A or (B) a Global Note bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend, deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary, and issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors, all as contemplated by Section 2.3(c)); and

(2)an Officer’s Certificate from the Company.

Following the termination of the Restricted Period with respect to any Notes, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged, pursuant to the Applicable Procedures, for beneficial interests in a permanent Global Note, which will be in the form of Exhibit A-1 bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend, deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary, and issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

(3)Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Section 2.2      Holder Lists.

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders.  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes.

Section 2.3      Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Initial Exchange of Notes. The Notes, which will be initially issued in Definitive Note form, may be exchanged in aggregate for beneficial interests in Global Notes if requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Notes then outstanding, voting as a single class. 

Upon receipt of such request for exchange, the Trustee, in accordance with Section 7.02 of the Indenture, will cancel such Notes and the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.04 of the Indenture, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Restricted Global Notes, Unrestricted Global Notes or Regulation S Temporary Global Notes, as applicable, in accordance with Section 2.1. Holders will receive beneficial interests in the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Global Notes, Unrestricted Global Notes or Regulation S Temporary Global Notes, as applicable.

(b)Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

(1)the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary for the Global Notes or that it has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

(2)the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act; or

(3)there has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.11 of the Indenture. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.3 or Sections 2.08 or 2.11 of the Indenture, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.3(b), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.3(c), (d) or (g).

(c)Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.  Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.  Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(1)Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note.  Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than the Initial Purchasers).  Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.3(c)(1).

(2)All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.  In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.3(c)(1), the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

(A)both:

(i)a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii)instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or

(B)both:

(i)a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

(ii)instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above;

provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act.

(3)Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note.  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.3(c)(2) and the Registrar receives the following:

(A)if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B)if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C)if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(4)Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.3(c)(2) and the Registrar receives the following:

(i)if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(ii)if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take 

delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.04 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(d)Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(1)Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.  If any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A)if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B)if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C)if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D)if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E)if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable;

(F)if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(G)if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.3(i), and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.3(d) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.3(d)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(2)Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes.  Notwithstanding Sections 2.3(d)(1)(A) and (C), a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(3)Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  A Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(i)if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive 

Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(ii)if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(4)Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  If any Holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.3(c)(2), the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.3(i), and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.3(d)(4) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.3(d)(4) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(e)Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

Unless initially exchanged in accordance with Section 2.3(a), Definitive Notes may be transferred and exchanged for beneficial interests in Global Notes as follows:

(1)Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes.  If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A)if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B)if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C)if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D)if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B , including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E)if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable;

(F)if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

(G)if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the Rule 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, in the case of clause (E) above, the IAI Global Note and in all other cases, the appropriate Unrestricted Global Note.

(2)Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.  A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a 

Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(i)if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(ii)if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.3(e)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(3)Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.  A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.  Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.04 of the Indenture, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(f)Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.  Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.3(f), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes.  Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing.  In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional 

certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.3(f).

(1)Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.  Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
(A)if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B)if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C)if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(2)Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(i)if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
 
(ii)if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
 
and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(3)Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.  Upon receipt of a request to 

register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(g)Legends.  The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

(1)Private Placement Legend.

(A)Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ‘‘ACCREDITED INVESTOR’’ WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ‘‘ACCREDITED INVESTOR’’, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT 

TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.”

(B)Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.3 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(2)Global Note Legend.  Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.3 OF APPENDIX A TO THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.3 OF APPENDIX A TO THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.12 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(3)Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend.  The Regulation S Temporary Global Note will bear a Legend in substantially the following form:

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.”

(h)Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes.  At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.12 of the Indenture.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i)General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(1)To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 of the Indenture or at the Registrar’s request.

(2)No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.09, 3.06, 3.09, 4.09, 4.13, 4.14, 4.19 and 9.05 of the Indenture).

(3)The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(4)All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(5)Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:

(A)to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 of the Indenture and ending at the close of business on the day of selection;
(B)to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or

(C)to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding Payment Date.

(6)Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(7)The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.04 of the Indenture.

(8)All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.3 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

(9)None of the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall have any responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner in a Global Note, an agent member of the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any agent member of the Depositary, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any agent member of the Depositary, Beneficial Owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes.  All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes and this Indenture shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of the Global Note).  The rights of Beneficial Owners in the Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the Applicable Procedures.  The Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar shall be entitled to rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.  The Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar shall be entitled to deal with the Depositary, and any nominee thereof, that is the registered holder of any Global Note for all purposes of this Indenture relating to such Global Note (including the payment of principal, premium, if any, and 

interest, if any, and the giving of instructions or directions by or to the owner or holder of a beneficial ownership interest in such Global Note) as the sole holder of such Global Note and shall have no obligations to the Beneficial Owners thereof.  None of the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall have any responsibility or liability for any acts or omissions of the Depositary with respect to such Global Note, for the records of any such depositary, including records in respect of beneficial ownership interests in respect of any such Global Note, for any transactions between the Depositary and any agent member of the Depositary or between or among the Depositary, any such agent member of the Depositary and/or any holder or owner of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, or for any transfers of beneficial interests in any such Global Note.

(10)Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Global Note, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any Depositary (or its nominee), as a Holder, with respect to such Global Note or shall impair, as between such Depositary and owners of beneficial interests in such Global Note, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of such Depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of such Global Note.

(11)None of the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under Applicable Law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any security (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

APPENDIX B

PAYMENT SCHEDULE

															
	Date	Principal Payment	Interest Payment	Total Payment	Outstanding Principal
	3/15/2022	$-	$1,082,650.00	$1,082,650.00	$146,800,000
	9/15/2022	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	3/15/2023	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	9/15/2023	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	3/15/2024	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	9/15/2024	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	3/15/2025	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	9/15/2025	$4,297,705.24	$2,165,300.00	$6,463,005.24	$142,502,295
	3/15/2026	$4,405,147.79	$2,101,908.85	$6,507,056.64	$138,097,147
	9/15/2026	$4,515,276.60	$2,036,932.92	$6,552,209.52	$133,581,870
	3/15/2027	$4,628,158.46	$1,970,332.59	$6,598,491.05	$128,953,712
	9/15/2027	$4,743,862.37	$1,902,067.25	$6,645,929.62	$124,209,850
	3/15/2028	$4,862,458.97	$1,832,095.28	$6,694,554.25	$119,347,391
	9/15/2028	$4,984,020.38	$1,760,374.01	$6,744,394.39	$114,363,370
	3/15/2029	$5,108,620.92	$1,686,859.71	$6,795,480.63	$109,254,749
	9/15/2029	$5,236,336.55	$1,611,507.55	$6,847,844.10	$104,018,413
	3/15/2030	$5,367,244.90	$1,534,271.59	$6,901,516.49	$98,651,168
	9/15/2030	$5,501,425.97	$1,455,104.73	$6,956,530.70	$93,149,742
	3/15/2031	$5,638,961.61	$1,373,958.69	$7,012,920.30	$87,510,780
	9/15/2031	$5,779,935.66	$1,290,784.01	$7,070,719.67	$81,730,845
	3/15/2032	$5,924,434.02	$1,205,529.96	$7,129,963.98	$75,806,411
	9/15/2032	$6,072,544.95	$1,118,144.56	$7,190,689.50	$69,733,866
	3/15/2033	$6,224,358.54	$1,028,574.52	$7,252,933.05	$63,509,507
	9/15/2033	$6,379,967.45	$936,765.23	$7,316,732.68	$57,129,540
	3/15/2034	$6,539,466.75	$842,660.71	$7,382,127.46	$50,590,073
	9/15/2034	$6,702,953.33	$746,203.57	$7,449,156.90	$43,887,120
	3/15/2035	$6,870,527.18	$647,335.01	$7,517,862.19	$37,016,592
	9/15/2035	$7,042,290.33	$545,994.74	$7,588,285.07	$29,974,302
	3/15/2036	$7,218,347.76	$442,120.95	$7,660,468.71	$22,755,954
	9/15/2036	$7,398,806.43	$335,650.33	$7,734,456.75	$15,357,148
	3/15/2037	$7,583,776.45	$226,517.93	$7,810,294.38	$7,773,372
	9/15/2037	$7,773,371.40	$114,657.23	$7,888,028.63	$0

						
	EXHIBIT A-1
[Face of Note]

	[Face of Note]
		
		CUSIP:[ ]
		
	2.95% Senior Secured Notes due 2037
	No. _____	$ _________

SABINE PASS LIQUEFACTION, LLC

promises to pay to ________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of ___________________________________________ DOLLARS and interest thereon in the pro rata amounts and on the Payment Dates provided for under Schedule I hereto.

Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15, commencing March 15, 2022

Record Dates: March 1 and September 1

Dated: _____________, 2021
						
	SABINE PASS LIQUEFACTION, LLC
		
	By:	
	Name:	
	Title:	

			
	This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
	By: ______________________________
	Authorized Signatory

[Back of Note]
2.95% Senior Secured Notes due 2037

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1) PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST. Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), promises to make payments of principal and interest in the pro rata amounts and on the Payment Dates provided for under Schedule I hereto.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent Payment Date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Payment Date; provided further that the first Payment Date shall be March 15, 2022. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and interest thereon, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 0.5% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful (without regard to any applicable grace periods). Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will make payments (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1 next preceding the Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Paying Agent or Registrar maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

(4) INDENTURE AND SECURITY DOCUMENTS. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of December 15, 2021 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of 

the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are secured obligations of the Company. The Notes are secured by a pledge of Collateral (as defined in the Indenture) pursuant to the Security Documents referred to in the Indenture. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

At any time or from time to time prior to March 15, 2037, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to the Optional Redemption Price (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on a payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date, without duplication).

“Optional Redemption Price” with respect to any Notes to be redeemed, means an amount equal to the greater of: 

(1)100% of the principal amount of such Notes; and 

(2)the Discounted Value of such Notes;

plus, in the case of both (1) and (2), accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes, if any, to the redemption date. 

 “Called Principal” means, with respect to any  Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable, as the context requires.

“Discounted Value” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on the Notes is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

“Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date.
“Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the sum of (x) 0.50% and (y) the yield to maturity implied by the yield(s) reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second (2nd) Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities (“Reported”) having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date.  If there are no 

such U.S. Treasury securities Reported having a maturity equal to such Remaining Average Life, then such implied yield to maturity will be determined by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between the yields Reported for the applicable most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities with the maturities (1) closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life.  The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

If such yields are not Reported or the yields Reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), then “Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the sum of (x) 0.50% and (y) the yield to maturity implied by the U.S. Treasury constant maturity yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second (2nd) Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for the U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date.  If there is no such U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to such Remaining Average Life, such implied yield to maturity will be determined by interpolating linearly between (1) the U.S.  Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life.  The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable  Note.

 “Remaining Average Life” shall mean, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) such Called Principal into (b) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (1) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (2) the number of years, computed on the basis of a 360‐day year composed of twelve 30‐day months calculated to two decimal places, that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

“Settlement Date” means, with respect to the Called Principal of a Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be redeemed or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable.

The notice of redemption with respect to the foregoing redemption need not set forth the Optional Redemption Price but only the manner of calculation thereof. The Company will notify the Trustee of the Optional Redemption Price with respect to any redemption promptly after the calculation, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for such calculation. 

(6) MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

(7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) of payment (a “Change of Control Payment”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to not less than 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment Date,” which date will be no earlier than the date of such Change of Control).  No later than 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(b)The Company will be required to make Asset Sale Offers, Excess Proceeds Offers and Project Document Termination Payment Offers to the extent provided in Sections 4.09, 4.14 and 4.19, respectively, of the Indenture.

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $100,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.

(9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $.01 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Payment Date.

(10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

(11) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

(12) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor (including the General Partner and the Parent), as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note 

Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Financing Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(13) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual, PDF or other electronically imaged signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(14) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(15) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(16) GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC
c/o Cheniere Energy, Inc.
700 Milam Street, Suite 1900
Houston, TX 77002 
Attention: Treasurer

Schedule I

PAYMENT SCHEDULE

															
	Date	Principal Payment	Interest Payment	Total Payment	Outstanding Principal
	3/15/2022	$-	$1,082,650.00	$1,082,650.00	$146,800,000
	9/15/2022	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	3/15/2023	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	9/15/2023	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	3/15/2024	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	9/15/2024	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	3/15/2025	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	9/15/2025	$4,297,705.24	$2,165,300.00	$6,463,005.24	$142,502,295
	3/15/2026	$4,405,147.79	$2,101,908.85	$6,507,056.64	$138,097,147
	9/15/2026	$4,515,276.60	$2,036,932.92	$6,552,209.52	$133,581,870
	3/15/2027	$4,628,158.46	$1,970,332.59	$6,598,491.05	$128,953,712
	9/15/2027	$4,743,862.37	$1,902,067.25	$6,645,929.62	$124,209,850
	3/15/2028	$4,862,458.97	$1,832,095.28	$6,694,554.25	$119,347,391
	9/15/2028	$4,984,020.38	$1,760,374.01	$6,744,394.39	$114,363,370
	3/15/2029	$5,108,620.92	$1,686,859.71	$6,795,480.63	$109,254,749
	9/15/2029	$5,236,336.55	$1,611,507.55	$6,847,844.10	$104,018,413
	3/15/2030	$5,367,244.90	$1,534,271.59	$6,901,516.49	$98,651,168
	9/15/2030	$5,501,425.97	$1,455,104.73	$6,956,530.70	$93,149,742
	3/15/2031	$5,638,961.61	$1,373,958.69	$7,012,920.30	$87,510,780
	9/15/2031	$5,779,935.66	$1,290,784.01	$7,070,719.67	$81,730,845
	3/15/2032	$5,924,434.02	$1,205,529.96	$7,129,963.98	$75,806,411
	9/15/2032	$6,072,544.95	$1,118,144.56	$7,190,689.50	$69,733,866
	3/15/2033	$6,224,358.54	$1,028,574.52	$7,252,933.05	$63,509,507
	9/15/2033	$6,379,967.45	$936,765.23	$7,316,732.68	$57,129,540
	3/15/2034	$6,539,466.75	$842,660.71	$7,382,127.46	$50,590,073
	9/15/2034	$6,702,953.33	$746,203.57	$7,449,156.90	$43,887,120
	3/15/2035	$6,870,527.18	$647,335.01	$7,517,862.19	$37,016,592
	9/15/2035	$7,042,290.33	$545,994.74	$7,588,285.07	$29,974,302
	3/15/2036	$7,218,347.76	$442,120.95	$7,660,468.71	$22,755,954
	9/15/2036	$7,398,806.43	$335,650.33	$7,734,456.75	$15,357,148
	3/15/2037	$7,583,776.45	$226,517.93	$7,810,294.38	$7,773,372
	9/15/2037	$7,773,371.40	$114,657.23	$7,888,028.63	$0

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:  

																		
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	
					(Insert assignee’s legal name)
	
	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
	and irrevocably	
	appoint to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ___________

Your Signature: ____________________________ 
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee*: ___________________

			
	

*          Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09, 4.13, 4.14 or 4.19 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

□ Section 4.09             □ Section 4.13             □ Section 4.14             □ Section 4.19 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09, 4.13, 4.14 or 4.19 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$_____________

Date: ___________

Your Signature: ____________________________ 
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No: _______________________

 Signature Guarantee*: ___________________

			
	

*          Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTEREST IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

																											
	Date of Exchange		Amount of decrease in Principal Amount [at maturity] of this Global Note		Amount of increase in Principal Amount [at maturity] of this Global Note		Principal Amount [at maturity] of this Global Note following such decrease (or increase)		Signature of authorized officer of Trustee or Custodian

						
	EXHIBIT A-2
[Face of Regulation S Temporary Global Note]

	[Face of Regulation S Temporary Global Note]
		CUSIP:[ ]
	2.95% Senior Secured Notes due 2037
	No. _____	$ _________

SABINE PASS LIQUEFACTION, LLC

promises to pay to ________ or registered assigns, the principal sum of ___________________________________________ DOLLARS and interest thereon in the pro rata amounts and on the Payment Dates provided for under Schedule I hereto.

Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15, commencing March 15, 2022

Record  Dates:  March 1 and September 1

Dated: ____________, 2021

						
	SABINE PASS LIQUEFACTION, LLC
		
	By:	
	Name:	
	Title:	

						
	This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
	as Trustee
		
	By:	
		Authorized Signatory

 [Back of Regulation S Temporary Global Note] 
2.95% Senior Secured Notes due 2037

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.3 OF APPENDIX A TO THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.3(a) OF APPENDIX A TO THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.12 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE 

ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ‘‘ACCREDITED INVESTOR’’ WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ‘‘ACCREDITED INVESTOR’’, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

(1)PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST. Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), promises to make payments of principal and interest in the pro rata amounts and on the Payment Dates provided for under Schedule I hereto.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent Payment Date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Payment Date; provided further that the first Payment Date shall be March 15, 2022. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any 

Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and interest thereon, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 0.5% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful (without regard to any applicable grace periods). Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Until this Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchanged for one or more Regulation S Permanent Global Notes, the Holder hereof shall not be entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full, this Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same benefits as other Notes under the Indenture.

(2)METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will make payments (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the  March 1 and September 1 next preceding the Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Paying Agent or Registrar maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

(3)PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

(4)INDENTURE AND SECURITY DOCUMENTS. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of  December 15, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are secured obligations of the Company. The Notes are secured by a pledge of Collateral (as defined in the Indenture) pursuant to the Security Documents referred to in the Indenture. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

(5)OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

At any time or from time to time prior to March 15, 2037, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or a part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to the Optional Redemption 

Price (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on a payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date, without duplication).
“Optional Redemption Price” with respect to any Notes to be redeemed, means an amount equal to the greater of:
 
(1)100% of the principal amount of such Notes; and 

(2)the Discounted Value of such Notes;

plus, in the case of both (1) and (2), accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes, if any, to the redemption date. 

 “Called Principal” means, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable, as the context requires.

“Discounted Value” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on the Notes is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

“Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date.

“Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the sum of (x) 0.50% and (y) the yield to maturity implied by the yield(s) reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second (2nd) Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities (“Reported”) having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date.  If there are no such U.S. Treasury securities Reported having a maturity equal to such Remaining Average Life, then such implied yield to maturity will be determined by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between the yields Reported for the applicable most recently issued actively traded on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities with the maturities (1) closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) closest to and less than such Remaining Average 

Life.  The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

If such yields are not Reported or the yields Reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), then “Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the sum of (x) 0.50% and (y) the yield to maturity implied by the U.S. Treasury constant maturity yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second (2nd) Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for the U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date.  If there is no such U.S. Treasury constant maturity having a term equal to such Remaining Average Life, such implied yield to maturity will be determined by interpolating linearly between (1) the U.S.  Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the U.S. Treasury constant maturity so reported with the term closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life.  The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

 “Remaining Average Life” shall mean, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) such Called Principal into (b) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (1) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (2) the number of years, computed on the basis of a 360‐day year composed of twelve 30‐day months calculated to two decimal places, that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

“Settlement Date” means, with respect to the Called Principal of a Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be redeemed or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable.

The notice of redemption with respect to the foregoing redemption need not set forth the Optional Redemption Price but only the manner of calculation thereof. The Company will notify the Trustee of the Optional Redemption Price with respect to any redemption promptly after the calculation, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for such calculation.

(6)MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

(7)REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER.

(a)Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) of payment (a “Change of Control Payment”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess 

thereof) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to not less than 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment Date,” which date will be no earlier than the date of such Change of Control).  No later than 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

(b)The Company will be required to make Asset Sale Offers, Excess Proceeds Offers and Project Document Termination Payment Offers to the extent provided in Sections 4.09, 4.14 and 4.19, respectively, of the Indenture.

(8)NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $100,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.

(9)DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $.01 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Payment Date.

This Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchangeable in whole or in part for one or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the termination of the 40-day distribution compliance period (as defined in Regulation S) and (ii) upon presentation of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if applicable) required by Article 2 of the Indenture. Upon exchange of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for one or more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this Regulation S Temporary Global Note.

(10)PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

(11)TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

(12)NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor (including the General Partner and the Parent), as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Financing Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under federal securities laws.

(13)AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual, PDF or other electronically imaged signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(14)ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(15)CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

(16)GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC
c/o Cheniere Energy, Inc.
700 Milam Street, Suite 1900
Houston, TX 77002
Attention: Treasurer

Schedule I

PAYMENT SCHEDULE

															
	Date	Principal Payment	Interest Payment	Total Payment	Outstanding Principal
	3/15/2022	$-	$1,082,650.00	$1,082,650.00	$146,800,000
	9/15/2022	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	3/15/2023	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	9/15/2023	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	3/15/2024	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	9/15/2024	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	3/15/2025	$-	$2,165,300.00	$2,165,300.00	$146,800,000
	9/15/2025	$4,297,705.24	$2,165,300.00	$6,463,005.24	$142,502,295
	3/15/2026	$4,405,147.79	$2,101,908.85	$6,507,056.64	$138,097,147
	9/15/2026	$4,515,276.60	$2,036,932.92	$6,552,209.52	$133,581,870
	3/15/2027	$4,628,158.46	$1,970,332.59	$6,598,491.05	$128,953,712
	9/15/2027	$4,743,862.37	$1,902,067.25	$6,645,929.62	$124,209,850
	3/15/2028	$4,862,458.97	$1,832,095.28	$6,694,554.25	$119,347,391
	9/15/2028	$4,984,020.38	$1,760,374.01	$6,744,394.39	$114,363,370
	3/15/2029	$5,108,620.92	$1,686,859.71	$6,795,480.63	$109,254,749
	9/15/2029	$5,236,336.55	$1,611,507.55	$6,847,844.10	$104,018,413
	3/15/2030	$5,367,244.90	$1,534,271.59	$6,901,516.49	$98,651,168
	9/15/2030	$5,501,425.97	$1,455,104.73	$6,956,530.70	$93,149,742
	3/15/2031	$5,638,961.61	$1,373,958.69	$7,012,920.30	$87,510,780
	9/15/2031	$5,779,935.66	$1,290,784.01	$7,070,719.67	$81,730,845
	3/15/2032	$5,924,434.02	$1,205,529.96	$7,129,963.98	$75,806,411
	9/15/2032	$6,072,544.95	$1,118,144.56	$7,190,689.50	$69,733,866
	3/15/2033	$6,224,358.54	$1,028,574.52	$7,252,933.05	$63,509,507
	9/15/2033	$6,379,967.45	$936,765.23	$7,316,732.68	$57,129,540
	3/15/2034	$6,539,466.75	$842,660.71	$7,382,127.46	$50,590,073
	9/15/2034	$6,702,953.33	$746,203.57	$7,449,156.90	$43,887,120
	3/15/2035	$6,870,527.18	$647,335.01	$7,517,862.19	$37,016,592
	9/15/2035	$7,042,290.33	$545,994.74	$7,588,285.07	$29,974,302
	3/15/2036	$7,218,347.76	$442,120.95	$7,660,468.71	$22,755,954
	9/15/2036	$7,398,806.43	$335,650.33	$7,734,456.75	$15,357,148
	3/15/2037	$7,583,776.45	$226,517.93	$7,810,294.38	$7,773,372
	9/15/2037	$7,773,371.40	$114,657.23	$7,888,028.63	$0

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:  

																		
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	
					(Insert assignee’s legal name)
	
	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
	and irrevocably	
	appoint to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ___________

Your Signature: ____________________________ 
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee*: ___________________

			
	

*          Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section  4.09, 4.13, 4.14 or 4.19 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

□ Section 4.09 □ Section 4.13             □ Section 4.14             □ Section 4.19 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09, 4.13, 4.14 or 4.19 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$_____________

Date: ___________
Your Signature: ____________________________ 
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No: _______________________

 Signature Guarantee*: ___________________

			
	

*          Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for an interest in another Global Note, or exchanges of a part of another other Restricted Global Note for an interest in this Regulation S Temporary Global Note, have been made:

																											
	Date of Exchange		Amount of decrease in Principal Amount [at maturity] of this Global Note		Amount of increase in Principal Amount [at maturity] of this Global Note		Principal Amount [at maturity] of this Global Note following such decrease (or increase)		Signature of authorized signatory of Trustee or Custodian

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee 
500 Ross Street, 12th Floor 
Pittsburgh, PA 15262

cc:     Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC
c/o Cheniere Energy, Inc.
700 Milam Street, Suite 1900
Houston, TX 77002

Re:       2.95% Senior Secured Notes due 2037 issued by Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 15, 2021, (the “Indenture”), among Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

________________________, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                                          (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1.□ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

2.□ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the Regulation S Permanent Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, (x) the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than the Initial Purchasers) and (y) the interest transferred will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3.□ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in  a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a)□ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b)□ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c)□ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

or

(d)□ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit G to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

4.□ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

(a)□ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b)□ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c)□ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of 

the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

						
		
		[Insert Name of Transferor]
	
	By:	
	Name:	
	Title:	

Dated:              

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1.The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(a)□         a beneficial interest in the:

(i)□  Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP __________), or

(ii)□  Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP __________); or

(iii)□  IAI Global Note (CUSIP __________); or

(b)□         a Restricted Definitive Note.

2.After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a)□        a beneficial interest in the:

(i)□  Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP __________), or

(ii)□  Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP __________); or

(iii)□  IAI Global Note (CUSIP __________); or

(iv)□  Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP __________).

(b)□        Restricted Definitive Note; or

(c)□        an Unrestricted Definitive Note,  

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee 
500 Ross Street, 12th Floor 
Pittsburgh, PA 15262

cc:     Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC
c/o Cheniere Energy, Inc.
700 Milam Street, Suite 1900
Houston, TX 77002

Re:       2.95% Senior Secured Notes due 2037  issued by Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC

(CUSIP __________)

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of  December 15, 2021, (the “Indenture”), among Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                                , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1.Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

(a)□ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(b)□ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial 

interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(c)□ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(d)□ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2.Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

(a)□ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

(b)□ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive 

Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] □ Rule 144A Global Note or □ Regulation S Global Note or □ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

						
		
		[Insert Name of Transferor]
	
	By:	
	Name:	
	Title:	

Dated:              

EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE]

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of December 15, 2021 (the “Indenture”) among Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

						
	[NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]
	
	By:	
	Name:	
	Title:	

EXHIBIT E
[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of _________, 20__, among ___________ (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC (or its permitted successor), a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of December 15, 2021 providing for the issuance of 2.95% Senior Secured Notes due 2037 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.1(d) of Appendix A to the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

1.CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2.AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 11 thereof.

3.NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

4.NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.

5.COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or electronic format (i.e., “pdf” or “tif” or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000) or other electronically imaged transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or electronic format (i.e., “pdf” or “tif” or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000) or other electronically imaged transmission shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. Any certificate and any other document delivered in connection with this Supplemental Indenture relating to the Notes may be signed by or on behalf of the signing party by manual, facsimile or electronic format (i.e., “pdf” or “tif” or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000) or other electronically imaged transmission.

6.EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

7.THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated: _____________, 20__

						
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
	
	By:	
	Name:	
	Title:	
		
	SABINE PASS LIQUEFACTION, LLC
		
		
		
	By:	
	Name:	
	Title:	
		
	[EXISTING GUARANTORS]
		
	By:	
	Name:	
	Title:	
		
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
	as Trustee
		
	By:	
		Authorized Signatory
		
		
		

EXHIBIT G

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee 
500 Ross Street, 12th Floor 
Pittsburgh, PA 15262

cc:    Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC
c/o Cheniere Energy, Inc.
700 Milam Street, Suite 1900
Houston, TX 77002

Re:       2.95% Senior Secured Notes due 2037 issued by Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 15, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among Sabine Pass Liquefaction, LLC, as issuer (the “Company”), the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

In connection with our proposed purchase of $ _______ aggregate principal amount of:

(a)□ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

(b)□ a Definitive Note,

we confirm that:

1.We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

2.We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of 

Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

3.We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4.We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

5.We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

																		
				
				[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
						
				By:	
				Name:		
				Title:		
	Dated:

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00340-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00340-of-00352.parquet"}]]